This is ada/gnat_ug_vxw.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from
ada/gnat_ug_vxw.texi.

   Copyright (C) 1995-2002, Free Software Foundation

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "GNU Free Documentation License", with the
Front-Cover Texts being "GNAT User's Guide for Cross Platforms", and
with no Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Top,  Next: About This Guide,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)

GNAT User's Guide
*****************

GNAT User's Guide for Cross Platforms

   GNAT, The GNU Ada 95 Compiler

   GNAT Version for GCC 3.3.4

   Ada Core Technologies, Inc.

   Copyright (C) 1995-2002, Free Software Foundation

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "GNU Free Documentation License", with the
Front-Cover Texts being "GNAT User's Guide for Cross Platforms", and
with no Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".

* Menu:

* About This Guide::
* Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users::
* Getting Started with GNAT::
* The GNAT Compilation Model::
* Compiling Using gcc::
* Binding Using gnatbind::
* Linking Using gnatlink::
* The GNAT Make Program gnatmake::
* Renaming Files Using gnatchop::
* Configuration Pragmas::
* Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname::
* GNAT Project Manager::
* Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT::
* The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind::
* File Name Krunching Using gnatkr::
* Preprocessing Using gnatprep::
* The GNAT Library Browser gnatls::
* GNAT and Libraries::
* Using the GNU make Utility::
* Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool::
* Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub::
* Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim::
* Other Utility Programs::
* Running and Debugging Ada Programs::
* Inline Assembler::
* VxWorks Topics::
* LynxOS Topics::
* Performance Considerations::
* GNU Free Documentation License::
* Index::

 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---

About This Guide

* What This Guide Contains::
* What You Should Know before Reading This Guide::
* Related Information::
* Conventions::

Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users::

Getting Started with GNAT

* Running GNAT::
* Building a Simple Ada Program::
* Executing a Program on VxWorks::
* Running a Program with Multiple Units::
* Using the gnatmake Utility::

The GNAT Compilation Model

* Source Representation::
* Foreign Language Representation::
* File Naming Rules::
* Using Other File Names::
* Alternative File Naming Schemes::
* Generating Object Files::
* Source Dependencies::
* The Ada Library Information Files::
* Binding an Ada Program::
* Mixed Language Programming::
* Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs::
* Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models::
* Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models::

Foreign Language Representation

* Latin-1::
* Other 8-Bit Codes::
* Wide Character Encodings::

Compiling Ada Programs With gcc

* Compiling Programs::
* Switches for gcc::
* Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::
* Order of Compilation Issues::
* Examples::

Switches for gcc

* Output and Error Message Control::
* Debugging and Assertion Control::
* Run-Time Checks::
* Stack Overflow Checking::
* Run-Time Control::
* Validity Checking::
* Style Checking::
* Using gcc for Syntax Checking::
* Using gcc for Semantic Checking::
* Compiling Ada 83 Programs::
* Character Set Control::
* File Naming Control::
* Subprogram Inlining Control::
* Auxiliary Output Control::
* Debugging Control::
* Units to Sources Mapping Files::

Binding Ada Programs With gnatbind

* Running gnatbind::
* Generating the Binder Program in C::
* Consistency-Checking Modes::
* Binder Error Message Control::
* Elaboration Control::
* Output Control::
* Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs::
* Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram::
* Summary of Binder Switches::
* Command-Line Access::
* Search Paths for gnatbind::
* Examples of gnatbind Usage::

Linking Using gnatlink

* Running gnatlink::
* Switches for gnatlink::
* Setting Stack Size from gnatlink::
* Setting Heap Size from gnatlink::

The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

* Running gnatmake::
* Switches for gnatmake::
* Mode Switches for gnatmake::
* Notes on the Command Line::
* How gnatmake Works::
* Examples of gnatmake Usage::

Renaming Files Using gnatchop

* Handling Files with Multiple Units::
* Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode::
* Command Line for gnatchop::
* Switches for gnatchop::
* Examples of gnatchop Usage::

Configuration Pragmas

* Handling of Configuration Pragmas::
* The Configuration Pragmas Files::

Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname

* Arbitrary File Naming Conventions::
* Running gnatname::
* Switches for gnatname::
* Examples of gnatname Usage::

GNAT Project Manager

* Introduction::
* Examples of Project Files::
* Project File Syntax::
* Objects and Sources in Project Files::
* Importing Projects::
* Project Extension::
* External References in Project Files::
* Packages in Project Files::
* Variables from Imported Projects::
* Naming Schemes::
* Library Projects::
* Switches Related to Project Files::
* Tools Supporting Project Files::
* An Extended Example::
* Project File Complete Syntax::

Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

* Elaboration Code in Ada 95::
* Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95::
* Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95::
* Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls::
* Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls::
* Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety::
* Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks::
* Mixing Elaboration Models::
* What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails::
* Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values::
* Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control::
* Other Elaboration Order Considerations::

The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

* gnatxref Switches::
* gnatfind Switches::
* Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind::
* Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref::
* Examples of gnatxref Usage::
* Examples of gnatfind Usage::

File Name Krunching Using gnatkr

* About gnatkr::
* Using gnatkr::
* Krunching Method::
* Examples of gnatkr Usage::

Preprocessing Using gnatprep

* Using gnatprep::
* Switches for gnatprep::
* Form of Definitions File::
* Form of Input Text for gnatprep::


The GNAT Library Browser gnatls

* Running gnatls::
* Switches for gnatls::
* Examples of gnatls Usage::


GNAT and Libraries

* Creating an Ada Library::
* Installing an Ada Library::
* Using an Ada Library::
* Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context::
* Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library::

Using the GNU make Utility

* Using gnatmake in a Makefile::
* Automatically Creating a List of Directories::
* Generating the Command Line Switches::
* Overcoming Command Line Length Limits::


Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool

Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub

* Running gnatstub::
* Switches for gnatstub::

Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

* About gnatelim::
* Eliminate Pragma::
* Tree Files::
* Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim::
* Running gnatelim::
* Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas::
* Making Your Executables Smaller::
* Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle::

Other Utility Programs

* Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT::
* The gnatpsta Utility Program::
* The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT::
* Ada Mode for Glide::
* Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml::


Running and Debugging Ada Programs

* The GNAT Debugger GDB::
* Running GDB::
* Introduction to GDB Commands::
* Using Ada Expressions::
* Calling User-Defined Subprograms::
* Using the Next Command in a Function::
* Ada Exceptions::
* Ada Tasks::
* Debugging Generic Units::
* GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate::
* Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files::
* Getting Internal Debugging Information::
* Stack Traceback::

Inline Assembler

* Basic Assembler Syntax::
* A Simple Example of Inline Assembler::
* Output Variables in Inline Assembler::
* Input Variables in Inline Assembler::
* Inlining Inline Assembler Code::
* Other Asm Functionality::
* A Complete Example::


VxWorks Topics

* Kernel Configuration for VxWorks::
* Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks::
* Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets::
* Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors::
* Interrupt Handling for VxWorks::
* Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks::
* Debugging Issues for VxWorks::
* Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility::
* Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks::

LynxOS Topics

* Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS::
* Kernel Configuration for LynxOS::
* Patch Level Issues for LynxOS::
* Debugging Issues for LynxOS::
* An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS::

Performance Considerations

* Controlling Run-Time Checks::
* Optimization Levels::
* Debugging Optimized Code::
* Inlining of Subprograms::

* Index::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: About This Guide,  Next: Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

About This Guide
****************

This guide describes the use of GNAT, a compiler and software
development toolset for the full Ada 95 programming language.  It
describes the features of the compiler and tools, and details how to
use them to build Ada 95 applications.

* Menu:

* What This Guide Contains::
* What You Should Know before Reading This Guide::
* Related Information::
* Conventions::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: What This Guide Contains,  Next: What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,  Up: About This Guide

What This Guide Contains
========================

This guide contains the following chapters:
   * *Note Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users::, describes the
     basic differences between the cross and native versions of GNAT.

   * *Note Getting Started with GNAT::, describes how to get started
     compiling and running Ada programs with the GNAT Ada programming
     environment.

   * *Note The GNAT Compilation Model::, describes the compilation
     model used by GNAT.

   * *Note Compiling Using gcc::, describes how to compile Ada programs
     with `gcc', the Ada compiler.

   * *Note Binding Using gnatbind::, describes how to perform binding
     of Ada programs with `gnatbind', the GNAT binding utility.

   * *Note Linking Using gnatlink::, describes `gnatlink', a program
     that provides for linking using the GNAT run-time library to
     construct a program. `gnatlink' can also incorporate foreign
     language object units into the executable.

   * *Note The GNAT Make Program gnatmake::, describes `gnatmake', a
     utility that automatically determines the set of sources needed by
     an Ada compilation unit, and executes the necessary compilations
     binding and link.

   * *Note Renaming Files Using gnatchop::, describes `gnatchop', a
     utility that allows you to preprocess a file that contains Ada
     source code, and split it into one or more new files, one for each
     compilation unit.

   * *Note Configuration Pragmas::, describes the configuration pragmas
     handled by GNAT.

   * *Note Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname::,
     shows how to override the default GNAT file naming conventions,
     either for an individual unit or globally.

   * *Note GNAT Project Manager::, describes how to use project files
     to organize large projects.

   * *Note Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT::, describes how GNAT
     helps you deal with elaboration order issues.

   * *Note The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind::,
     discusses `gnatxref' and `gnatfind', two tools that provide an easy
     way to navigate through sources.

   * *Note File Name Krunching Using gnatkr::, describes the `gnatkr'
     file name krunching utility, used to handle shortened file names
     on operating systems with a limit on the length of names.

   * *Note Preprocessing Using gnatprep::, describes `gnatprep', a
     preprocessor utility that allows a single source file to be used to
     generate multiple or parameterized source files, by means of macro
     substitution.

   * *Note The GNAT Library Browser gnatls::, describes `gnatls', a
     utility that displays information about compiled units, including
     dependences on the corresponding sources files, and consistency of
     compilations.

   * *Note GNAT and Libraries::, describes the process of creating and
     using Libraries with GNAT. It also describes how to recompile the
     GNAT run-time library.

   * *Note Using the GNU make Utility::, describes some techniques for
     using the GNAT toolset in Makefiles.

   * *Note Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool::, describes
     how to use the GNAT-specific Debug Pool in order to detect as
     early as possible the use of incorrect memory references.

   * *Note Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub::, discusses
     `gnatstub', a utility that generates empty but compilable bodies
     for library units.

   * *Note Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim::,
     describes `gnatelim', a tool which detects unused subprograms and
     helps the compiler to create a smaller executable for the program.

   * *Note Other Utility Programs::, discusses several other GNAT
     utilities, including `gnatpsta'.

   * *Note Running and Debugging Ada Programs::, describes how to run
     and debug Ada programs.

   * *Note Inline Assembler::, shows how to use the inline assembly
     facility in an Ada program.

   * *Note VxWorks Topics::, presents information relevant to the
     VxWorks target for cross-compilation configurations.

   * *Note LynxOS Topics::, presents information relevant to the LynxOS
     target for cross-compilation configurations.

   * *Note Performance Considerations::, reviews the trade offs between
     using defaults or options in program development.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,  Next: Related Information,  Prev: What This Guide Contains,  Up: About This Guide

What You Should Know before Reading This Guide
==============================================

This user's guide assumes that you are familiar with Ada 95 language, as
described in the International Standard ANSI/ISO/IEC-8652:1995, Jan
1995.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Related Information,  Next: Conventions,  Prev: What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,  Up: About This Guide

Related Information
===================

For further information about related tools, refer to the following
documents:

   * `GNAT Reference Manual', which contains all reference material for
     the GNAT implementation of Ada 95.

   * `Ada 95 Language Reference Manual', which contains all reference
     material for the Ada 95 programming language.

   * `Debugging with GDB' contains all details on the use of the GNU
     source-level debugger.

   * `GNU Emacs Manual' contains full information on the extensible
     editor and programming environment Emacs.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Conventions,  Prev: Related Information,  Up: About This Guide

Conventions
===========

Following are examples of the typographical and graphic conventions used
in this guide:

   * `Functions', `utility program names', `standard names', and
     `classes'.

   * `Option flags'

   * `File Names', `button names', and `field names'.

   * VARIABLES.

   * _Emphasis_.

   * [optional information or parameters]

   * Examples are described by text
          and then shown this way.

Commands that are entered by the user are preceded in this manual by the
characters "`$ '" (dollar sign followed by space). If your system uses
this sequence as a prompt, then the commands will appear exactly as you
see them in the manual. If your system uses some other prompt, then the
command will appear with the `$' replaced by whatever prompt character
you are using.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users,  Next: Getting Started with GNAT,  Prev: About This Guide,  Up: Top

1 Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users
*******************************************

The use of GNAT in a cross environment is very similar to its use in a
native environment. Most of the tools described in this manual have
similar functions and options in both modes. The major difference is
that the name of the cross tools includes the target for which the
cross compiler is configured. For instance, the cross `gnatmake' tool
is called `target-gnatmake' where `target' stands for the name of the
cross target. Thus, in an environment configured for the target
`powerpc-wrs-vxworks', the `gnatmake' command is
`powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gnatmake'. This convention allows the installation
of a native and one or several cross development environments at the
same location.

   The tools that are most relevant in a cross environment are:
`target-gcc', `target-gnatmake', `target-gnatbind', `target-gnatlink'
to build cross applications and `target-gnatls' for cross library
browsing. `target-gdb' is also usually available for cross debugging in
text mode. The graphical debugger interface `gvd' is always a native
tool but it can be configured to drive the above mentioned cross
debugger, thus allowing graphical cross debugging sessions. Some other
tools such as  `target-gnatchop', `target-gnatkr', `target-gnatprep',
`target-gnatpsta', `target-gnatxref', `target-gnatfind' and
`target-gnatname' are also provided for completeness even though they
do not differ greatly from their native counterpart.

   In the rest of this manual, the tools are sometimes designated with
their full cross name, and sometimes with their simplified native name.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Getting Started with GNAT,  Next: The GNAT Compilation Model,  Prev: Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users,  Up: Top

2 Getting Started with GNAT
***************************

This introduction is a starting point for using GNAT to develop and
execute Ada 95 programs in a cross environment.  It provides some
specifics about the GNAT toolchain targeted to the Wind River Sytems'
VxWorks/Tornado platform; for other targets please refer to the
corresponding chapter later in this manual.

   Basic familiarity with use of GNAT in a native environment is
presumed. For the VxWorks specific part, a knowledge of how to start
Tornado's `windsh' tool is also presumed.

* Menu:

* Running GNAT::
* Building a Simple Ada Program::
* Executing a Program on VxWorks::

* Running a Program with Multiple Units::

* Using the gnatmake Utility::
* Introduction to Glide and GVD::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running GNAT,  Next: Building a Simple Ada Program,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.1 Running GNAT
================

Three steps are needed to create an executable file from an Ada source
file:

  1. The source file(s) must be compiled.

  2. The file(s) must be bound using the GNAT binder.

  3. All appropriate object files must be linked to produce a loadable
     module.

All three steps are most commonly handled by using the `gnatmake'
utility program that, given the name of the main program, automatically
performs the necessary compilation, binding and linking steps.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Building a Simple Ada Program,  Next: Executing a Program on VxWorks,  Prev: Running GNAT,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.2 Building a Simple Ada Program
=================================

Any text editor may be used to prepare an Ada program. If `Glide' is
used, the optional Ada mode may be helpful in laying out the program.
The program text is a normal text file. We will suppose in our initial
example that you have used your editor to prepare the following
standard format text file:

     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     procedure Hello is
     begin
        Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!");
     end Hello;

This file should be named `hello.adb'.  With the normal default file
naming conventions, GNAT requires that each file contain a single
compilation unit whose file name is the unit name, with periods
replaced by hyphens; the extension is `ads' for a spec and `adb' for a
body.  You can override this default file naming convention by use of
the special pragma `Source_File_Name' (*note Using Other File Names::).
Alternatively, if you want to rename your files according to this
default convention, which is probably more convenient if you will be
using GNAT for all your compilations, then the `gnatchop' utility can
be used to generate correctly-named source files (*note Renaming Files
Using gnatchop::).

   You can compile the program using the following command (`$' is used
as the command prompt in the examples in this document):

     $ target-gcc -c hello.adb

`gcc' is the command used to run the compiler. This compiler is capable
of compiling programs in several languages, including Ada 95 and C. It
assumes that you have given it an Ada program if the file extension is
either `.ads' or `.adb', and it will then call the GNAT compiler to
compile the specified file.

   The `-c' switch is required. It tells `gcc' to only do a
compilation. (For C programs, `gcc' can also do linking, but this
capability is not used directly for Ada programs, so the `-c' switch
must always be present.)

   This compile command generates a file `hello.o', which is the object
file corresponding to your Ada program. It also generates an "Ada
Library Information" file `hello.ali', which contains additional
information used to check that an Ada program is consistent.  To build
a downloadable module, use `gnatbind' to bind the program and
`gnatlink' to link it. The argument to both `gnatbind' and `gnatlink'
is the name of the `ali' file, but the default extension of `.ali' can
be omitted. This means that in the most common case, the argument is
simply the name of the main program:

     $ target-gnatbind hello
     $ target-gnatlink hello

A simpler method of carrying out these steps is to use `gnatmake', a
master program that invokes all the required compilation, binding and
linking tools in the correct order. In particular, `gnatmake'
automatically recompiles any sources that have been modified since they
were last compiled, or sources that depend on such modified sources, so
that "version skew" is avoided.  

     $ target-gnatmake hello.adb

The result is a relocatable object called `hello'.

   _Technical note:_ the result of the linking stage is a relocatable
partially-linked object containing all the relevant GNAT run-time
units, in contrast with the executable-format object file found in
native environments.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Executing a Program on VxWorks,  Next: Running a Program with Multiple Units,  Prev: Building a Simple Ada Program,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.3 Executing a Program on VxWorks
==================================

Getting a program to execute involves loading it onto the target,
running it, and then (if re-execution is needed) unloading it.

* Menu:

* Loading and Running the Program::
* Unloading the Program::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Loading and Running the Program,  Next: Unloading the Program,  Up: Executing a Program on VxWorks

2.3.1 Loading and Running the Program
-------------------------------------

An Ada program is loaded and run in the same way as a C program.
Details may be found in the `Tornado User's Guide'.

   In order to load and run our simple "Hello World" example, we assume
that the target has access to the disk of the host containing this
object and that its working directory has been set to the directory
containing this object. The commands are typed in Tornado's Windshell.
The `windsh' prompt is the `->' sequence.

     -> vf0=open("/vio/0",2,0)
     new symbol "vf0" added to symbol table.
     vf0 = 0x2cab48: value = 12 = 0xc
     -> ioGlobalStdSet(1,vf0)
     value = 1 = 0x1
     -> ld < hello
     value = 665408 = 0xa2740
     -> hello
     Hello World
     value = 0 = 0x0
     ->

The first two commands redirect output to the shell window.  They are
only needed if the target server was started without the `-C' option.
The third command loads the module, which is the file `hello' created
previously by the `target-gnatmake' command.  Note that for Tornado AE,
the `ml' command replaces `ld'."

   The "Hello World" program comprises a procedure named `hello', and
this is the name entered for the procedure in the target server's
symbol table when the module is loaded.  To execute the procedure, type
the symbol name `hello' into `windsh' as shown in the last command
above.

   Note that by default the entry point of an Ada program is the name
of the main Ada subprogram in a VxWorks environment. It is possible to
use an alternative name; see the description of `gnatbind' options for
details.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Unloading the Program,  Prev: Loading and Running the Program,  Up: Executing a Program on VxWorks

2.3.2 Unloading the Program
---------------------------

It is important to remember that you must unload a program once you
have run it. You cannot load it once and run it several times. If you
don't follow this rule, your program's behavior can be unpredictable,
and will most probably crash.

   This effect is due to the implementation of Ada 95's _elaboration_
semantics.  The unit elaboration phase comprises a _static_ elaboration
and a _dynamic_ elaboration. On a native platform they both take place
when the program is run. Thus rerunning the program will repeat the
complete elaboration phase, and the program will run correctly.

   On VxWorks, the process is a bit different.  The static elaboration
phase is handled by the loader (typically when you type `ld <
program_name' in `windsh'). The dynamic phase takes place when the
program is run. If the program is run twice and has not been unloaded
and then reloaded, the second time it is run, the static elaboration
phase is skipped.  Variables initialized during the static elaboration
phase may have been modified during the first execution of the program.
Thus the second execution isn't performed on a completely initialized
environment.

   Note that in C programs, elaboration isn't systematic. Multiple runs
without reload might work, but, even with C programs, if there is an
elaboration phase, you will have to unload your program before
re-running it.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running a Program with Multiple Units,  Next: Using the gnatmake Utility,  Prev: Executing a Program on VxWorks,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.4 Running a Program with Multiple Units
=========================================

Consider a slightly more complicated example that has three files: a
main program, and the spec and body of a package:

     package Greetings is
        procedure Hello;
        procedure Goodbye;
     end Greetings;

     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     package body Greetings is
        procedure Hello is
        begin
           Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!");
        end Hello;

        procedure Goodbye is
        begin
           Put_Line ("Goodbye WORLD!");
        end Goodbye;
     end Greetings;

     with Greetings;
     procedure Gmain is
     begin
        Greetings.Hello;
        Greetings.Goodbye;
     end Gmain;

Following the one-unit-per-file rule, place this program in the
following three separate files:

`greetings.ads'
     spec of package `Greetings'

`greetings.adb'
     body of package `Greetings'

`gmain.adb'
     body of main program

To build an executable version of this program, we could use four
separate steps to compile, bind, and link the program, as follows:

     $ target-gcc -c gmain.adb
     $ target-gcc -c greetings.adb
     $ target-gnatbind gmain
     $ target-gnatlink gmain

Note that there is no required order of compilation when using GNAT.
In particular it is perfectly fine to compile the main program first.
Also, it is not necessary to compile package specs in the case where
there is an accompanying body; you only need to compile the body. If
you want to submit these files to the compiler for semantic checking
and not code generation, then use the `-gnatc' switch:

     $ target-gcc -c greetings.ads -gnatc

Although the compilation can be done in separate steps as in the above
example, in practice it is almost always more convenient to use the
`gnatmake' tool. All you need to know in this case is the name of the
main program's source file. The effect of the above four commands can
be achieved with a single one:

     $ target-gnatmake gmain.adb

In the next section we discuss the advantages of using `gnatmake' in
more detail.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using the gnatmake Utility,  Next: Introduction to Glide and GVD,  Prev: Running a Program with Multiple Units,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.5 Using the `gnatmake' Utility
================================

If you work on a program by compiling single components at a time using
`gcc', you typically keep track of the units you modify. In order to
build a consistent system, you compile not only these units, but also
any units that depend on the units you have modified.  For example, in
the preceding case, if you edit `gmain.adb', you only need to recompile
that file. But if you edit `greetings.ads', you must recompile both
`greetings.adb' and `gmain.adb', because both files contain units that
depend on `greetings.ads'.

   `gnatbind' will warn you if you forget one of these compilation
steps, so that it is impossible to generate an inconsistent program as a
result of forgetting to do a compilation. Nevertheless it is tedious and
error-prone to keep track of dependencies among units.  One approach to
handle the dependency-bookkeeping is to use a makefile. However,
makefiles present maintenance problems of their own: if the
dependencies change as you change the program, you must make sure that
the makefile is kept up-to-date manually, which is also an error-prone
process.

   The `gnatmake' utility takes care of these details automatically.
Invoke it using either one of the following forms:

     $ target-gnatmake gmain.adb
     $ target-gnatmake gmain

The argument is the name of the file containing the main program; you
may omit the extension. `gnatmake' examines the environment,
automatically recompiles any files that need recompiling, and binds and
links the resulting set of object files, generating the executable
file, `gmain'.  In a large program, it can be extremely helpful to use
`gnatmake', because working out by hand what needs to be recompiled can
be difficult.

   Note that `gnatmake' takes into account all the Ada 95 rules that
establish dependencies among units. These include dependencies that
result from inlining subprogram bodies, and from generic instantiation.
Unlike some other Ada make tools, `gnatmake' does not rely on the
dependencies that were found by the compiler on a previous compilation,
which may possibly be wrong when sources change. `gnatmake' determines
the exact set of dependencies from scratch each time it is run.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Introduction to Glide and GVD,  Prev: Using the gnatmake Utility,  Up: Getting Started with GNAT

2.6 Introduction to Glide and GVD
=================================

Although it is possible to develop programs using only the command line
interface (`gnatmake', etc.) a graphical Interactive Development
Environment can make it easier for you to compose, navigate, and debug
programs.  This section describes the main features of Glide, the GNAT
graphical IDE, and also shows how to use the basic commands in GVD, the
GNU Visual Debugger.  Additional information may be found in the
on-line help for these tools.

* Menu:

* Building a New Program with Glide::
* Simple Debugging with GVD::
* Other Glide Features::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Building a New Program with Glide,  Next: Simple Debugging with GVD,  Up: Introduction to Glide and GVD

2.6.1 Building a New Program with Glide
---------------------------------------

The simplest way to invoke Glide is to enter `glide' at the command
prompt.  It will generally be useful to issue this as a background
command, thus allowing you to continue using your command window for
other purposes while Glide is running:

     $ glide&

Glide will start up with an initial screen displaying the top-level
menu items as well as some other information.  The menu selections are
as follows
   * `Buffers'

   * `Files'

   * `Tools'

   * `Edit'

   * `Search'

   * `Mule'

   * `Glide'

   * `Help'

For this introductory example, you will need to create a new Ada source
file.  First, select the `Files' menu.  This will pop open a menu with
around a dozen or so items.  To create a file, select the `Open
file...' choice.  Depending on the platform, you may see a pop-up
window where you can browse to an appropriate directory and then enter
the file name, or else simply see a line at the bottom of the Glide
window where you can likewise enter the file name.  Note that in Glide,
when you attempt to open a non-existent file, the effect is to create a
file with that name.  For this example enter `hello.adb' as the name of
the file.

   A new buffer will now appear, occupying the entire Glide window,
with the file name at the top.  The menu selections are slightly
different from the ones you saw on the opening screen; there is an
`Entities' item, and in place of `Glide' there is now an `Ada' item.
Glide uses the file extension to identify the source language, so `adb'
indicates an Ada source file.

   You will enter some of the source program lines explicitly, and use
the syntax-oriented template mechanism to enter other lines.  First,
type the following text:
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     procedure Hello is
     begin

Observe that Glide uses different colors to distinguish reserved words
from identifiers.  Also, after the `procedure Hello is' line, the
cursor is automatically indented in anticipation of declarations.  When
you enter `begin', Glide recognizes that there are no declarations and
thus places `begin' flush left.  But after the `begin' line the cursor
is again indented, where the statement(s) will be placed.

   The main part of the program will be a `for' loop.  Instead of
entering the text explicitly, however, use a statement template.
Select the `Ada' item on the top menu bar, move the mouse to the
`Statements' item, and you will see a large selection of alternatives.
Choose `for loop'.  You will be prompted (at the bottom of the buffer)
for a loop name; simply press the <Enter> key since a loop name is not
needed.  You should see the beginning of a `for' loop appear in the
source program window.  You will now be prompted for the name of the
loop variable; enter a line with the identifier `ind' (lower case).
Note that, by default, Glide capitalizes the name (you can override
such behavior if you wish, although this is outside the scope of this
introduction).  Next, Glide prompts you for the loop range; enter a
line containing `1..5' and you will see this also appear in the source
program, together with the remaining elements of the `for' loop syntax.

   Next enter the statement (with an intentional error, a missing
semicolon) that will form the body of the loop:
     Put_Line("Hello, World" & Integer'Image(I))

Finally, type `end Hello;' as the last line in the program.  Now save
the file: choose the `File' menu item, and then the `Save buffer'
selection.  You will see a message at the bottom of the buffer
confirming that the file has been saved.

   You are now ready to attempt to build the program.  Select the `Ada'
item from the top menu bar.  Although we could choose simply to compile
the file, we will instead attempt to do a build (which invokes
`gnatmake') since, if the compile is successful, we want to build an
executable.  Thus select `Ada build'.  This will fail because of the
compilation error, and you will notice that the Glide window has been
split: the top window contains the source file, and the bottom window
contains the output from the GNAT tools.  Glide allows you to navigate
from a compilation error to the source file position corresponding to
the error: click the middle mouse button (or simultaneously press the
left and right buttons, on a two-button mouse) on the diagnostic line
in the tool window.  The focus will shift to the source window, and the
cursor will be positioned on the character at which the error was
detected.

   Correct the error: type in a semicolon to terminate the statement.
Although you can again save the file explicitly, you can also simply
invoke `Ada' => `Build' and you will be prompted to save the file.
This time the build will succeed; the tool output window shows you the
options that are supplied by default.  The GNAT tools' output (e.g.,
object and ALI files, executable) will go in the directory from which
Glide was launched.

   To execute the program, choose `Ada' and then `Run'.  You should see
the program's output displayed in the bottom window:

     Hello, world 1
     Hello, world 2
     Hello, world 3
     Hello, world 4
     Hello, world 5


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Simple Debugging with GVD,  Next: Other Glide Features,  Prev: Building a New Program with Glide,  Up: Introduction to Glide and GVD

2.6.2 Simple Debugging with GVD
-------------------------------

This section describes how to set breakpoints, examine/modify
variables, and step through execution.

   In order to enable debugging, you need to pass the `-g' switch to
both the compiler and to `gnatlink'.  If you are using the command
line, passing `-g' to `gnatmake' will have this effect.  You can then
launch GVD, e.g. on the `hello' program, by issuing the command:

     $ gvd hello

If you are using Glide, then `-g' is passed to the relevant tools by
default when you do a build.  Start the debugger by selecting the `Ada'
menu item, and then `Debug'.

   GVD comes up in a multi-part window.  One pane shows the names of
files comprising your executable; another pane shows the source code of
the current unit (initially your main subprogram), another pane shows
the debugger output and user interactions, and the fourth pane (the
data canvas at the top of the window) displays data objects that you
have selected.

   To the left of the source file pane, you will notice green dots
adjacent to some lines.  These are lines for which object code exists
and where breakpoints can thus be set.  You set/reset a breakpoint by
clicking the green dot.  When a breakpoint is set, the dot is replaced
by an `X' in a red circle.  Clicking the circle toggles the breakpoint
off, and the red circle is replaced by the green dot.

   For this example, set a breakpoint at the statement where `Put_Line'
is invoked.

   Start program execution by selecting the `Run' button on the top
menu bar.  (The `Start' button will also start your program, but it
will cause program execution to break at the entry to your main
subprogram.)  Evidence of reaching the breakpoint will appear: the
source file line will be highlighted, and the debugger interactions
pane will display a relevant message.

   You can examine the values of variables in several ways.  Move the
mouse over an occurrence of `Ind' in the `for' loop, and you will see
the value (now `1') displayed.  Alternatively, right-click on `Ind' and
select `Display Ind'; a box showing the variable's name and value will
appear in the data canvas.

   Although a loop index is a constant with respect to Ada semantics,
you can change its value in the debugger.  Right-click in the box for
`Ind', and select the `Set Value of Ind' item.  Enter `2' as the new
value, and press `OK'.  The box for `Ind' shows the update.

   Press the `Step' button on the top menu bar; this will step through
one line of program text (the invocation of `Put_Line'), and you can
observe the effect of having modified `Ind' since the value displayed
is `2'.

   Remove the breakpoint, and resume execution by selecting the `Cont'
button.  You will see the remaining output lines displayed in the
debugger interaction window, along with a message confirming normal
program termination.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Other Glide Features,  Prev: Simple Debugging with GVD,  Up: Introduction to Glide and GVD

2.6.3 Other Glide Features
--------------------------

You may have observed that some of the menu selections contain
abbreviations; e.g., `(C-x C-f)' for `Open file...' in the `Files'
menu.  These are _shortcut keys_ that you can use instead of selecting
menu items.  The <C> stands for <Ctrl>; thus `(C-x C-f)' means <Ctrl-x>
followed by <Ctrl-f>, and this sequence can be used instead of
selecting `Files' and then `Open file...'.

   To abort a Glide command, type <Ctrl-g>.

   If you want Glide to start with an existing source file, you can
either launch Glide as above and then open the file via `Files' =>
`Open file...', or else simply pass the name of the source file on the
command line:

     $ glide hello.adb&

While you are using Glide, a number of _buffers_ exist.  You create
some explicitly; e.g., when you open/create a file.  Others arise as an
effect of the commands that you issue; e.g., the buffer containing the
output of the tools invoked during a build.  If a buffer is hidden, you
can bring it into a visible window by first opening the `Buffers' menu
and then selecting the desired entry.

   If a buffer occupies only part of the Glide screen and you want to
expand it to fill the entire screen, then click in the buffer and then
select `Files' => `One Window'.

   If a window is occupied by one buffer and you want to split the
window to bring up a second buffer, perform the following steps:
   * Select `Files' => `Split Window'; this will produce two windows
     each of which holds the original buffer (these are not copies, but
     rather different views of the same buffer contents)

   * With the focus in one of the windows, select the desired buffer
     from the `Buffers' menu

To exit from Glide, choose `Files' => `Exit'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Compilation Model,  Next: Compiling Using gcc,  Prev: Getting Started with GNAT,  Up: Top

3 The GNAT Compilation Model
****************************

* Menu:

* Source Representation::
* Foreign Language Representation::
* File Naming Rules::
* Using Other File Names::
* Alternative File Naming Schemes::
* Generating Object Files::
* Source Dependencies::
* The Ada Library Information Files::
* Binding an Ada Program::
* Mixed Language Programming::
* Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs::
* Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models::
* Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models::

This chapter describes the compilation model used by GNAT. Although
similar to that used by other languages, such as C and C++, this model
is substantially different from the traditional Ada compilation models,
which are based on a library. The model is initially described without
reference to the library-based model. If you have not previously used an
Ada compiler, you need only read the first part of this chapter. The
last section describes and discusses the differences between the GNAT
model and the traditional Ada compiler models. If you have used other
Ada compilers, this section will help you to understand those
differences, and the advantages of the GNAT model.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source Representation,  Next: Foreign Language Representation,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.1 Source Representation
=========================

Ada source programs are represented in standard text files, using
Latin-1 coding. Latin-1 is an 8-bit code that includes the familiar
7-bit ASCII set, plus additional characters used for representing
foreign languages (*note Foreign Language Representation:: for support
of non-USA character sets). The format effector characters are
represented using their standard ASCII encodings, as follows:

`VT'
     Vertical tab, `16#0B#'

`HT'
     Horizontal tab, `16#09#'

`CR'
     Carriage return, `16#0D#'

`LF'
     Line feed, `16#0A#'

`FF'
     Form feed, `16#0C#'

Source files are in standard text file format. In addition, GNAT will
recognize a wide variety of stream formats, in which the end of physical
physical lines is marked by any of the following sequences: `LF', `CR',
`CR-LF', or `LF-CR'. This is useful in accommodating files that are
imported from other operating systems.

   The end of a source file is normally represented by the physical end
of file. However, the control character `16#1A#' (`SUB') is also
recognized as signalling the end of the source file. Again, this is
provided for compatibility with other operating systems where this code
is used to represent the end of file.

   Each file contains a single Ada compilation unit, including any
pragmas associated with the unit. For example, this means you must
place a package declaration (a package "spec") and the corresponding
body in separate files. An Ada "compilation" (which is a sequence of
compilation units) is represented using a sequence of files. Similarly,
you will place each subunit or child unit in a separate file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Foreign Language Representation,  Next: File Naming Rules,  Prev: Source Representation,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.2 Foreign Language Representation
===================================

GNAT supports the standard character sets defined in Ada 95 as well as
several other non-standard character sets for use in localized versions
of the compiler (*note Character Set Control::).

* Menu:

* Latin-1::
* Other 8-Bit Codes::
* Wide Character Encodings::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Latin-1,  Next: Other 8-Bit Codes,  Up: Foreign Language Representation

3.2.1 Latin-1
-------------

The basic character set is Latin-1. This character set is defined by ISO
standard 8859, part 1. The lower half (character codes `16#00#' ...
`16#7F#)' is identical to standard ASCII coding, but the upper half is
used to represent additional characters. These include extended letters
used by European languages, such as French accents, the vowels with
umlauts used in German, and the extra letter A-ring used in Swedish.

   For a complete list of Latin-1 codes and their encodings, see the
source file of library unit `Ada.Characters.Latin_1' in file
`a-chlat1.ads'.  You may use any of these extended characters freely in
character or string literals. In addition, the extended characters that
represent letters can be used in identifiers.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Other 8-Bit Codes,  Next: Wide Character Encodings,  Prev: Latin-1,  Up: Foreign Language Representation

3.2.2 Other 8-Bit Codes
-----------------------

GNAT also supports several other 8-bit coding schemes:

Latin-2
     Latin-2 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and
     lowercase equivalence.

Latin-3
     Latin-3 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and
     lowercase equivalence.

Latin-4
     Latin-4 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and
     lowercase equivalence.

Latin-5
     Latin-4 letters (Cyrillic) allowed in identifiers, with uppercase
     and lowercase equivalence.

IBM PC (code page 437)
     This code page is the normal default for PCs in the U.S. It
     corresponds to the original IBM PC character set. This set has
     some, but not all, of the extended Latin-1 letters, but these
     letters do not have the same encoding as Latin-1. In this mode,
     these letters are allowed in identifiers with uppercase and
     lowercase equivalence.

IBM PC (code page 850)
     This code page is a modification of 437 extended to include all the
     Latin-1 letters, but still not with the usual Latin-1 encoding. In
     this mode, all these letters are allowed in identifiers with
     uppercase and lowercase equivalence.

Full Upper 8-bit
     Any character in the range 80-FF allowed in identifiers, and all
     are considered distinct. In other words, there are no uppercase
     and lowercase equivalences in this range. This is useful in
     conjunction with certain encoding schemes used for some foreign
     character sets (e.g.  the typical method of representing Chinese
     characters on the PC).

No Upper-Half
     No upper-half characters in the range 80-FF are allowed in
     identifiers.  This gives Ada 83 compatibility for identifier names.

For precise data on the encodings permitted, and the uppercase and
lowercase equivalences that are recognized, see the file `csets.adb' in
the GNAT compiler sources. You will need to obtain a full source release
of GNAT to obtain this file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Wide Character Encodings,  Prev: Other 8-Bit Codes,  Up: Foreign Language Representation

3.2.3 Wide Character Encodings
------------------------------

GNAT allows wide character codes to appear in character and string
literals, and also optionally in identifiers, by means of the following
possible encoding schemes:

Hex Coding
     In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following
     five character sequence:

          ESC a b c d

     Where `a', `b', `c', `d' are the four hexadecimal characters
     (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For example,
     ESC A345 is used to represent the wide character with code
     `16#A345#'.  This scheme is compatible with use of the full
     Wide_Character set.

Upper-Half Coding
     The wide character with encoding `16#abcd#' where the upper bit is
     on (in other words, "a" is in the range 8-F) is represented as two
     bytes, `16#ab#' and `16#cd#'. The second byte cannot be a format
     control character, but is not required to be in the upper half.
     This method can be also used for shift-JIS or EUC, where the
     internal coding matches the external coding.

Shift JIS Coding
     A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence,
     `16#ab#' and `16#cd#', with the restrictions described for
     upper-half encoding as described above. The internal character
     code is the corresponding JIS character according to the standard
     algorithm for Shift-JIS conversion. Only characters defined in the
     JIS code set table can be used with this encoding method.

EUC Coding
     A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence
     `16#ab#' and `16#cd#', with both characters being in the upper
     half. The internal character code is the corresponding JIS
     character according to the EUC encoding algorithm. Only characters
     defined in the JIS code set table can be used with this encoding
     method.

UTF-8 Coding
     A wide character is represented using UCS Transformation Format 8
     (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on
     the character value, the representation is a one, two, or three
     byte sequence:
          16#0000#-16#007f#: 2#0xxxxxxx#
          16#0080#-16#07ff#: 2#110xxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
          16#0800#-16#ffff#: 2#1110xxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#

     where the xxx bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
     16-bit character value. Note that all lower half ASCII characters
     are represented as ASCII bytes and all upper half characters and
     other wide characters are represented as sequences of upper-half
     (The full UTF-8 scheme allows for encoding 31-bit characters as
     6-byte sequences, but in this implementation, all UTF-8 sequences
     of four or more bytes length will be treated as illegal).

Brackets Coding
     In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following
     eight character sequence:

          [ " a b c d " ]

     Where `a', `b', `c', `d' are the four hexadecimal characters
     (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For example,
     ["A345"] is used to represent the wide character with code
     `16#A345#'. It is also possible (though not required) to use the
     Brackets coding for upper half characters. For example, the code
     `16#A3#' can be represented as `["A3"]'.

     This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set,
     and is also the method used for wide character encoding in the
     standard ACVC (Ada Compiler Validation Capability) test suite
     distributions.


Note: Some of these coding schemes do not permit the full use of the
Ada 95 character set. For example, neither Shift JIS, nor EUC allow the
use of the upper half of the Latin-1 set.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: File Naming Rules,  Next: Using Other File Names,  Prev: Foreign Language Representation,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.3 File Naming Rules
=====================

The default file name is determined by the name of the unit that the
file contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of
the unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and using
lowercase for all letters.

   An exception arises if the file name generated by the above rules
starts with one of the characters a,g,i, or s, and the second character
is a minus. In this case, the character tilde is used in place of the
minus. The reason for this special rule is to avoid clashes with the
standard names for child units of the packages System, Ada, Interfaces,
and GNAT, which use the prefixes s- a- i- and g- respectively.

   The file extension is `.ads' for a spec and `.adb' for a body. The
following list shows some examples of these rules.

`main.ads'
     Main (spec)

`main.adb'
     Main (body)

`arith_functions.ads'
     Arith_Functions (package spec)

`arith_functions.adb'
     Arith_Functions (package body)

`func-spec.ads'
     Func.Spec (child package spec)

`func-spec.adb'
     Func.Spec (child package body)

`main-sub.adb'
     Sub (subunit of Main)

`a~bad.adb'
     A.Bad (child package body)

Following these rules can result in excessively long file names if
corresponding unit names are long (for example, if child units or
subunits are heavily nested). An option is available to shorten such
long file names (called file name "krunching"). This may be
particularly useful when programs being developed with GNAT are to be
used on operating systems with limited file name lengths. *Note Using
gnatkr::.

   Of course, no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over
all possible unit names; if file name krunching is used, it is your
responsibility to ensure no name clashes occur. Alternatively you can
specify the exact file names that you want used, as described in the
next section. Finally, if your Ada programs are migrating from a
compiler with a different naming convention, you can use the gnatchop
utility to produce source files that follow the GNAT naming conventions.
(For details *note Renaming Files Using gnatchop::.)


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using Other File Names,  Next: Alternative File Naming Schemes,  Prev: File Naming Rules,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.4 Using Other File Names
==========================

In the previous section, we have described the default rules used by
GNAT to determine the file name in which a given unit resides. It is
often convenient to follow these default rules, and if you follow them,
the compiler knows without being explicitly told where to find all the
files it needs.

   However, in some cases, particularly when a program is imported from
another Ada compiler environment, it may be more convenient for the
programmer to specify which file names contain which units. GNAT allows
arbitrary file names to be used by means of the Source_File_Name pragma.
The form of this pragma is as shown in the following examples: 

     pragma Source_File_Name (My_Utilities.Stacks,
       Spec_File_Name => "myutilst_a.ada");
     pragma Source_File_name (My_Utilities.Stacks,
       Body_File_Name => "myutilst.ada");

As shown in this example, the first argument for the pragma is the unit
name (in this example a child unit). The second argument has the form
of a named association. The identifier indicates whether the file name
is for a spec or a body; the file name itself is given by a string
literal.

   The source file name pragma is a configuration pragma, which means
that normally it will be placed in the `gnat.adc' file used to hold
configuration pragmas that apply to a complete compilation environment.
For more details on how the `gnat.adc' file is created and used *note
Handling of Configuration Pragmas:: 

   GNAT allows completely arbitrary file names to be specified using the
source file name pragma. However, if the file name specified has an
extension other than `.ads' or `.adb' it is necessary to use a special
syntax when compiling the file. The name in this case must be preceded
by the special sequence `-x' followed by a space and the name of the
language, here `ada', as in:

     $ gcc -c -x ada peculiar_file_name.sim

`gnatmake' handles non-standard file names in the usual manner (the
non-standard file name for the main program is simply used as the
argument to gnatmake). Note that if the extension is also non-standard,
then it must be included in the gnatmake command, it may not be omitted.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Alternative File Naming Schemes,  Next: Generating Object Files,  Prev: Using Other File Names,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.5 Alternative File Naming Schemes
===================================

In the previous section, we described the use of the `Source_File_Name'
pragma to allow arbitrary names to be assigned to individual source
files.  However, this approach requires one pragma for each file, and
especially in large systems can result in very long `gnat.adc' files,
and also create a maintenance problem.

   GNAT also provides a facility for specifying systematic file naming
schemes other than the standard default naming scheme previously
described. An alternative scheme for naming is specified by the use of
`Source_File_Name' pragmas having the following format: 

     pragma Source_File_Name (
        Spec_File_Name  => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
      [,Casing          => CASING_SPEC]
      [,Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL]);

     pragma Source_File_Name (
        Body_File_Name  => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
      [,Casing          => CASING_SPEC]
      [,Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL]);

     pragma Source_File_Name (
        Subunit_File_Name  => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
      [,Casing             => CASING_SPEC]
      [,Dot_Replacement    => STRING_LITERAL]);

     FILE_NAME_PATTERN ::= STRING_LITERAL
     CASING_SPEC ::= Lowercase | Uppercase | Mixedcase

The `FILE_NAME_PATTERN' string shows how the file name is constructed.
It contains a single asterisk character, and the unit name is
substituted systematically for this asterisk. The optional parameter
`Casing' indicates whether the unit name is to be all upper-case
letters, all lower-case letters, or mixed-case. If no `Casing'
parameter is used, then the default is all lower-case.

   The optional `Dot_Replacement' string is used to replace any periods
that occur in subunit or child unit names. If no `Dot_Replacement'
argument is used then separating dots appear unchanged in the resulting
file name.  Although the above syntax indicates that the `Casing'
argument must appear before the `Dot_Replacement' argument, but it is
also permissible to write these arguments in the opposite order.

   As indicated, it is possible to specify different naming schemes for
bodies, specs, and subunits. Quite often the rule for subunits is the
same as the rule for bodies, in which case, there is no need to give a
separate `Subunit_File_Name' rule, and in this case the
`Body_File_name' rule is used for subunits as well.

   The separate rule for subunits can also be used to implement the
rather unusual case of a compilation environment (e.g. a single
directory) which contains a subunit and a child unit with the same unit
name. Although both units cannot appear in the same partition, the Ada
Reference Manual allows (but does not require) the possibility of the
two units coexisting in the same environment.

   The file name translation works in the following steps:

   * If there is a specific `Source_File_Name' pragma for the given
     unit, then this is always used, and any general pattern rules are
     ignored.

   * If there is a pattern type `Source_File_Name' pragma that applies
     to the unit, then the resulting file name will be used if the file
     exists. If more than one pattern matches, the latest one will be
     tried first, and the first attempt resulting in a reference to a
     file that exists will be used.

   * If no pattern type `Source_File_Name' pragma that applies to the
     unit for which the corresponding file exists, then the standard
     GNAT default naming rules are used.


As an example of the use of this mechanism, consider a commonly used
scheme in which file names are all lower case, with separating periods
copied unchanged to the resulting file name, and specs end with
".1.ada", and bodies end with ".2.ada". GNAT will follow this scheme if
the following two pragmas appear:

     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Spec_File_Name => "*.1.ada");
     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Body_File_Name => "*.2.ada");

The default GNAT scheme is actually implemented by providing the
following default pragmas internally:

     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Spec_File_Name => "*.ads", Dot_Replacement => "-");
     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Body_File_Name => "*.adb", Dot_Replacement => "-");

Our final example implements a scheme typically used with one of the
Ada 83 compilers, where the separator character for subunits was "__"
(two underscores), specs were identified by adding `_.ADA', bodies by
adding `.ADA', and subunits by adding `.SEP'. All file names were upper
case. Child units were not present of course since this was an Ada 83
compiler, but it seems reasonable to extend this scheme to use the same
double underscore separator for child units.

     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Spec_File_Name => "*_.ADA",
        Dot_Replacement => "__",
        Casing = Uppercase);
     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Body_File_Name => "*.ADA",
        Dot_Replacement => "__",
        Casing = Uppercase);
     pragma Source_File_Name
       (Subunit_File_Name => "*.SEP",
        Dot_Replacement => "__",
        Casing = Uppercase);


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Generating Object Files,  Next: Source Dependencies,  Prev: Alternative File Naming Schemes,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.6 Generating Object Files
===========================

An Ada program consists of a set of source files, and the first step in
compiling the program is to generate the corresponding object files.
These are generated by compiling a subset of these source files.  The
files you need to compile are the following:

   * If a package spec has no body, compile the package spec to produce
     the object file for the package.

   * If a package has both a spec and a body, compile the body to
     produce the object file for the package. The source file for the
     package spec need not be compiled in this case because there is
     only one object file, which contains the code for both the spec
     and body of the package.

   * For a subprogram, compile the subprogram body to produce the
     object file for the subprogram. The spec, if one is present, is as
     usual in a separate file, and need not be compiled.

   * In the case of subunits, only compile the parent unit. A single
     object file is generated for the entire subunit tree, which
     includes all the subunits.

   * Compile child units independently of their parent units (though,
     of course, the spec of all the ancestor unit must be present in
     order to compile a child unit).

   * Compile generic units in the same manner as any other units. The
     object files in this case are small dummy files that contain at
     most the flag used for elaboration checking. This is because GNAT
     always handles generic instantiation by means of macro expansion.
     However, it is still necessary to compile generic units, for
     dependency checking and elaboration purposes.

The preceding rules describe the set of files that must be compiled to
generate the object files for a program. Each object file has the same
name as the corresponding source file, except that the extension is
`.o' as usual.

   You may wish to compile other files for the purpose of checking their
syntactic and semantic correctness. For example, in the case where a
package has a separate spec and body, you would not normally compile the
spec. However, it is convenient in practice to compile the spec to make
sure it is error-free before compiling clients of this spec, because
such compilations will fail if there is an error in the spec.

   GNAT provides an option for compiling such files purely for the
purposes of checking correctness; such compilations are not required as
part of the process of building a program. To compile a file in this
checking mode, use the `-gnatc' switch.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source Dependencies,  Next: The Ada Library Information Files,  Prev: Generating Object Files,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.7 Source Dependencies
=======================

A given object file clearly depends on the source file which is compiled
to produce it. Here we are using "depends" in the sense of a typical
`make' utility; in other words, an object file depends on a source file
if changes to the source file require the object file to be recompiled.
In addition to this basic dependency, a given object may depend on
additional source files as follows:

   * If a file being compiled `with''s a unit X, the object file
     depends on the file containing the spec of unit X. This includes
     files that are `with''ed implicitly either because they are parents
     of `with''ed child units or they are run-time units required by the
     language constructs used in a particular unit.

   * If a file being compiled instantiates a library level generic
     unit, the object file depends on both the spec and body files for
     this generic unit.

   * If a file being compiled instantiates a generic unit defined
     within a package, the object file depends on the body file for the
     package as well as the spec file.

   * If a file being compiled contains a call to a subprogram for which
     pragma `Inline' applies and inlining is activated with the
     `-gnatn' switch, the object file depends on the file containing the
     body of this subprogram as well as on the file containing the
     spec. Note that for inlining to actually occur as a result of the
     use of this switch, it is necessary to compile in optimizing mode.

     The use of `-gnatN' activates a more extensive inlining
     optimization that is performed by the front end of the compiler.
     This inlining does not require that the code generation be
     optimized. Like `-gnatn', the use of this switch generates
     additional dependencies.

   * If an object file O  depends on the proper body of a subunit
     through inlining or instantiation, it depends on the parent unit
     of the subunit. This means that any modification of the parent
     unit or one of its subunits affects the compilation of O.

   * The object file for a parent unit depends on all its subunit body
     files.

   * The previous two rules meant that for purposes of computing
     dependencies and recompilation, a body and all its subunits are
     treated as an indivisible whole.

     These rules are applied transitively: if unit `A' `with''s unit
     `B', whose elaboration calls an inlined procedure in package `C',
     the object file for unit `A' will depend on the body of `C', in
     file `c.adb'.

     The set of dependent files described by these rules includes all
     the files on which the unit is semantically dependent, as
     described in the Ada 95 Language Reference Manual. However, it is
     a superset of what the ARM describes, because it includes generic,
     inline, and subunit dependencies.

     An object file must be recreated by recompiling the corresponding
     source file if any of the source files on which it depends are
     modified. For example, if the `make' utility is used to control
     compilation, the rule for an Ada object file must mention all the
     source files on which the object file depends, according to the
     above definition.  The determination of the necessary
     recompilations is done automatically when one uses `gnatmake'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The Ada Library Information Files,  Next: Binding an Ada Program,  Prev: Source Dependencies,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.8 The Ada Library Information Files
=====================================

Each compilation actually generates two output files. The first of these
is the normal object file that has a `.o' extension. The second is a
text file containing full dependency information. It has the same name
as the source file, but an `.ali' extension.  This file is known as the
Ada Library Information (`ali') file.  The following information is
contained in the `ali' file.

   * Version information (indicates which version of GNAT was used to
     compile the unit(s) in question)

   * Main program information (including priority and time slice
     settings, as well as the wide character encoding used during
     compilation).

   * List of arguments used in the `gcc' command for the compilation

   * Attributes of the unit, including configuration pragmas used, an
     indication of whether the compilation was successful, exception
     model used etc.

   * A list of relevant restrictions applying to the unit (used for
     consistency) checking.

   * Categorization information (e.g. use of pragma `Pure').

   * Information on all `with''ed units, including presence of
     `Elaborate' or `Elaborate_All' pragmas.

   * Information from any `Linker_Options' pragmas used in the unit

   * Information on the use of `Body_Version' or `Version' attributes
     in the unit.

   * Dependency information. This is a list of files, together with
     time stamp and checksum information. These are files on which the
     unit depends in the sense that recompilation is required if any of
     these units are modified.

   * Cross-reference data. Contains information on all entities
     referenced in the unit. Used by tools like `gnatxref' and
     `gnatfind' to provide cross-reference information.


For a full detailed description of the format of the `ali' file, see
the source of the body of unit `Lib.Writ', contained in file
`lib-writ.adb' in the GNAT compiler sources.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Binding an Ada Program,  Next: Mixed Language Programming,  Prev: The Ada Library Information Files,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.9 Binding an Ada Program
==========================

When using languages such as C and C++, once the source files have been
compiled the only remaining step in building an executable program is
linking the object modules together. This means that it is possible to
link an inconsistent version of a program, in which two units have
included different versions of the same header.

   The rules of Ada do not permit such an inconsistent program to be
built.  For example, if two clients have different versions of the same
package, it is illegal to build a program containing these two clients.
These rules are enforced by the GNAT binder, which also determines an
elaboration order consistent with the Ada rules.

   The GNAT binder is run after all the object files for a program have
been created. It is given the name of the main program unit, and from
this it determines the set of units required by the program, by reading
the corresponding ALI files. It generates error messages if the program
is inconsistent or if no valid order of elaboration exists.

   If no errors are detected, the binder produces a main program, in
Ada by default, that contains calls to the elaboration procedures of
those compilation unit that require them, followed by a call to the
main program. This Ada program is compiled to generate the object file
for the main program. The name of the Ada file is `b~XXX.adb' (with the
corresponding spec `b~XXX.ads') where XXX is the name of the main
program unit.

   Finally, the linker is used to build the resulting executable
program, using the object from the main program from the bind step as
well as the object files for the Ada units of the program.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Mixed Language Programming,  Next: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs,  Prev: Binding an Ada Program,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.10 Mixed Language Programming
===============================

* Menu:

* Interfacing to C::
* Calling Conventions::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Interfacing to C,  Next: Calling Conventions,  Up: Mixed Language Programming

3.10.1 Interfacing to C
-----------------------

There are two ways to build a program that contains some Ada files and
some other language files depending on whether the main program is in
Ada or not.  If the main program is in Ada, you should proceed as
follows:

  1. Compile the other language files to generate object files. For
     instance:
          gcc -c file1.c
          gcc -c file2.c

  2. Compile the Ada units to produce a set of object files and ALI
     files. For instance:
          gnatmake -c my_main.adb

  3. Run the Ada binder on the Ada main program. For instance:
          gnatbind my_main.ali

  4. Link the Ada main program, the Ada objects and the other language
     objects. For instance:
          gnatlink my_main.ali file1.o file2.o

   The three last steps can be grouped in a single command:
     gnatmake my_main.adb -largs file1.o file2.o

If the main program is in some language other than Ada, Then you may
have more than one entry point in the Ada subsystem. You must use a
special option of the binder to generate callable routines to initialize
and finalize the Ada units (*note Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs::).
Calls to the initialization and finalization routines must be inserted
in the main program, or some other appropriate point in the code. The
call to initialize the Ada units must occur before the first Ada
subprogram is called, and the call to finalize the Ada units must occur
after the last Ada subprogram returns. You use the same procedure for
building the program as described previously. In this case, however,
the binder only places the initialization and finalization subprograms
into file `b~XXX.adb' instead of the main program.  So, if the main
program is not in Ada, you should proceed as follows:

  1. Compile the other language files to generate object files. For
     instance:
          gcc -c file1.c
          gcc -c file2.c

  2. Compile the Ada units to produce a set of object files and ALI
     files. For instance:
          gnatmake -c entry_point1.adb
          gnatmake -c entry_point2.adb

  3. Run the Ada binder on the Ada main program. For instance:
          gnatbind -n entry_point1.ali entry_point2.ali

  4. Link the Ada main program, the Ada objects and the other language
     objects. You only need to give the last entry point here. For
     instance:
          gnatlink entry_point2.ali file1.o file2.o


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Calling Conventions,  Prev: Interfacing to C,  Up: Mixed Language Programming

3.10.2 Calling Conventions
--------------------------

GNAT follows standard calling sequence conventions and will thus
interface to any other language that also follows these conventions.
The following Convention identifiers are recognized by GNAT:

   * Ada. This indicates that the standard Ada calling sequence will be
     used and all Ada data items may be passed without any limitations
     in the case where GNAT is used to generate both the caller and
     callee. It is also possible to mix GNAT generated code and code
     generated by another Ada compiler. In this case, the data types
     should be restricted to simple cases, including primitive types.
     Whether complex data types can be passed depends on the situation.
     Probably it is safe to pass simple arrays, such as arrays of
     integers or floats. Records may or may not work, depending on
     whether both compilers lay them out identically. Complex structures
     involving variant records, access parameters, tasks, or protected
     types, are unlikely to be able to be passed.

     Note that in the case of GNAT running on a platform that supports
     DEC Ada 83, a higher degree of compatibility can be guaranteed,
     and in particular records are layed out in an identical manner in
     the two compilers. Note also that if output from two different
     compilers is mixed, the program is responsible for dealing with
     elaboration issues. Probably the safest approach is to write the
     main program in the version of Ada other than GNAT, so that it
     takes care of its own elaboration requirements, and then call the
     GNAT-generated adainit procedure to ensure elaboration of the GNAT
     components. Consult the documentation of the other Ada compiler
     for further details on elaboration.

     However, it is not possible to mix the tasking run time of GNAT and
     DEC Ada 83, All the tasking operations must either be entirely
     within GNAT compiled sections of the program, or entirely within
     DEC Ada 83 compiled sections of the program.

   * Assembler. Specifies assembler as the convention. In practice this
     has the same effect as convention Ada (but is not equivalent in
     the sense of being considered the same convention).

   * Asm. Equivalent to Assembler.

   * Asm. Equivalent to Assembly.

   * COBOL. Data will be passed according to the conventions described
     in section B.4 of the Ada 95 Reference Manual.

   * C. Data will be passed according to the conventions described in
     section B.3 of the Ada 95 Reference Manual.

   * Default. Equivalent to C.

   * External. Equivalent to C.

   * CPP. This stands for C++. For most purposes this is identical to C.
     See the separate description of the specialized GNAT pragmas
     relating to C++ interfacing for further details.

   * Fortran. Data will be passed according to the conventions described
     in section B.5 of the Ada 95 Reference Manual.

   * Intrinsic. This applies to an intrinsic operation, as defined in
     the Ada 95 Reference Manual. If a a pragma Import (Intrinsic)
     applies to a subprogram, this means that the body of the
     subprogram is provided by the compiler itself, usually by means of
     an efficient code sequence, and that the user does not supply an
     explicit body for it. In an application program, the pragma can
     only be applied to the following two sets of names, which the GNAT
     compiler recognizes.
        * Rotate_Left, Rotate_Right, Shift_Left, Shift_Right,
          Shift_Right_- Arithmetic.  The corresponding subprogram
          declaration must have two formal parameters. The first one
          must be a signed integer type or a modular type with a binary
          modulus, and the second parameter must be of type Natural.
          The return type must be the same as the type of the first
          argument. The size of this type can only be 8, 16, 32, or 64.

        * binary arithmetic operators: "+", "-", "*", "/" The
          corresponding operator declaration must have parameters and
          result type that have the same root numeric type (for
          example, all three are long_float types). This simplifies the
          definition of operations that use type checking to perform
          dimensional checks:
               type Distance is new Long_Float;
               type Time     is new Long_Float;
               type Velocity is new Long_Float;
               function "/" (D : Distance; T : Time)
                 return Velocity;
               pragma Import (Intrinsic, "/");
          This common idiom is often programmed with a generic
          definition and an explicit body. The pragma makes it simpler
          to introduce such declarations. It incurs no overhead in
          compilation time or code size, because it is implemented as a
          single machine instruction.
     
   * Stdcall. This is relevant only to NT/Win95 implementations of GNAT,
     and specifies that the Stdcall calling sequence will be used, as
     defined by the NT API.

   * DLL. This is equivalent to Stdcall.

   * Win32. This is equivalent to Stdcall.

   * Stubbed. This is a special convention that indicates that the
     compiler should provide a stub body that raises `Program_Error'.

GNAT additionally provides a useful pragma `Convention_Identifier' that
can be used to parametrize conventions and allow additional synonyms to
be specified. For example if you have legacy code in which the
convention identifier Fortran77 was used for Fortran, you can use the
configuration pragma:

        pragma Convention_Identifier (Fortran77, Fortran);

And from now on the identifier Fortran77 may be used as a convention
identifier (for example in an `Import' pragma) with the same meaning as
Fortran.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs,  Next: Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models,  Prev: Mixed Language Programming,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.11 Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs
======================================

Building a mixed application containing both Ada and C++ code may be a
challenge for the unaware programmer. As a matter of fact, this
interfacing has not been standardized in the Ada 95 reference manual due
to the immaturity and lack of standard of C++ at the time. This section
gives a few hints that should make this task easier. In particular the
first section addresses the differences with interfacing with C. The
second section looks into the delicate problem of linking the complete
application from its Ada and C++ parts. The last section give some
hints on how the GNAT run time can be adapted in order to allow
inter-language dispatching with a new C++ compiler.

* Menu:

* Interfacing to C++::
* Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program::
* A Simple Example::
* Adapting the Run Time to a New C++ Compiler::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Interfacing to C++,  Next: Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,  Up: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs

3.11.1 Interfacing to C++
-------------------------

GNAT supports interfacing with C++ compilers generating code that is
compatible with the standard Application Binary Interface of the given
platform.

Interfacing can be done at 3 levels: simple data, subprograms and
classes. In the first 2 cases, GNAT offer a specific CONVENTION CPP
that behaves exactly like CONVENTION C. Usually C++ mangle names of
subprograms and currently GNAT does not provide any help to solve the
demangling problem. This problem can be addressed in 2 ways:
   * by modifying the C++ code in order to force a C convention using
     the EXTERN "C" syntax.

   * by figuring out the mangled name and use it as the Link_Name
     argument of the pragma import.

Interfacing at the class level can be achieved by using the GNAT
specific pragmas such as `CPP_Class' and `CPP_Virtual'. See the GNAT
Reference Manual for additional information.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,  Next: A Simple Example,  Prev: Interfacing to C++,  Up: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs

3.11.2 Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program
----------------------------------------

Usually the linker of the C++ development system must be used to link
mixed applications because most C++ systems will resolve elaboration
issues (such as calling constructors on global class instances)
transparently during the link phase. GNAT has been adapted to ease the
use of a foreign linker for the last phase. Three cases can be
considered:
  1. Using GNAT and G++ (GNU C++ compiler) from the same GCC
     installation. The c++ linker can simply be called by using the c++
     specific driver called `c++'. Note that this setup is not very
     common because it may request recompiling the whole GCC tree from
     sources and it does not allow to upgrade easily to a new version
     of one compiler for one of the two languages without taking the
     risk of destabilizing the other.

          $ c++ -c file1.C
          $ c++ -c file2.C
          $ gnatmake ada_unit -largs file1.o file2.o --LINK=c++

  2. Using GNAT and G++ from 2 different GCC installations. If both
     compilers are on the PATH, the same method can be used. It is
     important to be aware that environment variables such as
     C_INCLUDE_PATH, GCC_EXEC_PREFIX, BINUTILS_ROOT or GCC_ROOT will
     affect both compilers at the same time and thus may make one of
     the 2 compilers operate improperly if they are set for the other.
     In particular it is important that the link command has access to
     the proper gcc library `libgcc.a', that is to say the one that is
     part of the C++ compiler installation. The implicit link command
     as suggested in the gnatmake command from the former example can
     be replaced by an explicit link command with full verbosity in
     order to verify which library is used:
          $ gnatbind ada_unit
          $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=c++
     If there is a problem due to interfering environment variables, it
     can be workaround by using an intermediate script. The following
     example shows the proper script to use when GNAT has not been
     installed at its default location and g++ has been installed at
     its default location:

          $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
          $ cat ./my_script
          #!/bin/sh
          unset BINUTILS_ROOT
          unset GCC_ROOT
          c++ $*

  3. Using a non GNU C++ compiler. The same set of command as previously
     described can be used to insure that the c++ linker is used.
     Nonetheless, you need to add the path to libgcc explicitely, since
     some libraries needed by GNAT are located in this directory:


          $ gnatlink ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
          $ cat ./my_script
          #!/bin/sh
          CC $* `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`

     Where CC is the name of the non GNU C++ compiler.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: A Simple Example,  Next: Adapting the Run Time to a New C++ Compiler,  Prev: Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,  Up: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs

3.11.3 A Simple Example
-----------------------

The following example, provided as part of the GNAT examples, show how
to achieve procedural interfacing between Ada and C++ in both
directions. The C++ class A has 2 methods. The first method is exported
to Ada by the means of an extern C wrapper function. The second method
calls an Ada subprogram. On the Ada side, The C++ calls is modelized by
a limited record with a layout comparable to the C++ class. The Ada
subprogram, in turn, calls the c++ method. So from the C++ main program
the code goes back and forth between the 2 languages.

Here are the compilation commands for a GNAT VxWorks/PowerPC
configuration:
     $ powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gnatmake -c simple_cpp_interface
     $ powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gnatbind -n simple_cpp_interface
     $ gnatlink simple_cpp_interface -o ada_part
     $ c++ppc -c -DCPU=PPC604  -I/usr/windppc/target/h  cpp_main.C
     $ c++ppc -c -DCPU=PPC604  -I/usr/windppc/target/h  ex7.C
     $ ldppc -r -o my_main my_main.o ex7.o ada_part
   Here are the corresponding sources:

     //cpp_main.C

     #include "ex7.h"

     extern "C" {
       void adainit (void);
       void adafinal (void);
       void method1 (A *t);
     }

     void method1 (A *t)
     {
       t->method1 ();
     }

     int main ()
     {
       A obj;
       adainit ();
       obj.method2 (3030);
       adafinal ();
     }

     //ex7.h

     class Origin {
      public:
       int o_value;
     };
     class A : public Origin {
      public:
       void method1 (void);
       virtual void method2 (int v);
       A();
       int   a_value;
     };

     //ex7.C

     #include "ex7.h"
     #include <stdio.h>

     extern "C" { void ada_method2 (A *t, int v);}

     void A::method1 (void)
     {
       a_value = 2020;
       printf ("in A::method1, a_value = %d \n",a_value);

     }

     void A::method2 (int v)
     {
        ada_method2 (this, v);
        printf ("in A::method2, a_value = %d \n",a_value);

     }

     A::A(void)
     {
        a_value = 1010;
       printf ("in A::A, a_value = %d \n",a_value);
     }

     -- Ada sources
     package body Simple_Cpp_Interface is

        procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer) is
        begin
           Method1 (This);
           This.A_Value := V;
        end Ada_Method2;

     end Simple_Cpp_Interface;

     package Simple_Cpp_Interface is
        type A is limited
           record
              O_Value : Integer;
              A_Value : Integer;
           end record;
        pragma Convention (C, A);

        procedure Method1 (This : in out A);
        pragma Import (C, Method1);

        procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer);
        pragma Export (C, Ada_Method2);

     end Simple_Cpp_Interface;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Adapting the Run Time to a New C++ Compiler,  Prev: A Simple Example,  Up: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs

3.11.4 Adapting the Run Time to a New C++ Compiler
--------------------------------------------------

GNAT offers the capability to derive Ada 95 tagged types directly from
preexisting C++ classes and . See "Interfacing with C++" in the GNAT
reference manual. The mechanism used by GNAT for achieving such a goal
has been made user configurable through a GNAT library unit
`Interfaces.CPP'. The default version of this file is adapted to the
GNU c++ compiler. Internal knowledge of the virtual table layout used
by the new C++ compiler is needed to configure properly this unit. The
Interface of this unit is known by the compiler and cannot be changed
except for the value of the constants defining the characteristics of
the virtual table: CPP_DT_Prologue_Size, CPP_DT_Entry_Size,
CPP_TSD_Prologue_Size, CPP_TSD_Entry_Size. Read comments in the source
of this unit for more details.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models,  Next: Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models,  Prev: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.12 Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models
=========================================================

The GNAT model of compilation is close to the C and C++ models. You can
think of Ada specs as corresponding to header files in C. As in C, you
don't need to compile specs; they are compiled when they are used. The
Ada `with' is similar in effect to the `#include' of a C header.

   One notable difference is that, in Ada, you may compile specs
separately to check them for semantic and syntactic accuracy. This is
not always possible with C headers because they are fragments of
programs that have less specific syntactic or semantic rules.

   The other major difference is the requirement for running the binder,
which performs two important functions. First, it checks for
consistency. In C or C++, the only defense against assembling
inconsistent programs lies outside the compiler, in a makefile, for
example. The binder satisfies the Ada requirement that it be impossible
to construct an inconsistent program when the compiler is used in normal
mode.

   The other important function of the binder is to deal with
elaboration issues. There are also elaboration issues in C++ that are
handled automatically. This automatic handling has the advantage of
being simpler to use, but the C++ programmer has no control over
elaboration.  Where `gnatbind' might complain there was no valid order
of elaboration, a C++ compiler would simply construct a program that
malfunctioned at run time.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models,  Prev: Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models,  Up: The GNAT Compilation Model

3.13 Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models
================================================================

This section is intended to be useful to Ada programmers who have
previously used an Ada compiler implementing the traditional Ada library
model, as described in the Ada 95 Language Reference Manual. If you
have not used such a system, please go on to the next section.

   In GNAT, there is no "library" in the normal sense. Instead, the set
of source files themselves acts as the library. Compiling Ada programs
does not generate any centralized information, but rather an object
file and a ALI file, which are of interest only to the binder and
linker.  In a traditional system, the compiler reads information not
only from the source file being compiled, but also from the centralized
library.  This means that the effect of a compilation depends on what
has been previously compiled. In particular:

   * When a unit is `with''ed, the unit seen by the compiler corresponds
     to the version of the unit most recently compiled into the library.

   * Inlining is effective only if the necessary body has already been
     compiled into the library.

   * Compiling a unit may obsolete other units in the library.

In GNAT, compiling one unit never affects the compilation of any other
units because the compiler reads only source files. Only changes to
source files can affect the results of a compilation. In particular:

   * When a unit is `with''ed, the unit seen by the compiler corresponds
     to the source version of the unit that is currently accessible to
     the compiler.

   * Inlining requires the appropriate source files for the package or
     subprogram bodies to be available to the compiler. Inlining is
     always effective, independent of the order in which units are
     complied.

   * Compiling a unit never affects any other compilations. The editing
     of sources may cause previous compilations to be out of date if
     they depended on the source file being modified.

The most important result of these differences is that order of
compilation is never significant in GNAT. There is no situation in
which one is required to do one compilation before another. What shows
up as order of compilation requirements in the traditional Ada library
becomes, in GNAT, simple source dependencies; in other words, there is
only a set of rules saying what source files must be present when a
file is compiled.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Compiling Using gcc,  Next: Binding Using gnatbind,  Prev: The GNAT Compilation Model,  Up: Top

4 Compiling Using `gcc'
***********************

This chapter discusses how to compile Ada programs using the `gcc'
command. It also describes the set of switches that can be used to
control the behavior of the compiler.

* Menu:

* Compiling Programs::
* Switches for gcc::
* Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::
* Order of Compilation Issues::
* Examples::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Compiling Programs,  Next: Switches for gcc,  Up: Compiling Using gcc

4.1 Compiling Programs
======================

The first step in creating an executable program is to compile the units
of the program using the `gcc' command. You must compile the following
files:

   * the body file (`.adb') for a library level subprogram or generic
     subprogram

   * the spec file (`.ads') for a library level package or generic
     package that has no body

   * the body file (`.adb') for a library level package or generic
     package that has a body


You need _not_ compile the following files

   * the spec of a library unit which has a body

   * subunits

because they are compiled as part of compiling related units. GNAT
package specs when the corresponding body is compiled, and subunits
when the parent is compiled.  If you attempt to compile any of these
files, you will get one of the following error messages (where fff is
the name of the file you compiled):

     No code generated for file FFF (PACKAGE SPEC)
     No code generated for file FFF (SUBUNIT)

The basic command for compiling a file containing an Ada unit is

     $ gcc -c [SWITCHES] `file name'

where FILE NAME is the name of the Ada file (usually having an extension
`.ads' for a spec or `.adb' for a body).  You specify the `-c' switch
to tell `gcc' to compile, but not link, the file.  The result of a
successful compilation is an object file, which has the same name as
the source file but an extension of `.o' and an Ada Library Information
(ALI) file, which also has the same name as the source file, but with
`.ali' as the extension. GNAT creates these two output files in the
current directory, but you may specify a source file in any directory
using an absolute or relative path specification containing the
directory information.

   `gcc' is actually a driver program that looks at the extensions of
the file arguments and loads the appropriate compiler. For example, the
GNU C compiler is `cc1', and the Ada compiler is `gnat1'.  These
programs are in directories known to the driver program (in some
configurations via environment variables you set), but need not be in
your path. The `gcc' driver also calls the assembler and any other
utilities needed to complete the generation of the required object
files.

   It is possible to supply several file names on the same `gcc'
command. This causes `gcc' to call the appropriate compiler for each
file. For example, the following command lists three separate files to
be compiled:

     $ gcc -c x.adb y.adb z.c

calls `gnat1' (the Ada compiler) twice to compile `x.adb' and `y.adb',
and `cc1' (the C compiler) once to compile `z.c'.  The compiler
generates three object files `x.o', `y.o' and `z.o' and the two ALI
files `x.ali' and `y.ali' from the Ada compilations. Any switches apply
to all the files listed, except for `-gnatX' switches, which apply only
to Ada compilations.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gcc,  Next: Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL),  Prev: Compiling Programs,  Up: Compiling Using gcc

4.2 Switches for `gcc'
======================

The `gcc' command accepts switches that control the compilation
process. These switches are fully described in this section.  First we
briefly list all the switches, in alphabetical order, then we describe
the switches in more detail in functionally grouped sections.

* Menu:

* Output and Error Message Control::
* Debugging and Assertion Control::
* Run-Time Checks::
* Stack Overflow Checking::
* Run-Time Control::
* Validity Checking::
* Style Checking::
* Using gcc for Syntax Checking::
* Using gcc for Semantic Checking::
* Compiling Ada 83 Programs::
* Character Set Control::
* File Naming Control::
* Subprogram Inlining Control::
* Auxiliary Output Control::
* Debugging Control::
* Units to Sources Mapping Files::

`-b TARGET'
     Compile your program to run on TARGET, which is the name of a
     system configuration. You must have a GNAT cross-compiler built if
     TARGET is not the same as your host system.

`-BDIR'
     Load compiler executables (for example, `gnat1', the Ada compiler)
     from DIR instead of the default location. Only use this switch
     when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available. See the
     `gcc' manual page for further details. You would normally use the
     `-b' or `-V' switch instead.

`-c'
     Compile. Always use this switch when compiling Ada programs.

     Note: for some other languages when using `gcc', notably in the
     case of C and C++, it is possible to use use `gcc' without a `-c'
     switch to compile and link in one step. In the case of GNAT, you
     cannot use this approach, because the binder must be run and `gcc'
     cannot be used to run the GNAT binder.

`-g'
     Generate debugging information. This information is stored in the
     object file and copied from there to the final executable file by
     the linker, where it can be read by the debugger. You must use the
     `-g' switch if you plan on using the debugger.

`-IDIR'
     Direct GNAT to search the DIR directory for source files needed by
     the current compilation (*note Search Paths and the Run-Time
     Library (RTL)::).

`-I-'
     Except for the source file named in the command line, do not look
     for source files in the directory containing the source file named
     in the command line (*note Search Paths and the Run-Time Library
     (RTL)::).

`-o FILE'
     This switch is used in `gcc' to redirect the generated object file
     and its associated ALI file. Beware of this switch with GNAT,
     because it may cause the object file and ALI file to have
     different names which in turn may confuse the binder and the
     linker.

`-O[N]'
     N controls the optimization level.

    n = 0
          No optimization, the default setting if no `-O' appears

    n = 1
          Normal optimization, the default if you specify `-O' without
          an operand.

    n = 2
          Extensive optimization

    n = 3
          Extensive optimization with automatic inlining. This applies
          only to inlining within a unit. For details on control of
          inter-unit inlining see *Note Subprogram Inlining Control::.

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same
     meaning as the equivalent `gnatmake' flag (see *Note Switches for
     gnatmake::).

`-S'
     Used in place of `-c' to cause the assembler source file to be
     generated, using `.s' as the extension, instead of the object file.
     This may be useful if you need to examine the generated assembly
     code.

`-v'
     Show commands generated by the `gcc' driver. Normally used only for
     debugging purposes or if you need to be sure what version of the
     compiler you are executing.

`-V VER'
     Execute VER version of the compiler. This is the `gcc' version,
     not the GNAT version.

`-gnata'
     Assertions enabled. `Pragma Assert' and `pragma Debug' to be
     activated.

`-gnatA'
     Avoid processing `gnat.adc'. If a gnat.adc file is present, it
     will be ignored.

`-gnatb'
     Generate brief messages to `stderr' even if verbose mode set.

`-gnatc'
     Check syntax and semantics only (no code generation attempted).

`-gnatC'
     Compress debug information and external symbol name table entries.

`-gnatD'
     Output expanded source files for source level debugging. This
     switch also suppress generation of cross-reference information
     (see -gnatx).

`-gnatecPATH'
     Specify a configuration pragma file. (see *Note The Configuration
     Pragmas Files::)

`-gnatemPATH'
     Specify a mapping file. (see *Note Units to Sources Mapping
     Files::)

`-gnatE'
     Full dynamic elaboration checks.

`-gnatf'
     Full errors. Multiple errors per line, all undefined references.

`-gnatF'
     Externals names are folded to all uppercase.

`-gnatg'
     Internal GNAT implementation mode. This should not be used for
     applications programs, it is intended only for use by the compiler
     and its run-time library. For documentation, see the GNAT sources.

`-gnatG'
     List generated expanded code in source form.

`-gnatiC'
     Identifier character set (C=1/2/3/4/8/9/p/f/n/w).

`-gnath'
     Output usage information. The output is written to `stdout'.

`-gnatkN'
     Limit file names to N (1-999) characters (`k' = krunch).

`-gnatl'
     Output full source listing with embedded error messages.

`-gnatmN'
     Limit number of detected errors to N (1-999).

`-gnatn'
     Activate inlining across unit boundaries for subprograms for which
     pragma `inline' is specified.

`-gnatN'
     Activate front end inlining.

`-fno-inline'
     Suppresses all inlining, even if other optimization or inlining
     switches are set.

`-fstack-check'
     Activates stack checking. See separate section on stack checking
     for details of the use of this option.

`-gnato'
     Enable numeric overflow checking (which is not normally enabled by
     default). Not that division by zero is a separate check that is not
     controlled by this switch (division by zero checking is on by
     default).

`-gnatp'
     Suppress all checks.

`-gnatq'
     Don't quit; try semantics, even if parse errors.

`-gnatQ'
     Don't quit; generate `ali' and tree files even if illegalities.

`-gnatP'
     Enable polling. This is required on some systems (notably Windows
     NT) to obtain asynchronous abort and asynchronous transfer of
     control capability.  See the description of pragma Polling in the
     GNAT Reference Manual for full details.

`-gnatR[0/1/2/3][s]'
     Output representation information for declared types and objects.

`-gnats'
     Syntax check only.

`-gnatt'
     Tree output file to be generated.

`-gnatT nnn'
     Set time slice to specified number of microseconds

`-gnatu'
     List units for this compilation.

`-gnatU'
     Tag all error messages with the unique string "error:"

`-gnatv'
     Verbose mode. Full error output with source lines to `stdout'.

`-gnatV'
     Control level of validity checking. See separate section describing
     this feature.

`-gnatwxxxXXX'
     Warning mode where XXX is a string of options describing the exact
     warnings that are enabled or disabled. See separate section on
     warning control.

`-gnatWE'
     Wide character encoding method (E=n/h/u/s/e/8).

`-gnatx'
     Suppress generation of cross-reference information.

`-gnaty'
     Enable built-in style checks. See separate section describing this
     feature.

`-gnatzM'
     Distribution stub generation and compilation (M=r/c for
     receiver/caller stubs).

`-gnat83'
     Enforce Ada 83 restrictions.

`-pass-exit-codes'
     Catch exit codes from the compiler and use the most meaningful as
     exit status.

   You may combine a sequence of GNAT switches into a single switch. For
example, the combined switch

     -gnatofi3

is equivalent to specifying the following sequence of switches:

     -gnato -gnatf -gnati3

The following restrictions apply to the combination of switches in this
manner:

   * The switch `-gnatc' if combined with other switches must come
     first in the string.

   * The switch `-gnats' if combined with other switches must come
     first in the string.

   * Once a "y" appears in the string (that is a use of the `-gnaty'
     switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
     as style modifiers (see description of `-gnaty').

   * Once a "d" appears in the string (that is a use of the `-gnatd'
     switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
     as debug flags (see description of `-gnatd').

   * Once a "w" appears in the string (that is a use of the `-gnatw'
     switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
     as warning mode modifiers (see description of `-gnatw').

   * Once a "V" appears in the string (that is a use of the `-gnatV'
     switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
     as validity checking options (see description of `-gnatV').



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Output and Error Message Control,  Next: Debugging and Assertion Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.1 Output and Error Message Control
--------------------------------------

The standard default format for error messages is called "brief format."
Brief format messages are written to `stderr' (the standard error file)
and have the following form:

     e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
     e.adb:4:20: ";" should be "is"

The first integer after the file name is the line number in the file,
and the second integer is the column number within the line.  `glide'
can parse the error messages and point to the referenced character.
The following switches provide control over the error message format:

`-gnatv'
     The v stands for verbose.  The effect of this setting is to write
     long-format error messages to `stdout' (the standard output file.
     The same program compiled with the `-gnatv' switch would generate:

          3. funcion X (Q : Integer)
             |
          >>> Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
          4. return Integer;
                           |
          >>> ";" should be "is"

     The vertical bar indicates the location of the error, and the `>>>'
     prefix can be used to search for error messages. When this switch
     is used the only source lines output are those with errors.

`-gnatl'
     The `l' stands for list.  This switch causes a full listing of the
     file to be generated. The output might look as follows:

           1. procedure E is
           2.    V : Integer;
           3.    funcion X (Q : Integer)
                 |
              >>> Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
           4.     return Integer;
                                |
              >>> ";" should be "is"
           5.    begin
           6.       return Q + Q;
           7.    end;
           8. begin
           9.    V := X + X;
          10.end E;

     When you specify the `-gnatv' or `-gnatl' switches and standard
     output is redirected, a brief summary is written to `stderr'
     (standard error) giving the number of error messages and warning
     messages generated.

`-gnatU'
     This switch forces all error messages to be preceded by the unique
     string "error:". This means that error messages take a few more
     characters in space, but allows easy searching for and
     identification of error messages.

`-gnatb'
     The `b' stands for brief.  This switch causes GNAT to generate the
     brief format error messages to `stderr' (the standard error file)
     as well as the verbose format message or full listing (which as
     usual is written to `stdout' (the standard output file).

`-gnatmN'
     The `m' stands for maximum.  N is a decimal integer in the range
     of 1 to 999 and limits the number of error messages to be
     generated. For example, using `-gnatm2' might yield

          e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
          e.adb:5:35: missing ".."
          fatal error: maximum errors reached
          compilation abandoned

`-gnatf'
     The `f' stands for full.  Normally, the compiler suppresses error
     messages that are likely to be redundant. This switch causes all
     error messages to be generated. In particular, in the case of
     references to undefined variables. If a given variable is
     referenced several times, the normal format of messages is
          e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined (more references follow)

     where the parenthetical comment warns that there are additional
     references to the variable `V'. Compiling the same program with the
     `-gnatf' switch yields

          e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined
          e.adb:8:07: "V" is undefined
          e.adb:8:12: "V" is undefined
          e.adb:8:16: "V" is undefined
          e.adb:9:07: "V" is undefined
          e.adb:9:12: "V" is undefined

`-gnatq'
     The `q' stands for quit (really "don't quit").  In normal
     operation mode, the compiler first parses the program and
     determines if there are any syntax errors. If there are,
     appropriate error messages are generated and compilation is
     immediately terminated.  This switch tells GNAT to continue with
     semantic analysis even if syntax errors have been found. This may
     enable the detection of more errors in a single run. On the other
     hand, the semantic analyzer is more likely to encounter some
     internal fatal error when given a syntactically invalid tree.

`-gnatQ'
     In normal operation mode, the `ali' file is not generated if any
     illegalities are detected in the program. The use of `-gnatQ'
     forces generation of the `ali' file. This file is marked as being
     in error, so it cannot be used for binding purposes, but it does
     contain reasonably complete cross-reference information, and thus
     may be useful for use by tools (e.g. semantic browsing tools or
     integrated development environments) that are driven from the
     `ali' file.

     In addition, if `-gnatt' is also specified, then the tree file is
     generated even if there are illegalities. It may be useful in this
     case to also specify `-gnatq' to ensure that full semantic
     processing occurs. The resulting tree file can be processed by
     ASIS, for the purpose of providing partial information about
     illegal units, but if the error causes the tree to be badly
     malformed, then ASIS may crash during the analysis.


In addition to error messages, which correspond to illegalities as
defined in the Ada 95 Reference Manual, the compiler detects two kinds
of warning situations.

   First, the compiler considers some constructs suspicious and
generates a warning message to alert you to a possible error. Second,
if the compiler detects a situation that is sure to raise an exception
at run time, it generates a warning message. The following shows an
example of warning messages:
     e.adb:4:24: warning: creation of object may raise Storage_Error
     e.adb:10:17: warning: static value out of range
     e.adb:10:17: warning: "Constraint_Error" will be raised at run time

GNAT considers a large number of situations as appropriate for the
generation of warning messages. As always, warnings are not definite
indications of errors. For example, if you do an out-of-range
assignment with the deliberate intention of raising a
`Constraint_Error' exception, then the warning that may be issued does
not indicate an error. Some of the situations for which GNAT issues
warnings (at least some of the time) are given in the following list,
which is not necessarily complete.

   * Possible infinitely recursive calls

   * Out-of-range values being assigned

   * Possible order of elaboration problems

   * Unreachable code

   * Fixed-point type declarations with a null range

   * Variables that are never assigned a value

   * Variables that are referenced before being initialized

   * Task entries with no corresponding accept statement

   * Duplicate accepts for the same task entry in a select

   * Objects that take too much storage

   * Unchecked conversion between types of differing sizes

   * Missing return statements along some execution paths in a function

   * Incorrect (unrecognized) pragmas

   * Incorrect external names

   * Allocation from empty storage pool

   * Potentially blocking operations in protected types

   * Suspicious parenthesization of expressions

   * Mismatching bounds in an aggregate

   * Attempt to return local value by reference

   * Unrecognized pragmas

   * Premature instantiation of a generic body

   * Attempt to pack aliased components

   * Out of bounds array subscripts

   * Wrong length on string assignment

   * Violations of style rules if style checking is enabled

   * Unused with clauses

   * Bit_Order usage that does not have any effect

   * Compile time biased rounding of floating-point constant

   * Standard.Duration used to resolve universal fixed expression

   * Dereference of possibly null value

   * Declaration that is likely to cause storage error

   * Internal GNAT unit with'ed by application unit

   * Values known to be out of range at compile time

   * Unreferenced labels and variables

   * Address overlays that could clobber memory

   * Unexpected initialization when address clause present

   * Bad alignment for address clause

   * Useless type conversions

   * Redundant assignment statements

   * Accidental hiding of name by child unit

   * Unreachable code

   * Access before elaboration detected at compile time

   * A range in a `for' loop that is known to be null or might be null


The following switches are available to control the handling of warning
messages:

`-gnatwa (activate all optional errors)'
     This switch activates most optional warning messages, see
     remaining list in this section for details on optional warning
     messages that can be individually controlled. The warnings that
     are not turned on by this switch are `-gnatwb' (biased rounding),
     `-gnatwd' (implicit dereferencing), and `-gnatwh' (hiding). All
     other optional warnings are turned on.

`-gnatwA (suppress all optional errors)'
     This switch suppresses all optional warning messages, see
     remaining list in this section for details on optional warning
     messages that can be individually controlled.

`-gnatwb (activate warnings on biased rounding)'
     If a static floating-point expression has a value that is exactly
     half way between two adjacent machine numbers, then the rules of
     Ada (Ada Reference Manual, section 4.9(38)) require that this
     rounding be done away from zero, even if the normal unbiased
     rounding rules at run time would require rounding towards zero.
     This warning message alerts you to such instances where
     compile-time rounding and run-time rounding are not equivalent. If
     it is important to get proper run-time rounding, then you can
     force this by making one of the operands into a variable. The
     default is that such warnings are not generated.  Note that
     `-gnatwa' does not affect the setting of this warning option.

`-gnatwB (suppress warnings on biased rounding)'
     This switch disables warnings on biased rounding.

`-gnatwc (activate warnings on conditionals)'
     This switch activates warnings for conditional expressions used in
     tests that are known to be True or False at compile time. The
     default is that such warnings are not generated.  This warning can
     also be turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwC (suppress warnings on conditionals)'
     This switch suppresses warnings for conditional expressions used in
     tests that are known to be True or False at compile time.

`-gnatwd (activate warnings on implicit dereferencing)'
     If this switch is set, then the use of a prefix of an access type
     in an indexed component, slice, or selected component without an
     explicit `.all' will generate a warning. With this warning
     enabled, access checks occur only at points where an explicit
     `.all' appears in the source code (assuming no warnings are
     generated as a result of this switch). The default is that such
     warnings are not generated.  Note that `-gnatwa' does not affect
     the setting of this warning option.

`-gnatwD (suppress warnings on implicit dereferencing)'
     This switch suppresses warnings for implicit deferences in indexed
     components, slices, and selected components.

`-gnatwe (treat warnings as errors)'
     This switch causes warning messages to be treated as errors.  The
     warning string still appears, but the warning messages are counted
     as errors, and prevent the generation of an object file.

`-gnatwf (activate warnings on unreferenced formals)'
     This switch causes a warning to be generated if a formal parameter
     is not referenced in the body of the subprogram. This warning can
     also be turned on using `-gnatwa' or `-gnatwu'.

`-gnatwF (suppress warnings on unreferenced formals)'
     This switch suppresses warnings for unreferenced formal
     parameters. Note that the combination `-gnatwu' followed by
     `-gnatwF' has the effect of warning on unreferenced entities other
     than subprogram formals.

`-gnatwh (activate warnings on hiding)'
     This switch activates warnings on hiding declarations.  A
     declaration is considered hiding if it is for a non-overloadable
     entity, and it declares an entity with the same name as some other
     entity that is directly or use-visible. The default is that such
     warnings are not generated.  Note that `-gnatwa' does not affect
     the setting of this warning option.

`-gnatwH (suppress warnings on hiding)'
     This switch suppresses warnings on hiding declarations.

`-gnatwi (activate warnings on implementation units).'
     This switch activates warnings for a `with' of an internal GNAT
     implementation unit, defined as any unit from the `Ada',
     `Interfaces', `GNAT',  or `System' hierarchies that is not
     documented in either the Ada Reference Manual or the GNAT
     Programmer's Reference Manual. Such units are intended only for
     internal implementation purposes and should not be `with''ed by
     user programs. The default is that such warnings are generated
     This warning can also be turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwI (disable warnings on implementation units).'
     This switch disables warnings for a `with' of an internal GNAT
     implementation unit.

`-gnatwl (activate warnings on elaboration pragmas)'
     This switch activates warnings on missing pragma Elaborate_All
     statements.  See the section in this guide on elaboration checking
     for details on when such pragma should be used. The default is
     that such warnings are not generated.  This warning can also be
     turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwL (suppress warnings on elaboration pragmas)'
     This switch suppresses warnings on missing pragma Elaborate_All
     statements.  See the section in this guide on elaboration checking
     for details on when such pragma should be used.

`-gnatwo (activate warnings on address clause overlays)'
     This switch activates warnings for possibly unintended
     initialization effects of defining address clauses that cause one
     variable to overlap another. The default is that such warnings are
     generated.  This warning can also be turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwO (suppress warnings on address clause overlays)'
     This switch suppresses warnings on possibly unintended
     initialization effects of defining address clauses that cause one
     variable to overlap another.

`-gnatwp (activate warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines)'
     This switch activates warnings for failure of front end inlining
     (activated by `-gnatN') to inline a particular call. There are
     many reasons for not being able to inline a call, including most
     commonly that the call is too complex to inline.  This warning can
     also be turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwP (suppress warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines)'
     This switch suppresses warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines. If
     the inlining mechanism cannot inline a call, it will simply ignore
     the request silently.

`-gnatwr (activate warnings on redundant constructs)'
     This switch activates warnings for redundant constructs. The
     following is the current list of constructs regarded as redundant:
     This warning can also be turned on using `-gnatwa'.

        * Assignment of an item to itself.

        * Type conversion that converts an expression to its own type.

        * Use of the attribute `Base' where `typ'Base' is the same as
          `typ'.

        * Use of pragma `Pack' when all components are placed by a
          record representation clause.

`-gnatwR (suppress warnings on redundant constructs)'
     This switch suppresses warnings for redundant constructs.

`-gnatws (suppress all warnings)'
     This switch completely suppresses the output of all warning
     messages from the GNAT front end.  Note that it does not suppress
     warnings from the `gcc' back end.  To suppress these back end
     warnings as well, use the switch `-w' in addition to `-gnatws'.

`-gnatwu (activate warnings on unused entities)'
     This switch activates warnings to be generated for entities that
     are defined but not referenced, and for units that are `with''ed
     and not referenced. In the case of packages, a warning is also
     generated if no entities in the package are referenced. This means
     that if the package is referenced but the only references are in
     `use' clauses or `renames' declarations, a warning is still
     generated. A warning is also generated for a generic package that
     is `with''ed but never instantiated.  In the case where a package
     or subprogram body is compiled, and there is a `with' on the
     corresponding spec that is only referenced in the body, a warning
     is also generated, noting that the `with' can be moved to the
     body. The default is that such warnings are not generated.  This
     switch also activates warnings on unreferenced formals (it is
     includes the effect of `-gnatwf').  This warning can also be
     turned on using `-gnatwa'.

`-gnatwU (suppress warnings on unused entities)'
     This switch suppresses warnings for unused entities and packages.
     It also turns off warnings on unreferenced formals (and thus
     includes the effect of `-gnatwF').

     A string of warning parameters can be used in the same parameter.
     For example:

          -gnatwaLe

     Would turn on all optional warnings except for elaboration pragma
     warnings, and also specify that warnings should be treated as
     errors.

`-w'
     This switch suppresses warnings from the `gcc' backend. It may be
     used in conjunction with `-gnatws' to ensure that all warnings are
     suppressed during the entire compilation process.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging and Assertion Control,  Next: Run-Time Checks,  Prev: Output and Error Message Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.2 Debugging and Assertion Control
-------------------------------------

`-gnata'
     The pragmas `Assert' and `Debug' normally have no effect and are
     ignored. This switch, where `a' stands for assert, causes `Assert'
     and `Debug' pragmas to be activated.

     The pragmas have the form:

             pragma Assert (BOOLEAN-EXPRESSION [,
                                STATIC-STRING-EXPRESSION])
             pragma Debug (PROCEDURE CALL)

     The `Assert' pragma causes BOOLEAN-EXPRESSION to be tested.  If
     the result is `True', the pragma has no effect (other than
     possible side effects from evaluating the expression). If the
     result is `False', the exception `Assert_Failure' declared in the
     package `System.Assertions' is raised (passing
     STATIC-STRING-EXPRESSION, if present, as the message associated
     with the exception). If no string expression is given the default
     is a string giving the file name and line number of the pragma.

     The `Debug' pragma causes PROCEDURE to be called. Note that
     `pragma Debug' may appear within a declaration sequence, allowing
     debugging procedures to be called between declarations.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Validity Checking,  Next: Style Checking,  Prev: Run-Time Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.3 Validity Checking
-----------------------

The Ada 95 Reference Manual has specific requirements for checking for
invalid values. In particular, RM 13.9.1 requires that the evaluation
of invalid values (for example from unchecked conversions), not result
in erroneous execution. In GNAT, the result of such an evaluation in
normal default mode is to either use the value unmodified, or to raise
Constraint_Error in those cases where use of the unmodified value would
cause erroneous execution. The cases where unmodified values might lead
to erroneous execution are case statements (where a wild jump might
result from an invalid value), and subscripts on the left hand side
(where memory corruption could occur as a result of an invalid value).

   The `-gnatVx' switch allows more control over the validity checking
mode. The `x' argument here is a string of letters which control which
validity checks are performed in addition to the default checks
described above.

   * `-gnatVc' Validity checks for copies

     The right hand side of assignments, and the initializing values of
     object declarations are validity checked.

   * `-gnatVd' Default (RM) validity checks

     Some validity checks are done by default following normal Ada
     semantics (RM 13.9.1 (9-11)).  A check is done in case statements
     that the expression is within the range of the subtype. If it is
     not, Constraint_Error is raised.  For assignments to array
     components, a check is done that the expression used as index is
     within the range. If it is not, Constraint_Error is raised.  Both
     these validity checks may be turned off using switch `-gnatVD'.
     They are turned on by default. If `-gnatVD' is specified, a
     subsequent switch `-gnatVd' will leave the checks turned on.
     Switch `-gnatVD' should be used only if you are sure that all such
     expressions have valid values. If you use this switch and invalid
     values are present, then the program is erroneous, and wild jumps
     or memory overwriting may occur.

   * `-gnatVi' Validity checks for `in' mode parameters

     Arguments for parameters of mode `in' are validity checked in
     function and procedure calls at the point of call.

   * `-gnatVm' Validity checks for `in out' mode parameters

     Arguments for parameters of mode `in out' are validity checked in
     procedure calls at the point of call. The `'m'' here stands for
     modify, since this concerns parameters that can be modified by the
     call.  Note that there is no specific option to test `out'
     parameters, but any reference within the subprogram will be tested
     in the usual manner, and if an invalid value is copied back, any
     reference to it will be subject to validity checking.

   * `-gnatVo' Validity checks for operator and attribute operands

     Arguments for predefined operators and attributes are validity
     checked.  This includes all operators in package `Standard', the
     shift operators defined as intrinsic in package `Interfaces' and
     operands for attributes such as `Pos'.

   * `-gnatVr' Validity checks for function returns

     The expression in `return' statements in functions is validity
     checked.

   * `-gnatVs' Validity checks for subscripts

     All subscripts expressions are checked for validity, whether they
     appear on the right side or left side (in default mode only left
     side subscripts are validity checked).

   * `-gnatVt' Validity checks for tests

     Expressions used as conditions in `if', `while' or `exit'
     statements are checked, as well as guard expressions in entry
     calls.

   * `-gnatVf' Validity checks for floating-point values

     In the absence of this switch, validity checking occurs only for
     discrete values. If `-gnatVf' is specified, then validity checking
     also applies for floating-point values, and NaN's and infinities
     are considered invalid, as well as out of range values for
     constrained types. Note that this means that standard `IEEE'
     infinity mode is not allowed. The exact contexts in which
     floating-point values are checked depends on the setting of other
     options. For example `-gnatVif' or `-gnatVfi' (the order does not
     matter) specifies that floating-point parameters of mode `in'
     should be validity checked.

   * `-gnatVa' All validity checks

     All the above validity checks are turned on. That is `-gnatVa' is
     equivalent to `gnatVcdfimorst'.

   * `-gnatVn' No validity checks

     This switch turns off all validity checking, including the default
     checking for case statements and left hand side subscripts. Note
     that the use of the switch `-gnatp' supresses all run-time checks,
     including validity checks, and thus implies `-gnatVn'.


   The `-gnatV' switch may be followed by a string of letters to turn on
a series of validity checking options. For example, `-gnatVcr' specifies
that in addition to the default validity checking, copies and function
return expressions be validity checked. In order to make it easier to
specify a set of options, the upper case letters `CDFIMORST' may be
used to turn off the corresponding lower case option, so for example
`-gnatVaM' turns on all validity checking options except for checking
of `in out' procedure arguments.

   The specification of additional validity checking generates extra
code (and in the case of `-gnatva' the code expansion can be
substantial. However, these additional checks can be very useful in
smoking out cases of uninitialized variables, incorrect use of
unchecked conversion, and other errors leading to invalid values. The
use of pragma `Initialize_Scalars' is useful in conjunction with the
extra validity checking, since this ensures that wherever possible
uninitialized variables have invalid values.

   See also the pragma `Validity_Checks' which allows modification of
the validity checking mode at the program source level, and also allows
for temporary disabling of validity checks.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Style Checking,  Next: Using gcc for Syntax Checking,  Prev: Validity Checking,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.4 Style Checking
--------------------

The -gnatyX switch causes the compiler to enforce specified style
rules. A limited set of style rules has been used in writing the GNAT
sources themselves. This switch allows user programs to activate all or
some of these checks. If the source program fails a specified style
check, an appropriate warning message is given, preceded by the
character sequence "(style)".  The string X is a sequence of letters or
digits indicating the particular style checks to be performed. The
following checks are defined:

`1-9 (specify indentation level)'
     If a digit from 1-9 appears in the string after `-gnaty' then
     proper indentation is checked, with the digit indicating the
     indentation level required. The general style of required
     indentation is as specified by the examples in the Ada Reference
     Manual. Full line comments must be aligned with the `--' starting
     on a column that is a multiple of the alignment level.

`a (check attribute casing)'
     If the letter a appears in the string after `-gnaty' then
     attribute names, including the case of keywords such as `digits'
     used as attributes names, must be written in mixed case, that is,
     the initial letter and any letter following an underscore must be
     uppercase.  All other letters must be lowercase.

`b (blanks not allowed at statement end)'
     If the letter b appears in the string after `-gnaty' then trailing
     blanks are not allowed at the end of statements. The purpose of
     this rule, together with h (no horizontal tabs), is to enforce a
     canonical format for the use of blanks to separate source tokens.

`c (check comments)'
     If the letter c appears in the string after `-gnaty' then comments
     must meet the following set of rules:

        * The "-" that starts the column must either start in column
          one, or else at least one blank must precede this sequence.

        * Comments that follow other tokens on a line must have at
          least one blank following the "-" at the start of the comment.

        * Full line comments must have two blanks following the "-"
          that starts the comment, with the following exceptions.

        * A line consisting only of the "-" characters, possibly
          preceded by blanks is permitted.

        * A comment starting with "-x" where x is a special character
          is permitted.  This alows proper processing of the output
          generated by specialized tools including `gnatprep' (where -!
          is used) and the SPARK annnotation language (where -# is
          used). For the purposes of this rule, a special character is
          defined as being in one of the ASCII ranges 16#21#..16#2F# or
          16#3A#..16#3F#.

        * A line consisting entirely of minus signs, possibly preceded
          by blanks, is permitted. This allows the construction of box
          comments where lines of minus signs are used to form the top
          and bottom of the box.

        * If a comment starts and ends with "-" is permitted as long as
          at least one blank follows the initial "-". Together with the
          preceding rule, this allows the construction of box comments,
          as shown in the following example:
               ---------------------------
               -- This is a box comment --
               -- with two text lines.  --
               ---------------------------

`e (check end/exit labels)'
     If the letter e appears in the string after `-gnaty' then optional
     labels on `end' statements ending subprograms and on `exit'
     statements exiting named loops, are required to be present.

`f (no form feeds or vertical tabs)'
     If the letter f appears in the string after `-gnaty' then neither
     form feeds nor vertical tab characters are not permitted in the
     source text.

`h (no horizontal tabs)'
     If the letter h appears in the string after `-gnaty' then
     horizontal tab characters are not permitted in the source text.
     Together with the b (no blanks at end of line) check, this
     enforces a canonical form for the use of blanks to separate source
     tokens.

`i (check if-then layout)'
     If the letter i appears in the string after `-gnaty', then the
     keyword `then' must appear either on the same line as
     corresponding `if', or on a line on its own, lined up under the
     `if' with at least one non-blank line in between containing all or
     part of the condition to be tested.

`k (check keyword casing)'
     If the letter k appears in the string after `-gnaty' then all
     keywords must be in lower case (with the exception of keywords
     such as `digits' used as attribute names to which this check does
     not apply).

`l (check layout)'
     If the letter l appears in the string after `-gnaty' then layout
     of statement and declaration constructs must follow the
     recommendations in the Ada Reference Manual, as indicated by the
     form of the syntax rules. For example an `else' keyword must be
     lined up with the corresponding `if' keyword.

     There are two respects in which the style rule enforced by this
     check option are more liberal than those in the Ada Reference
     Manual. First in the case of record declarations, it is
     permissible to put the `record' keyword on the same line as the
     `type' keyword, and then the `end' in `end record' must line up
     under `type'.  For example, either of the following two layouts is
     acceptable:

          type q is record
             a : integer;
             b : integer;
          end record;

          type q is
             record
                a : integer;
                b : integer;
             end record;

     Second, in the case of a block statement, a permitted alternative
     is to put the block label on the same line as the `declare' or
     `begin' keyword, and then line the `end' keyword up under the
     block label. For example both the following are permitted:

          Block : declare
             A : Integer := 3;
          begin
             Proc (A, A);
          end Block;

          Block :
             declare
                A : Integer := 3;
             begin
                Proc (A, A);
             end Block;

     The same alternative format is allowed for loops. For example,
     both of the following are permitted:

          Clear : while J < 10 loop
             A (J) := 0;
          end loop Clear;

          Clear :
             while J < 10 loop
                A (J) := 0;
             end loop Clear;

`m (check maximum line length)'
     If the letter m appears in the string after `-gnaty' then the
     length of source lines must not exceed 79 characters, including
     any trailing blanks. The value of 79 allows convenient display on
     an 80 character wide device or window, allowing for possible
     special treatment of 80 character lines.

`Mnnn (set maximum line length)'
     If the sequence Mnnn, where nnn is a decimal number, appears in
     the string after `-gnaty' then the length of lines must not exceed
     the given value.

`n (check casing of entities in Standard)'
     If the letter n appears in the string after `-gnaty' then any
     identifier from Standard must be cased to match the presentation
     in the Ada Reference Manual (for example, `Integer' and
     `ASCII.NUL').

`o (check order of subprogram bodies)'
     If the letter o appears in the string after `-gnaty' then all
     subprogram bodies in a given scope (e.g. a package body) must be
     in alphabetical order. The ordering rule uses normal Ada rules for
     comparing strings, ignoring casing of letters, except that if
     there is a trailing numeric suffix, then the value of this suffix
     is used in the ordering (e.g. Junk2 comes before Junk10).

`p (check pragma casing)'
     If the letter p appears in the string after `-gnaty' then pragma
     names must be written in mixed case, that is, the initial letter
     and any letter following an underscore must be uppercase.  All
     other letters must be lowercase.

`r (check references)'
     If the letter r appears in the string after `-gnaty' then all
     identifier references must be cased in the same way as the
     corresponding declaration. No specific casing style is imposed on
     identifiers. The only requirement is for consistency of references
     with declarations.

`s (check separate specs)'
     If the letter s appears in the string after `-gnaty' then separate
     declarations ("specs") are required for subprograms (a body is not
     allowed to serve as its own declaration). The only exception is
     that parameterless library level procedures are not required to
     have a separate declaration. This exception covers the most
     frequent form of main program procedures.

`t (check token spacing)'
     If the letter t appears in the string after `-gnaty' then the
     following token spacing rules are enforced:

        * The keywords `abs' and `not' must be followed by a space.

        * The token `=>' must be surrounded by spaces.

        * The token `<>' must be preceded by a space or a left
          parenthesis.

        * Binary operators other than `**' must be surrounded by spaces.
          There is no restriction on the layout of the `**' binary
          operator.

        * Colon must be surrounded by spaces.

        * Colon-equal (assignment) must be surrounded by spaces.

        * Comma must be the first non-blank character on the line, or be
          immediately preceded by a non-blank character, and must be
          followed by a space.

        * If the token preceding a left paren ends with a letter or
          digit, then a space must separate the two tokens.

        * A right parenthesis must either be the first non-blank
          character on a line, or it must be preceded by a non-blank
          character.

        * A semicolon must not be preceded by a space, and must not be
          followed by a non-blank character.

        * A unary plus or minus may not be followed by a space.

        * A vertical bar must be surrounded by spaces.

     In the above rules, appearing in column one is always permitted,
     that is, counts as meeting either a requirement for a required
     preceding space, or as meeting a requirement for no preceding
     space.

     Appearing at the end of a line is also always permitted, that is,
     counts as meeting either a requirement for a following space, or
     as meeting a requirement for no following space.


If any of these style rules is violated, a message is generated giving
details on the violation. The initial characters of such messages are
always "(style)". Note that these messages are treated as warning
messages, so they normally do not prevent the generation of an object
file. The `-gnatwe' switch can be used to treat warning messages,
including style messages, as fatal errors.

The switch `-gnaty' on its own (that is not followed by any letters or
digits), is equivalent to `gnaty3abcefhiklmprst', that is all checking
options are enabled with the exception of -gnatyo, with an indentation
level of 3. This is the standard checking option that is used for the
GNAT sources.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Run-Time Checks,  Next: Stack Overflow Checking,  Prev: Debugging and Assertion Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.5 Run-Time Checks
---------------------

If you compile with the default options, GNAT will insert many run-time
checks into the compiled code, including code that performs range
checking against constraints, but not arithmetic overflow checking for
integer operations (including division by zero) or checks for access
before elaboration on subprogram calls. All other run-time checks, as
required by the Ada 95 Reference Manual, are generated by default.  The
following `gcc' switches refine this default behavior:

`-gnatp'
     Suppress all run-time checks as though `pragma Suppress
     (all_checks') had been present in the source. Validity checks are
     also suppressed (in other words `-gnatp' also implies `-gnatVn'.
     Use this switch to improve the performance of the code at the
     expense of safety in the presence of invalid data or program bugs.

`-gnato'
     Enables overflow checking for integer operations.  This causes
     GNAT to generate slower and larger executable programs by adding
     code to check for overflow (resulting in raising
     `Constraint_Error' as required by standard Ada semantics). These
     overflow checks correspond to situations in which the true value
     of the result of an operation may be outside the base range of the
     result type. The following example shows the distinction:

          X1 : Integer := Integer'Last;
          X2 : Integer range 1 .. 5 := 5;
          ...
          X1 := X1 + 1;   -- `-gnato' required to catch the Constraint_Error
          X2 := X2 + 1;   -- range check, `-gnato' has no effect here

     Here the first addition results in a value that is outside the
     base range of Integer, and hence requires an overflow check for
     detection of the constraint error. The second increment operation
     results in a violation of the explicit range constraint, and such
     range checks are always performed. Basically the compiler can
     assume that in the absence of the `-gnato' switch that any value
     of type `xxx' is in range of the base type of `xxx'.

     Note that the `-gnato' switch does not affect the code generated
     for any floating-point operations; it applies only to integer
     semantics).  For floating-point, GNAT has the `Machine_Overflows'
     attribute set to `False' and the normal mode of operation is to
     generate IEEE NaN and infinite values on overflow or invalid
     operations (such as dividing 0.0 by 0.0).

     The reason that we distinguish overflow checking from other kinds
     of range constraint checking is that a failure of an overflow
     check can generate an incorrect value, but cannot cause erroneous
     behavior. This is unlike the situation with a constraint check on
     an array subscript, where failure to perform the check can result
     in random memory description, or the range check on a case
     statement, where failure to perform the check can cause a wild
     jump.

     Note again that `-gnato' is off by default, so overflow checking is
     not performed in default mode. This means that out of the box,
     with the default settings, GNAT does not do all the checks
     expected from the language description in the Ada Reference
     Manual. If you want all constraint checks to be performed, as
     described in this Manual, then you must explicitly use the -gnato
     switch either on the `gnatmake' or `gcc' command.

`-gnatE'
     Enables dynamic checks for access-before-elaboration on subprogram
     calls and generic instantiations.  For full details of the effect
     and use of this switch, *Note Compiling Using gcc::.

The setting of these switches only controls the default setting of the
checks. You may modify them using either `Suppress' (to remove checks)
or `Unsuppress' (to add back suppressed checks) pragmas in the program
source.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Stack Overflow Checking,  Next: Run-Time Control,  Prev: Run-Time Checks,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.6 Stack Overflow Checking
-----------------------------

For most operating systems, `gcc' does not perform stack overflow
checking by default. This means that if the main environment task or
some other task exceeds the available stack space, then unpredictable
behavior will occur.

   To activate stack checking, compile all units with the gcc option
`-fstack-check'. For example:

     gcc -c -fstack-check package1.adb

Units compiled with this option will generate extra instructions to
check that any use of the stack (for procedure calls or for declaring
local variables in declare blocks) do not exceed the available stack
space.  If the space is exceeded, then a `Storage_Error' exception is
raised.

   For declared tasks, the stack size is always controlled by the size
given in an applicable `Storage_Size' pragma (or is set to the default
size if no pragma is used.

   For the environment task, the stack size depends on system defaults
and is unknown to the compiler. The stack may even dynamically grow on
some systems, precluding the normal Ada semantics for stack overflow.
In the worst case, unbounded stack usage, causes unbounded stack
expansion resulting in the system running out of virtual memory.

   The stack checking may still work correctly if a fixed size stack is
allocated, but this cannot be guaranteed.  To ensure that a clean
exception is signalled for stack overflow, set the environment variable
`GNAT_STACK_LIMIT' to indicate the maximum stack area that can be used,
as in: 

     SET GNAT_STACK_LIMIT 1600

The limit is given in kilobytes, so the above declaration would set the
stack limit of the environment task to 1.6 megabytes.  Note that the
only purpose of this usage is to limit the amount of stack used by the
environment task. If it is necessary to increase the amount of stack
for the environment task, then this is an operating systems issue, and
must be addressed with the appropriate operating systems commands.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Run-Time Control,  Next: Validity Checking,  Prev: Stack Overflow Checking,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.7 Run-Time Control
----------------------

`-gnatT nnn'
     The `gnatT' switch can be used to specify the time-slicing value
     to be used for task switching between equal priority tasks. The
     value `nnn' is given in microseconds as a decimal integer.

     Setting the time-slicing value is only effective if the underlying
     thread control system can accommodate time slicing. Check the
     documentation of your operating system for details. Note that the
     time-slicing value can also be set by use of pragma `Time_Slice'
     or by use of the `t' switch in the gnatbind step. The pragma
     overrides a command line argument if both are present, and the `t'
     switch for gnatbind overrides both the pragma and the `gcc'
     command line switch.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using gcc for Syntax Checking,  Next: Using gcc for Semantic Checking,  Prev: Style Checking,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.8 Using `gcc' for Syntax Checking
-------------------------------------

`-gnats'
     The `s' stands for syntax.

     Run GNAT in syntax checking only mode. For example, the command

          $ gcc -c -gnats x.adb

     compiles file `x.adb' in syntax-check-only mode. You can check a
     series of files in a single command , and can use wild cards to
     specify such a group of files.  Note that you must specify the
     `-c' (compile only) flag in addition to the `-gnats' flag.  .

     You may use other switches in conjunction with `-gnats'. In
     particular, `-gnatl' and `-gnatv' are useful to control the format
     of any generated error messages.

     The output is simply the error messages, if any. No object file or
     ALI file is generated by a syntax-only compilation. Also, no units
     other than the one specified are accessed. For example, if a unit
     `X' `with''s a unit `Y', compiling unit `X' in syntax check only
     mode does not access the source file containing unit `Y'.

     Normally, GNAT allows only a single unit in a source file.
     However, this restriction does not apply in syntax-check-only
     mode, and it is possible to check a file containing multiple
     compilation units concatenated together. This is primarily used by
     the `gnatchop' utility (*note Renaming Files Using gnatchop::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using gcc for Semantic Checking,  Next: Compiling Ada 83 Programs,  Prev: Using gcc for Syntax Checking,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.9 Using `gcc' for Semantic Checking
---------------------------------------

`-gnatc'
     The `c' stands for check.  Causes the compiler to operate in
     semantic check mode, with full checking for all illegalities
     specified in the Ada 95 Reference Manual, but without generation
     of any object code (no object file is generated).

     Because dependent files must be accessed, you must follow the GNAT
     semantic restrictions on file structuring to operate in this mode:

        * The needed source files must be accessible (*note Search
          Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::).

        * Each file must contain only one compilation unit.

        * The file name and unit name must match (*note File Naming
          Rules::).

     The output consists of error messages as appropriate. No object
     file is generated. An `ALI' file is generated for use in the
     context of cross-reference tools, but this file is marked as not
     being suitable for binding (since no object file is generated).
     The checking corresponds exactly to the notion of legality in the
     Ada 95 Reference Manual.

     Any unit can be compiled in semantics-checking-only mode, including
     units that would not normally be compiled (subunits, and
     specifications where a separate body is present).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Compiling Ada 83 Programs,  Next: Character Set Control,  Prev: Using gcc for Semantic Checking,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.10 Compiling Ada 83 Programs
--------------------------------

`-gnat83'
     Although GNAT is primarily an Ada 95 compiler, it accepts this
     switch to specify that an Ada 83 program is to be compiled in
     Ada83 mode. If you specify this switch, GNAT rejects most Ada 95
     extensions and applies Ada 83 semantics where this can be done
     easily.  It is not possible to guarantee this switch does a perfect
     job; for example, some subtle tests, such as are found in earlier
     ACVC tests (that have been removed from the ACVC suite for Ada
     95), may not compile correctly. However, for most purposes, using
     this switch should help to ensure that programs that compile
     correctly under the `-gnat83' switch can be ported easily to an
     Ada 83 compiler. This is the main use of the switch.

     With few exceptions (most notably the need to use `<>' on unconstrained
     generic formal parameters, the use of the new Ada 95 keywords, and
     the use of packages with optional bodies), it is not necessary to
     use the `-gnat83' switch when compiling Ada 83 programs, because,
     with rare exceptions, Ada 95 is upwardly compatible with Ada 83.
     This means that a correct Ada 83 program is usually also a correct
     Ada 95 program.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Character Set Control,  Next: File Naming Control,  Prev: Compiling Ada 83 Programs,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.11 Character Set Control
----------------------------

`-gnatiC'
     Normally GNAT recognizes the Latin-1 character set in source
     program identifiers, as described in the Ada 95 Reference Manual.
     This switch causes GNAT to recognize alternate character sets in
     identifiers. C is a single character  indicating the character
     set, as follows:

    `1'
          Latin-1 identifiers

    `2'
          Latin-2 letters allowed in identifiers

    `3'
          Latin-3 letters allowed in identifiers

    `4'
          Latin-4 letters allowed in identifiers

    `5'
          Latin-5 (Cyrillic) letters allowed in identifiers

    `9'
          Latin-9 letters allowed in identifiers

    `p'
          IBM PC letters (code page 437) allowed in identifiers

    `8'
          IBM PC letters (code page 850) allowed in identifiers

    `f'
          Full upper-half codes allowed in identifiers

    `n'
          No upper-half codes allowed in identifiers

    `w'
          Wide-character codes (that is, codes greater than 255)
          allowed in identifiers

     *Note Foreign Language Representation::, for full details on the
     implementation of these character sets.

`-gnatWE'
     Specify the method of encoding for wide characters.  E is one of
     the following:

    `h'
          Hex encoding (brackets coding also recognized)

    `u'
          Upper half encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)

    `s'
          Shift/JIS encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)

    `e'
          EUC encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)

    `8'
          UTF-8 encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)

    `b'
          Brackets encoding only (default value)
     For full details on the these encoding methods see *Note Wide
     Character Encodings::.  Note that brackets coding is always
     accepted, even if one of the other options is specified, so for
     example `-gnatW8' specifies that both brackets and `UTF-8'
     encodings will be recognized. The units that are with'ed directly
     or indirectly will be scanned using the specified representation
     scheme, and so if one of the non-brackets scheme is used, it must
     be used consistently throughout the program. However, since
     brackets encoding is always recognized, it may be conveniently
     used in standard libraries, allowing these libraries to be used
     with any of the available coding schemes.  scheme. If no `-gnatW?'
     parameter is present, then the default representation is Brackets
     encoding only.

     Note that the wide character representation that is specified
     (explicitly or by default) for the main program also acts as the
     default encoding used for Wide_Text_IO files if not specifically
     overridden by a WCEM form parameter.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: File Naming Control,  Next: Subprogram Inlining Control,  Prev: Character Set Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.12 File Naming Control
--------------------------

`-gnatkN'
     Activates file name "krunching". N, a decimal integer in the range
     1-999, indicates the maximum allowable length of a file name (not
     including the `.ads' or `.adb' extension). The default is not to
     enable file name krunching.

     For the source file naming rules, *Note File Naming Rules::.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Subprogram Inlining Control,  Next: Auxiliary Output Control,  Prev: File Naming Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.13 Subprogram Inlining Control
----------------------------------

`-gnatn'
     The `n' here is intended to suggest the first syllable of the word
     "inline".  GNAT recognizes and processes `Inline' pragmas.
     However, for the inlining to actually occur, optimization must be
     enabled. To enable inlining across unit boundaries, this is,
     inlining a call in one unit of a subprogram declared in a
     `with''ed unit, you must also specify this switch.  In the absence
     of this switch, GNAT does not attempt inlining across units and
     does not need to access the bodies of subprograms for which
     `pragma Inline' is specified if they are not in the current unit.

     If you specify this switch the compiler will access these bodies,
     creating an extra source dependency for the resulting object file,
     and where possible, the call will be inlined.  For further details
     on when inlining is possible see *Note Inlining of Subprograms::.

`-gnatN'
     The front end inlining activated by this switch is generally more
     extensive, and quite often more effective than the standard
     `-gnatn' inlining mode.  It will also generate additional
     dependencies.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Auxiliary Output Control,  Next: Debugging Control,  Prev: Subprogram Inlining Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.14 Auxiliary Output Control
-------------------------------

`-gnatt'
     Causes GNAT to write the internal tree for a unit to a file (with
     the extension `.adt'.  This not normally required, but is used by
     separate analysis tools.  Typically these tools do the necessary
     compilations automatically, so you should not have to specify this
     switch in normal operation.

`-gnatu'
     Print a list of units required by this compilation on `stdout'.
     The listing includes all units on which the unit being compiled
     depends either directly or indirectly.

`-pass-exit-codes'
     If this switch is not used, the exit code returned by `gcc' when
     compiling multiple files indicates whether all source files have
     been successfully used to generate object files or not.

     When `-pass-exit-codes' is used, `gcc' exits with an extended exit
     status and allows an integrated development environment to better
     react to a compilation failure. Those exit status are:

    5
          There was an error in at least one source file.

    3
          At least one source file did not generate an object file.

    2
          The compiler died unexpectedly (internal error for example).

    0
          An object file has been generated for every source file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging Control,  Next: Units to Sources Mapping Files,  Prev: Auxiliary Output Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.15 Debugging Control
------------------------

`-gnatdX'
     Activate internal debugging switches. X is a letter or digit, or
     string of letters or digits, which specifies the type of debugging
     outputs desired. Normally these are used only for internal
     development or system debugging purposes. You can find full
     documentation for these switches in the body of the `Debug' unit
     in the compiler source file `debug.adb'.

`-gnatG'
     This switch causes the compiler to generate auxiliary output
     containing a pseudo-source listing of the generated expanded code.
     Like most Ada compilers, GNAT works by first transforming the high
     level Ada code into lower level constructs. For example, tasking
     operations are transformed into calls to the tasking run-time
     routines. A unique capability of GNAT is to list this expanded
     code in a form very close to normal Ada source.  This is very
     useful in understanding the implications of various Ada usage on
     the efficiency of the generated code. There are many cases in Ada
     (e.g. the use of controlled types), where simple Ada statements can
     generate a lot of run-time code. By using `-gnatG' you can identify
     these cases, and consider whether it may be desirable to modify
     the coding approach to improve efficiency.

     The format of the output is very similar to standard Ada source,
     and is easily understood by an Ada programmer. The following
     special syntactic additions correspond to low level features used
     in the generated code that do not have any exact analogies in pure
     Ada source form. The following is a partial list of these special
     constructions. See the specification of package `Sprint' in file
     `sprint.ads' for a full list.

    `new XXX [storage_pool = YYY]'
          Shows the storage pool being used for an allocator.

    `at end PROCEDURE-NAME;'
          Shows the finalization (cleanup) procedure for a scope.

    `(if EXPR then EXPR else EXPR)'
          Conditional expression equivalent to the `x?y:z' construction
          in C.

    `TARGET^(SOURCE)'
          A conversion with floating-point truncation instead of
          rounding.

    `TARGET?(SOURCE)'
          A conversion that bypasses normal Ada semantic checking. In
          particular enumeration types and fixed-point types are
          treated simply as integers.

    `TARGET?^(SOURCE)'
          Combines the above two cases.

    `X #/ Y'
    `X #mod Y'
    `X #* Y'
    `X #rem Y'
          A division or multiplication of fixed-point values which are
          treated as integers without any kind of scaling.

    `free EXPR [storage_pool = XXX]'
          Shows the storage pool associated with a `free' statement.

    `freeze TYPENAME [ACTIONS]'
          Shows the point at which TYPENAME is frozen, with possible
          associated actions to be performed at the freeze point.

    `reference ITYPE'
          Reference (and hence definition) to internal type ITYPE.

    `FUNCTION-NAME! (ARG, ARG, ARG)'
          Intrinsic function call.

    `LABELNAME : label'
          Declaration of label LABELNAME.

    `EXPR && EXPR && EXPR ... && EXPR'
          A multiple concatenation (same effect as EXPR & EXPR & EXPR,
          but handled more efficiently).

    `[constraint_error]'
          Raise the `Constraint_Error' exception.

    `EXPRESSION'reference'
          A pointer to the result of evaluating EXPRESSION.

    `TARGET-TYPE!(SOURCE-EXPRESSION)'
          An unchecked conversion of SOURCE-EXPRESSION to TARGET-TYPE.

    `[NUMERATOR/DENOMINATOR]'
          Used to represent internal real literals (that) have no exact
          representation in base 2-16 (for example, the result of
          compile time evaluation of the expression 1.0/27.0).

    `-gnatD'
          This switch is used in conjunction with `-gnatG' to cause the
          expanded source, as described above to be written to files
          with names `xxx.dg', where `xxx' is the normal file name, for
          example, if the source file name is `hello.adb', then a file
          `hello.adb.dg' will be written.  The debugging information
          generated by the `gcc' `-g' switch will refer to the generated
          `xxx.dg' file. This allows you to do source level debugging
          using the generated code which is sometimes useful for
          complex code, for example to find out exactly which part of a
          complex construction raised an exception. This switch also
          suppress generation of cross-reference information (see
          -gnatx).

    `-gnatC'
          In the generated debugging information, and also in the case
          of long external names, the compiler uses a compression
          mechanism if the name is very long.  This compression method
          uses a checksum, and avoids trouble on some operating systems
          which have difficulty with very long names. The `-gnatC'
          switch forces this compression approach to be used on all
          external names and names in the debugging information tables.
          This reduces the size of the generated executable, at the
          expense of making the naming scheme more complex. The
          compression only affects the qualification of the name. Thus
          a name in the source:

               Very_Long_Package.Very_Long_Inner_Package.Var

          would normally appear in these tables as:

               very_long_package__very_long_inner_package__var

          but if the `-gnatC' switch is used, then the name appears as

               XCb7e0c705__var

          Here b7e0c705 is a compressed encoding of the qualification
          prefix.  The GNAT Ada aware version of GDB understands these
          encoded prefixes, so if this debugger is used, the encoding
          is largely hidden from the user of the compiler.


`-gnatR[0|1|2|3][s]'
     This switch controls output from the compiler of a listing showing
     representation information for declared types and objects. For
     `-gnatR0', no information is output (equivalent to omitting the
     `-gnatR' switch). For `-gnatR1' (which is the default, so `-gnatR'
     with no parameter has the same effect), size and alignment
     information is listed for declared array and record types. For
     `-gnatR2', size and alignment information is listed for all
     expression information for values that are computed at run time for
     variant records. These symbolic expressions have a mostly obvious
     format with #n being used to represent the value of the n'th
     discriminant. See source files `repinfo.ads/adb' in the `GNAT'
     sources for full detalis on the format of `-gnatR3' output. If the
     switch is followed by an s (e.g. `-gnatR2s'), then the output is
     to a file with the name `file.rep' where file is the name of the
     corresponding source file.

`-gnatx'
     Normally the compiler generates full cross-referencing information
     in the `ALI' file. This information is used by a number of tools,
     including `gnatfind' and `gnatxref'. The -gnatx switch suppresses
     this information. This saves some space and may slightly speed up
     compilation, but means that these tools cannot be used.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Units to Sources Mapping Files,  Prev: Debugging Control,  Up: Switches for gcc

4.2.16 Units to Sources Mapping Files
-------------------------------------

`-gnatemPATH'
     A mapping file is a way to communicate to the compiler two
     mappings: from unit names to file names (without any directory
     information) and from file names to path names (with full
     directory information). These mappings are used by the compiler to
     short-circuit the path search.

     A mapping file is a sequence of sets of three lines. In each set,
     the first line is the unit name, in lower case, with "%s" appended
     for specifications and "%b" appended for bodies; the second line
     is the file name; and the third line is the path name.

     Example:
             main%b
             main.2.ada
             /gnat/project1/sources/main.2.ada

     When the switch `-gnatem' is specified, the compiler will create
     in memory the two mappings from the specified file. If there is
     any problem (non existent file, truncated file or duplicate
     entries), no mapping will be created.

     Several `-gnatem' switches may be specified; however, only the last
     one on the command line will be taken into account.

     When using a project file, `gnatmake' create a temporary mapping
     file and communicates it to the compiler using this switch.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL),  Next: Order of Compilation Issues,  Prev: Switches for gcc,  Up: Compiling Using gcc

4.3 Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)
===============================================

With the GNAT source-based library system, the compiler must be able to
find source files for units that are needed by the unit being compiled.
Search paths are used to guide this process.

   The compiler compiles one source file whose name must be given
explicitly on the command line. In other words, no searching is done
for this file. To find all other source files that are needed (the most
common being the specs of units), the compiler examines the following
directories, in the following order:

  1. The directory containing the source file of the main unit being
     compiled (the file name on the command line).

  2. Each directory named by an `-I' switch given on the `gcc' command
     line, in the order given.

  3. Each of the directories listed in the value of the
     `ADA_INCLUDE_PATH' environment variable.  Construct this value
     exactly as the `PATH' environment variable: a list of directory
     names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT
     version).

  4. The content of the "ada_source_path" file which is part of the GNAT
     installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as
     the GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) source files.  *Note Installing an
     Ada Library::

Specifying the switch `-I-' inhibits the use of the directory
containing the source file named in the command line. You can still
have this directory on your search path, but in this case it must be
explicitly requested with a `-I' switch.

   Specifying the switch `-nostdinc' inhibits the search of the default
location for the GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) source files.

   The compiler outputs its object files and ALI files in the current
working directory.  Caution: The object file can be redirected with the
`-o' switch; however, `gcc' and `gnat1' have not been coordinated on
this so the ALI file will not go to the right place. Therefore, you
should avoid using the `-o' switch.

   The packages `Ada', `System', and `Interfaces' and their children
make up the GNAT RTL, together with the simple `System.IO' package used
in the "Hello World" example. The sources for these units are needed by
the compiler and are kept together in one directory. Not all of the
bodies are needed, but all of the sources are kept together anyway. In
a normal installation, you need not specify these directory names when
compiling or binding. Either the environment variables or the built-in
defaults cause these files to be found.

   In addition to the language-defined hierarchies (System, Ada and
Interfaces), the GNAT distribution provides a fourth hierarchy,
consisting of child units of GNAT. This is a collection of generally
useful routines. See the GNAT Reference Manual for further details.

   Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is
in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make
development environments much more flexible.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Order of Compilation Issues,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL),  Up: Compiling Using gcc

4.4 Order of Compilation Issues
===============================

If, in our earlier example, there was a spec for the `hello' procedure,
it would be contained in the file `hello.ads'; yet this file would not
have to be explicitly compiled. This is the result of the model we
chose to implement library management. Some of the consequences of this
model are as follows:

   * There is no point in compiling specs (except for package specs
     with no bodies) because these are compiled as needed by clients. If
     you attempt a useless compilation, you will receive an error
     message.  It is also useless to compile subunits because they are
     compiled as needed by the parent.

   * There are no order of compilation requirements: performing a
     compilation never obsoletes anything. The only way you can obsolete
     something and require recompilations is to modify one of the
     source files on which it depends.

   * There is no library as such, apart from the ALI files (*note The
     Ada Library Information Files::, for information on the format of
     these files). For now we find it convenient to create separate ALI
     files, but eventually the information therein may be incorporated
     into the object file directly.

   * When you compile a unit, the source files for the specs of all
     units that it `with''s, all its subunits, and the bodies of any
     generics it instantiates must be available (reachable by the
     search-paths mechanism described above), or you will receive a
     fatal error message.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples,  Prev: Order of Compilation Issues,  Up: Compiling Using gcc

4.5 Examples
============

The following are some typical Ada compilation command line examples:

`$ gcc -c xyz.adb'
     Compile body in file `xyz.adb' with all default options.

`$ gcc -c -O2 -gnata xyz-def.adb'
     Compile the child unit package in file `xyz-def.adb' with extensive
     optimizations, and pragma `Assert'/`Debug' statements enabled.

`$ gcc -c -gnatc abc-def.adb'
     Compile the subunit in file `abc-def.adb' in semantic-checking-only
     mode.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Binding Using gnatbind,  Next: Linking Using gnatlink,  Prev: Compiling Using gcc,  Up: Top

5 Binding Using `gnatbind'
**************************

* Menu:

* Running gnatbind::
* Generating the Binder Program in C::
* Consistency-Checking Modes::
* Binder Error Message Control::
* Elaboration Control::
* Output Control::
* Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs::
* Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram::
* Summary of Binder Switches::
* Command-Line Access::
* Search Paths for gnatbind::
* Examples of gnatbind Usage::

This chapter describes the GNAT binder, `gnatbind', which is used to
bind compiled GNAT objects. The `gnatbind' program performs four
separate functions:

  1. Checks that a program is consistent, in accordance with the rules
     in Chapter 10 of the Ada 95 Reference Manual. In particular, error
     messages are generated if a program uses inconsistent versions of a
     given unit.

  2. Checks that an acceptable order of elaboration exists for the
     program and issues an error message if it cannot find an order of
     elaboration that satisfies the rules in Chapter 10 of the Ada 95
     Language Manual.

  3. Generates a main program incorporating the given elaboration order.
     This program is a small Ada package (body and spec) that must be
     subsequently compiled using the GNAT compiler. The necessary
     compilation step is usually performed automatically by `gnatlink'.
     The two most important functions of this program are to call the
     elaboration routines of units in an appropriate order and to call
     the main program.

  4. Determines the set of object files required by the given main
     program.  This information is output in the forms of comments in
     the generated program, to be read by the `gnatlink' utility used
     to link the Ada application.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatbind,  Next: Generating the Binder Program in C,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.1 Running `gnatbind'
======================

The form of the `gnatbind' command is

     $ gnatbind [SWITCHES] MAINPROG[.ali] [SWITCHES]

where MAINPROG.adb is the Ada file containing the main program unit
body. If no switches are specified, `gnatbind' constructs an Ada
package in two files which names are `b~ADA_MAIN.ads', and
`b~ADA_MAIN.adb'.  For example, if given the parameter `hello.ali', for
a main program contained in file `hello.adb', the binder output files
would be `b~hello.ads' and `b~hello.adb'.

   When doing consistency checking, the binder takes into consideration
any source files it can locate. For example, if the binder determines
that the given main program requires the package `Pack', whose `.ali'
file is `pack.ali' and whose corresponding source spec file is
`pack.ads', it attempts to locate the source file `pack.ads' (using the
same search path conventions as previously described for the `gcc'
command). If it can locate this source file, it checks that the time
stamps or source checksums of the source and its references to in `ali'
files match. In other words, any `ali' files that mentions this spec
must have resulted from compiling this version of the source file (or
in the case where the source checksums match, a version close enough
that the difference does not matter).

   The effect of this consistency checking, which includes source
files, is that the binder ensures that the program is consistent with
the latest version of the source files that can be located at bind
time. Editing a source file without compiling files that depend on the
source file cause error messages to be generated by the binder.

   For example, suppose you have a main program `hello.adb' and a
package `P', from file `p.ads' and you perform the following steps:

  1. Enter `gcc -c hello.adb' to compile the main program.

  2. Enter `gcc -c p.ads' to compile package `P'.

  3. Edit file `p.ads'.

  4. Enter `gnatbind hello'.

   At this point, the file `p.ali' contains an out-of-date time stamp
because the file `p.ads' has been edited. The attempt at binding fails,
and the binder generates the following error messages:

     error: "hello.adb" must be recompiled ("p.ads" has been modified)
     error: "p.ads" has been modified and must be recompiled

Now both files must be recompiled as indicated, and then the bind can
succeed, generating a main program. You need not normally be concerned
with the contents of this file, but it is similar to the following which
is the binder file generated for a simple "hello world" program.

     --  The package is called Ada_Main unless this name is actually used
     --  as a unit name in the partition, in which case some other unique
     --  name is used.

     with System;
     package ada_main is

        Elab_Final_Code : Integer;
        pragma Import (C, Elab_Final_Code, "__gnat_inside_elab_final_code");

        --  The main program saves the parameters (argument count,
        --  argument values, environment pointer) in global variables
        --  for later access by other units including
        --  Ada.Command_Line.

        gnat_argc : Integer;
        gnat_argv : System.Address;
        gnat_envp : System.Address;

        --  The actual variables are stored in a library routine. This
        --  is useful for some shared library situations, where there
        --  are problems if variables are not in the library.

        pragma Import (C, gnat_argc);
        pragma Import (C, gnat_argv);
        pragma Import (C, gnat_envp);

        --  The exit status is similarly an external location

        gnat_exit_status : Integer;
        pragma Import (C, gnat_exit_status);

        GNAT_Version : constant String :=
                         "GNAT Version: 3.15w (20010315)";
        pragma Export (C, GNAT_Version, "__gnat_version");

        --  This is the generated adafinal routine that performs
        --  finalization at the end of execution. In the case where
        --  Ada is the main program, this main program makes a call
        --  to adafinal at program termination.

        procedure adafinal;
        pragma Export (C, adafinal, "adafinal");

        --  This is the generated adainit routine that performs
        --  initialization at the start of execution. In the case
        --  where Ada is the main program, this main program makes
        --  a call to adainit at program startup.

        procedure adainit;
        pragma Export (C, adainit, "adainit");

        --  This routine is called at the start of execution. It is
        --  a dummy routine that is used by the debugger to breakpoint
        --  at the start of execution.

        procedure Break_Start;
        pragma Import (C, Break_Start, "__gnat_break_start");

        --  This is the actual generated main program (it would be
        --  suppressed if the no main program switch were used). As
        --  required by standard system conventions, this program has
        --  the external name main.

        function main
          (argc : Integer;
           argv : System.Address;
           envp : System.Address)
           return Integer;
        pragma Export (C, main, "main");

        --  The following set of constants give the version
        --  identification values for every unit in the bound
        --  partition. This identification is computed from all
        --  dependent semantic units, and corresponds to the
        --  string that would be returned by use of the
        --  Body_Version or Version attributes.

        type Version_32 is mod 2 ** 32;
        u00001 : constant Version_32 := 16#7880BEB3#;
        u00002 : constant Version_32 := 16#0D24CBD0#;
        u00003 : constant Version_32 := 16#3283DBEB#;
        u00004 : constant Version_32 := 16#2359F9ED#;
        u00005 : constant Version_32 := 16#664FB847#;
        u00006 : constant Version_32 := 16#68E803DF#;
        u00007 : constant Version_32 := 16#5572E604#;
        u00008 : constant Version_32 := 16#46B173D8#;
        u00009 : constant Version_32 := 16#156A40CF#;
        u00010 : constant Version_32 := 16#033DABE0#;
        u00011 : constant Version_32 := 16#6AB38FEA#;
        u00012 : constant Version_32 := 16#22B6217D#;
        u00013 : constant Version_32 := 16#68A22947#;
        u00014 : constant Version_32 := 16#18CC4A56#;
        u00015 : constant Version_32 := 16#08258E1B#;
        u00016 : constant Version_32 := 16#367D5222#;
        u00017 : constant Version_32 := 16#20C9ECA4#;
        u00018 : constant Version_32 := 16#50D32CB6#;
        u00019 : constant Version_32 := 16#39A8BB77#;
        u00020 : constant Version_32 := 16#5CF8FA2B#;
        u00021 : constant Version_32 := 16#2F1EB794#;
        u00022 : constant Version_32 := 16#31AB6444#;
        u00023 : constant Version_32 := 16#1574B6E9#;
        u00024 : constant Version_32 := 16#5109C189#;
        u00025 : constant Version_32 := 16#56D770CD#;
        u00026 : constant Version_32 := 16#02F9DE3D#;
        u00027 : constant Version_32 := 16#08AB6B2C#;
        u00028 : constant Version_32 := 16#3FA37670#;
        u00029 : constant Version_32 := 16#476457A0#;
        u00030 : constant Version_32 := 16#731E1B6E#;
        u00031 : constant Version_32 := 16#23C2E789#;
        u00032 : constant Version_32 := 16#0F1BD6A1#;
        u00033 : constant Version_32 := 16#7C25DE96#;
        u00034 : constant Version_32 := 16#39ADFFA2#;
        u00035 : constant Version_32 := 16#571DE3E7#;
        u00036 : constant Version_32 := 16#5EB646AB#;
        u00037 : constant Version_32 := 16#4249379B#;
        u00038 : constant Version_32 := 16#0357E00A#;
        u00039 : constant Version_32 := 16#3784FB72#;
        u00040 : constant Version_32 := 16#2E723019#;
        u00041 : constant Version_32 := 16#623358EA#;
        u00042 : constant Version_32 := 16#107F9465#;
        u00043 : constant Version_32 := 16#6843F68A#;
        u00044 : constant Version_32 := 16#63305874#;
        u00045 : constant Version_32 := 16#31E56CE1#;
        u00046 : constant Version_32 := 16#02917970#;
        u00047 : constant Version_32 := 16#6CCBA70E#;
        u00048 : constant Version_32 := 16#41CD4204#;
        u00049 : constant Version_32 := 16#572E3F58#;
        u00050 : constant Version_32 := 16#20729FF5#;
        u00051 : constant Version_32 := 16#1D4F93E8#;
        u00052 : constant Version_32 := 16#30B2EC3D#;
        u00053 : constant Version_32 := 16#34054F96#;
        u00054 : constant Version_32 := 16#5A199860#;
        u00055 : constant Version_32 := 16#0E7F912B#;
        u00056 : constant Version_32 := 16#5760634A#;
        u00057 : constant Version_32 := 16#5D851835#;

        --  The following Export pragmas export the version numbers
        --  with symbolic names ending in B (for body) or S
        --  (for spec) so that they can be located in a link. The
        --  information provided here is sufficient to track down
        --  the exact versions of units used in a given build.

        pragma Export (C, u00001, "helloB");
        pragma Export (C, u00002, "system__standard_libraryB");
        pragma Export (C, u00003, "system__standard_libraryS");
        pragma Export (C, u00004, "adaS");
        pragma Export (C, u00005, "ada__text_ioB");
        pragma Export (C, u00006, "ada__text_ioS");
        pragma Export (C, u00007, "ada__exceptionsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00008, "ada__exceptionsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00009, "gnatS");
        pragma Export (C, u00010, "gnat__heap_sort_aB");
        pragma Export (C, u00011, "gnat__heap_sort_aS");
        pragma Export (C, u00012, "systemS");
        pragma Export (C, u00013, "system__exception_tableB");
        pragma Export (C, u00014, "system__exception_tableS");
        pragma Export (C, u00015, "gnat__htableB");
        pragma Export (C, u00016, "gnat__htableS");
        pragma Export (C, u00017, "system__exceptionsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00018, "system__machine_state_operationsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00019, "system__machine_state_operationsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00020, "system__machine_codeS");
        pragma Export (C, u00021, "system__storage_elementsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00022, "system__storage_elementsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00023, "system__secondary_stackB");
        pragma Export (C, u00024, "system__secondary_stackS");
        pragma Export (C, u00025, "system__parametersB");
        pragma Export (C, u00026, "system__parametersS");
        pragma Export (C, u00027, "system__soft_linksB");
        pragma Export (C, u00028, "system__soft_linksS");
        pragma Export (C, u00029, "system__stack_checkingB");
        pragma Export (C, u00030, "system__stack_checkingS");
        pragma Export (C, u00031, "system__tracebackB");
        pragma Export (C, u00032, "system__tracebackS");
        pragma Export (C, u00033, "ada__streamsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00034, "ada__tagsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00035, "ada__tagsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00036, "system__string_opsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00037, "system__string_opsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00038, "interfacesS");
        pragma Export (C, u00039, "interfaces__c_streamsB");
        pragma Export (C, u00040, "interfaces__c_streamsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00041, "system__file_ioB");
        pragma Export (C, u00042, "system__file_ioS");
        pragma Export (C, u00043, "ada__finalizationB");
        pragma Export (C, u00044, "ada__finalizationS");
        pragma Export (C, u00045, "system__finalization_rootB");
        pragma Export (C, u00046, "system__finalization_rootS");
        pragma Export (C, u00047, "system__finalization_implementationB");
        pragma Export (C, u00048, "system__finalization_implementationS");
        pragma Export (C, u00049, "system__string_ops_concat_3B");
        pragma Export (C, u00050, "system__string_ops_concat_3S");
        pragma Export (C, u00051, "system__stream_attributesB");
        pragma Export (C, u00052, "system__stream_attributesS");
        pragma Export (C, u00053, "ada__io_exceptionsS");
        pragma Export (C, u00054, "system__unsigned_typesS");
        pragma Export (C, u00055, "system__file_control_blockS");
        pragma Export (C, u00056, "ada__finalization__list_controllerB");
        pragma Export (C, u00057, "ada__finalization__list_controllerS");

        -- BEGIN ELABORATION ORDER
        -- ada (spec)
        -- gnat (spec)
        -- gnat.heap_sort_a (spec)
        -- gnat.heap_sort_a (body)
        -- gnat.htable (spec)
        -- gnat.htable (body)
        -- interfaces (spec)
        -- system (spec)
        -- system.machine_code (spec)
        -- system.parameters (spec)
        -- system.parameters (body)
        -- interfaces.c_streams (spec)
        -- interfaces.c_streams (body)
        -- system.standard_library (spec)
        -- ada.exceptions (spec)
        -- system.exception_table (spec)
        -- system.exception_table (body)
        -- ada.io_exceptions (spec)
        -- system.exceptions (spec)
        -- system.storage_elements (spec)
        -- system.storage_elements (body)
        -- system.machine_state_operations (spec)
        -- system.machine_state_operations (body)
        -- system.secondary_stack (spec)
        -- system.stack_checking (spec)
        -- system.soft_links (spec)
        -- system.soft_links (body)
        -- system.stack_checking (body)
        -- system.secondary_stack (body)
        -- system.standard_library (body)
        -- system.string_ops (spec)
        -- system.string_ops (body)
        -- ada.tags (spec)
        -- ada.tags (body)
        -- ada.streams (spec)
        -- system.finalization_root (spec)
        -- system.finalization_root (body)
        -- system.string_ops_concat_3 (spec)
        -- system.string_ops_concat_3 (body)
        -- system.traceback (spec)
        -- system.traceback (body)
        -- ada.exceptions (body)
        -- system.unsigned_types (spec)
        -- system.stream_attributes (spec)
        -- system.stream_attributes (body)
        -- system.finalization_implementation (spec)
        -- system.finalization_implementation (body)
        -- ada.finalization (spec)
        -- ada.finalization (body)
        -- ada.finalization.list_controller (spec)
        -- ada.finalization.list_controller (body)
        -- system.file_control_block (spec)
        -- system.file_io (spec)
        -- system.file_io (body)
        -- ada.text_io (spec)
        -- ada.text_io (body)
        -- hello (body)
        -- END ELABORATION ORDER

     end ada_main;

     --  The following source file name pragmas allow the generated file
     --  names to be unique for different main programs. They are needed
     --  since the package name will always be Ada_Main.

     pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Spec_File_Name => "b~hello.ads");
     pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Body_File_Name => "b~hello.adb");

     --  Generated package body for Ada_Main starts here

     package body ada_main is

        --  The actual finalization is performed by calling the
        --  library routine in System.Standard_Library.Adafinal

        procedure Do_Finalize;
        pragma Import (C, Do_Finalize, "system__standard_library__adafinal");

        -------------
        -- adainit --
        -------------

        procedure adainit is

           --  These booleans are set to True once the associated unit has
           --  been elaborated. It is also used to avoid elaborating the
           --  same unit twice.

           E040 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E040, "interfaces__c_streams_E");
           E008 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E008, "ada__exceptions_E");
           E014 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E014, "system__exception_table_E");
           E053 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E053, "ada__io_exceptions_E");
           E017 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E017, "system__exceptions_E");
           E024 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E024, "system__secondary_stack_E");
           E030 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E030, "system__stack_checking_E");
           E028 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E028, "system__soft_links_E");
           E035 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E035, "ada__tags_E");
           E033 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E033, "ada__streams_E");
           E046 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E046, "system__finalization_root_E");
           E048 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E048, "system__finalization_implementation_E");
           E044 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E044, "ada__finalization_E");
           E057 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E057, "ada__finalization__list_controller_E");
           E055 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E055, "system__file_control_block_E");
           E042 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E042, "system__file_io_E");
           E006 : Boolean; pragma Import (Ada, E006, "ada__text_io_E");

           --  Set_Globals is a library routine that stores away the
           --  value of the indicated set of global values in global
           --  variables within the library.

           procedure Set_Globals
             (Main_Priority            : Integer;
              Time_Slice_Value         : Integer;
              WC_Encoding              : Character;
              Locking_Policy           : Character;
              Queuing_Policy           : Character;
              Task_Dispatching_Policy  : Character;
              Adafinal                 : System.Address;
              Unreserve_All_Interrupts : Integer;
              Exception_Tracebacks     : Integer);
           pragma Import (C, Set_Globals, "__gnat_set_globals");

           --  SDP_Table_Build is a library routine used to build the
           --  exception tables. See unit Ada.Exceptions in files
           --  a-except.ads/adb for full details of how zero cost
           --  exception handling works. This procedure, the call to
           --  it, and the two following tables are all omitted if the
           --  build is in longjmp/setjump exception mode.

           procedure SDP_Table_Build
             (SDP_Addresses   : System.Address;
              SDP_Count       : Natural;
              Elab_Addresses  : System.Address;
              Elab_Addr_Count : Natural);
           pragma Import (C, SDP_Table_Build, "__gnat_SDP_Table_Build");

           --  Table of Unit_Exception_Table addresses. Used for zero
           --  cost exception handling to build the top level table.

           ST : aliased constant array (1 .. 23) of System.Address := (
             Hello'UET_Address,
             Ada.Text_Io'UET_Address,
             Ada.Exceptions'UET_Address,
             Gnat.Heap_Sort_A'UET_Address,
             System.Exception_Table'UET_Address,
             System.Machine_State_Operations'UET_Address,
             System.Secondary_Stack'UET_Address,
             System.Parameters'UET_Address,
             System.Soft_Links'UET_Address,
             System.Stack_Checking'UET_Address,
             System.Traceback'UET_Address,
             Ada.Streams'UET_Address,
             Ada.Tags'UET_Address,
             System.String_Ops'UET_Address,
             Interfaces.C_Streams'UET_Address,
             System.File_Io'UET_Address,
             Ada.Finalization'UET_Address,
             System.Finalization_Root'UET_Address,
             System.Finalization_Implementation'UET_Address,
             System.String_Ops_Concat_3'UET_Address,
             System.Stream_Attributes'UET_Address,
             System.File_Control_Block'UET_Address,
             Ada.Finalization.List_Controller'UET_Address);

           --  Table of addresses of elaboration routines. Used for
           --  zero cost exception handling to make sure these
           --  addresses are included in the top level procedure
           --  address table.

           EA : aliased constant array (1 .. 23) of System.Address := (
             adainit'Code_Address,
             Do_Finalize'Code_Address,
             Ada.Exceptions'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Exceptions'Elab_Spec'Address,
             Interfaces.C_Streams'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body'Address,
             Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Stack_Checking'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body'Address,
             System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body'Address,
             Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec'Address,
             Ada.Tags'Elab_Body'Address,
             Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec'Address,
             Ada.Exceptions'Elab_Body'Address,
             System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Body'Address,
             Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec'Address,
             Ada.Finalization.List_Controller'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec'Address,
             System.File_Io'Elab_Body'Address,
             Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec'Address,
             Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body'Address);

        --  Start of processing for adainit

        begin

           --  Call SDP_Table_Build to build the top level procedure
           --  table for zero cost exception handling (omitted in
           --  longjmp/setjump mode).

           SDP_Table_Build (ST'Address, 23, EA'Address, 23);

           --  Call Set_Globals to record various information for
           --  this partition.  The values are derived by the binder
           --  from information stored in the ali files by the compiler.

           Set_Globals
             (Main_Priority            => -1,
              --  Priority of main program, -1 if no pragma Priority used

              Time_Slice_Value         => -1,
              --  Time slice from Time_Slice pragma, -1 if none used

              WC_Encoding              => 'b',
              --  Wide_Character encoding used, default is brackets

              Locking_Policy           => ' ',
              --  Locking_Policy used, default of space means not
              --  specified, otherwise it is the first character of
              --  the policy name.

              Queuing_Policy           => ' ',
              --  Queuing_Policy used, default of space means not
              --  specified, otherwise it is the first character of
              --  the policy name.

              Task_Dispatching_Policy  => ' ',
              --  Task_Dispatching_Policy used, default of space means
              --  not specified, otherwise first character of the
              --  policy name.

              Adafinal                 => System.Null_Address,
              --  Address of Adafinal routine, not used anymore

              Unreserve_All_Interrupts => 0,
              --  Set true if pragma Unreserve_All_Interrupts was used

              Exception_Tracebacks     => 0);
              --  Indicates if exception tracebacks are enabled

           Elab_Final_Code := 1;

           --  Now we have the elaboration calls for all units in the partition.
           --  The Elab_Spec and Elab_Body attributes generate references to the
           --  implicit elaboration procedures generated by the compiler for
           --  each unit that requires elaboration.

           if not E040 then
              Interfaces.C_Streams'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           E040 := True;
           if not E008 then
              Ada.Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           if not E014 then
              System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body;
              E014 := True;
           end if;
           if not E053 then
              Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
              E053 := True;
           end if;
           if not E017 then
              System.Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
              E017 := True;
           end if;
           if not E030 then
              System.Stack_Checking'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           if not E028 then
              System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body;
              E028 := True;
           end if;
           E030 := True;
           if not E024 then
              System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body;
              E024 := True;
           end if;
           if not E035 then
              Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           if not E035 then
              Ada.Tags'Elab_Body;
              E035 := True;
           end if;
           if not E033 then
              Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec;
              E033 := True;
           end if;
           if not E046 then
              System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           E046 := True;
           if not E008 then
              Ada.Exceptions'Elab_Body;
              E008 := True;
           end if;
           if not E048 then
              System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           if not E048 then
              System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Body;
              E048 := True;
           end if;
           if not E044 then
              Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           E044 := True;
           if not E057 then
              Ada.Finalization.List_Controller'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           E057 := True;
           if not E055 then
              System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec;
              E055 := True;
           end if;
           if not E042 then
              System.File_Io'Elab_Body;
              E042 := True;
           end if;
           if not E006 then
              Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec;
           end if;
           if not E006 then
              Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;
              E006 := True;
           end if;

           Elab_Final_Code := 0;
        end adainit;

        --------------
        -- adafinal --
        --------------

        procedure adafinal is
        begin
           Do_Finalize;
        end adafinal;

        ----------
        -- main --
        ----------

        --  main is actually a function, as in the ANSI C standard,
        --  defined to return the exit status. The three parameters
        --  are the argument count, argument values and environment
        --  pointer.

        function main
          (argc : Integer;
           argv : System.Address;
           envp : System.Address)
           return Integer
        is
           --  The initialize routine performs low level system
           --  initialization using a standard library routine which
           --  sets up signal handling and performs any other
           --  required setup. The routine can be found in file
           --  a-init.c.

           procedure initialize;
           pragma Import (C, initialize, "__gnat_initialize");

           --  The finalize routine performs low level system
           --  finalization using a standard library routine. The
           --  routine is found in file a-final.c and in the standard
           --  distribution is a dummy routine that does nothing, so
           --  really this is a hook for special user finalization.

           procedure finalize;
           pragma Import (C, finalize, "__gnat_finalize");

           --  We get to the main program of the partition by using
           --  pragma Import because if we try to with the unit and
           --  call it Ada style, then not only do we waste time
           --  recompiling it, but also, we don't really know the right
           --  switches (e.g. identifier character set) to be used
           --  to compile it.

           procedure Ada_Main_Program;
           pragma Import (Ada, Ada_Main_Program, "_ada_hello");

        --  Start of processing for main

        begin
           --  Save global variables

           gnat_argc := argc;
           gnat_argv := argv;
           gnat_envp := envp;

           --  Call low level system initialization

           Initialize;

           --  Call our generated Ada initialization routine

           adainit;

           --  This is the point at which we want the debugger to get
           --  control

           Break_Start;

           --  Now we call the main program of the partition

           Ada_Main_Program;

           --  Perform Ada finalization

           adafinal;

           --  Perform low level system finalization

           Finalize;

           --  Return the proper exit status
           return (gnat_exit_status);
        end;

     --  This section is entirely comments, so it has no effect on the
     --  compilation of the Ada_Main package. It provides the list of
     --  object files and linker options, as well as some standard
     --  libraries needed for the link. The gnatlink utility parses
     --  this b~hello.adb file to read these comment lines to generate
     --  the appropriate command line arguments for the call to the
     --  system linker. The BEGIN/END lines are used for sentinels for
     --  this parsing operation.

     --  The exact file names will of course depend on the environment,
     --  host/target and location of files on the host system.

     -- BEGIN Object file/option list
        --   ./hello.o
        --   -L./
        --   -L/usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/
        --   /usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/libgnat.a
     -- END Object file/option list

     end ada_main;

The Ada code in the above example is exactly what is generated by the
binder. We have added comments to more clearly indicate the function of
each part of the generated `Ada_Main' package.

   The code is standard Ada in all respects, and can be processed by any
tools that handle Ada. In particular, it is possible to use the debugger
in Ada mode to debug the generated Ada_Main package. For example,
suppose that for reasons that you do not understand, your program is
blowing up during elaboration of the body of `Ada.Text_IO'. To chase
this bug down, you can place a breakpoint on the call:

     Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;

and trace the elaboration routine for this package to find out where
the problem might be (more usually of course you would be debugging
elaboration code in your own application).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Generating the Binder Program in C,  Next: Consistency-Checking Modes,  Prev: Running gnatbind,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.2 Generating the Binder Program in C
======================================

In most normal usage, the default mode of `gnatbind' which is to
generate the main package in Ada, as described in the previous section.
In particular, this means that any Ada programmer can read and
understand the generated main program. It can also be debugged just
like any other Ada code provided the `-g' switch is used for `gnatbind'
and `gnatlink'.

   However for some purposes it may be convenient to generate the main
program in C rather than Ada. This may for example be helpful when you
are generating a mixed language program with the main program in C. The
GNAT compiler itself is an example. The use of the `-C' switch for both
`gnatbind' and `gnatlink' will cause the program to be generated in C
(and compiled using the gnu C compiler). The following shows the C code
generated for the same "Hello World" program:


     #ifdef __STDC__
     #define PARAMS(paramlist) paramlist
     #else
     #define PARAMS(paramlist) ()
     #endif

     extern void __gnat_set_globals
      PARAMS ((int, int, int, int, int, int,
               void (*) PARAMS ((void)), int, int));
     extern void adafinal PARAMS ((void));
     extern void adainit PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__standard_library__adafinal PARAMS ((void));
     extern int main PARAMS ((int, char **, char **));
     extern void exit PARAMS ((int));
     extern void __gnat_break_start PARAMS ((void));
     extern void _ada_hello PARAMS ((void));
     extern void __gnat_initialize PARAMS ((void));
     extern void __gnat_finalize PARAMS ((void));

     extern void ada__exceptions___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__exceptions___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void interfaces__c_streams___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__exception_table___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__io_exceptions___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__stack_checking___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__soft_links___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__secondary_stack___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__tags___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__tags___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__streams___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__finalization_root___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__exceptions___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__finalization_implementation___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__finalization_implementation___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__finalization___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__finalization__list_controller___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__file_control_block___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void system__file_io___elabb PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__text_io___elabs PARAMS ((void));
     extern void ada__text_io___elabb PARAMS ((void));

     extern int __gnat_inside_elab_final_code;

     extern int gnat_argc;
     extern char **gnat_argv;
     extern char **gnat_envp;
     extern int gnat_exit_status;

     char __gnat_version[] = "GNAT Version: 3.15w (20010315)";
     void adafinal () {
        system__standard_library__adafinal ();
     }

     void adainit ()
     {
        extern char ada__exceptions_E;
        extern char system__exceptions_E;
        extern char interfaces__c_streams_E;
        extern char system__exception_table_E;
        extern char ada__io_exceptions_E;
        extern char system__secondary_stack_E;
        extern char system__stack_checking_E;
        extern char system__soft_links_E;
        extern char ada__tags_E;
        extern char ada__streams_E;
        extern char system__finalization_root_E;
        extern char system__finalization_implementation_E;
        extern char ada__finalization_E;
        extern char ada__finalization__list_controller_E;
        extern char system__file_control_block_E;
        extern char system__file_io_E;
        extern char ada__text_io_E;

        extern void *__gnat_hello__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__text_io__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__exceptions__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_gnat__heap_sort_a__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__exception_table__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__machine_state_operations__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__secondary_stack__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__parameters__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__soft_links__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__stack_checking__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__traceback__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__streams__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__tags__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__string_ops__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_interfaces__c_streams__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__file_io__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__finalization__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__finalization_root__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__finalization_implementation__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__string_ops_concat_3__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__stream_attributes__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_system__file_control_block__SDP;
        extern void *__gnat_ada__finalization__list_controller__SDP;

        void **st[23] = {
          &__gnat_hello__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__text_io__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__exceptions__SDP,
          &__gnat_gnat__heap_sort_a__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__exception_table__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__machine_state_operations__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__secondary_stack__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__parameters__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__soft_links__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__stack_checking__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__traceback__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__streams__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__tags__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__string_ops__SDP,
          &__gnat_interfaces__c_streams__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__file_io__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__finalization__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__finalization_root__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__finalization_implementation__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__string_ops_concat_3__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__stream_attributes__SDP,
          &__gnat_system__file_control_block__SDP,
          &__gnat_ada__finalization__list_controller__SDP};

        extern void ada__exceptions___elabs ();
        extern void system__exceptions___elabs ();
        extern void interfaces__c_streams___elabs ();
        extern void system__exception_table___elabb ();
        extern void ada__io_exceptions___elabs ();
        extern void system__stack_checking___elabs ();
        extern void system__soft_links___elabb ();
        extern void system__secondary_stack___elabb ();
        extern void ada__tags___elabs ();
        extern void ada__tags___elabb ();
        extern void ada__streams___elabs ();
        extern void system__finalization_root___elabs ();
        extern void ada__exceptions___elabb ();
        extern void system__finalization_implementation___elabs ();
        extern void system__finalization_implementation___elabb ();
        extern void ada__finalization___elabs ();
        extern void ada__finalization__list_controller___elabs ();
        extern void system__file_control_block___elabs ();
        extern void system__file_io___elabb ();
        extern void ada__text_io___elabs ();
        extern void ada__text_io___elabb ();

        void (*ea[23]) () = {
          adainit,
          system__standard_library__adafinal,
          ada__exceptions___elabs,
          system__exceptions___elabs,
          interfaces__c_streams___elabs,
          system__exception_table___elabb,
          ada__io_exceptions___elabs,
          system__stack_checking___elabs,
          system__soft_links___elabb,
          system__secondary_stack___elabb,
          ada__tags___elabs,
          ada__tags___elabb,
          ada__streams___elabs,
          system__finalization_root___elabs,
          ada__exceptions___elabb,
          system__finalization_implementation___elabs,
          system__finalization_implementation___elabb,
          ada__finalization___elabs,
          ada__finalization__list_controller___elabs,
          system__file_control_block___elabs,
          system__file_io___elabb,
          ada__text_io___elabs,
          ada__text_io___elabb};

        __gnat_SDP_Table_Build (&st, 23, ea, 23);
        __gnat_set_globals (
           -1,      /* Main_Priority              */
           -1,      /* Time_Slice_Value           */
           'b',     /* WC_Encoding                */
           ' ',     /* Locking_Policy             */
           ' ',     /* Queuing_Policy             */
           ' ',     /* Tasking_Dispatching_Policy */
           0,       /* Finalization routine address, not used anymore */
           0,       /* Unreserve_All_Interrupts */
           0);      /* Exception_Tracebacks */

        __gnat_inside_elab_final_code = 1;

        if (ada__exceptions_E == 0) {
           ada__exceptions___elabs ();
        }
        if (system__exceptions_E == 0) {
           system__exceptions___elabs ();
           system__exceptions_E++;
        }
        if (interfaces__c_streams_E == 0) {
           interfaces__c_streams___elabs ();
        }
        interfaces__c_streams_E = 1;
        if (system__exception_table_E == 0) {
           system__exception_table___elabb ();
           system__exception_table_E++;
        }
        if (ada__io_exceptions_E == 0) {
           ada__io_exceptions___elabs ();
           ada__io_exceptions_E++;
        }
        if (system__stack_checking_E == 0) {
           system__stack_checking___elabs ();
        }
        if (system__soft_links_E == 0) {
           system__soft_links___elabb ();
           system__soft_links_E++;
        }
        system__stack_checking_E = 1;
        if (system__secondary_stack_E == 0) {
           system__secondary_stack___elabb ();
           system__secondary_stack_E++;
        }
        if (ada__tags_E == 0) {
           ada__tags___elabs ();
        }
        if (ada__tags_E == 0) {
           ada__tags___elabb ();
           ada__tags_E++;
        }
        if (ada__streams_E == 0) {
           ada__streams___elabs ();
           ada__streams_E++;
        }
        if (system__finalization_root_E == 0) {
           system__finalization_root___elabs ();
        }
        system__finalization_root_E = 1;
        if (ada__exceptions_E == 0) {
           ada__exceptions___elabb ();
           ada__exceptions_E++;
        }
        if (system__finalization_implementation_E == 0) {
           system__finalization_implementation___elabs ();
        }
        if (system__finalization_implementation_E == 0) {
           system__finalization_implementation___elabb ();
           system__finalization_implementation_E++;
        }
        if (ada__finalization_E == 0) {
           ada__finalization___elabs ();
        }
        ada__finalization_E = 1;
        if (ada__finalization__list_controller_E == 0) {
           ada__finalization__list_controller___elabs ();
        }
        ada__finalization__list_controller_E = 1;
        if (system__file_control_block_E == 0) {
           system__file_control_block___elabs ();
           system__file_control_block_E++;
        }
        if (system__file_io_E == 0) {
           system__file_io___elabb ();
           system__file_io_E++;
        }
        if (ada__text_io_E == 0) {
           ada__text_io___elabs ();
        }
        if (ada__text_io_E == 0) {
           ada__text_io___elabb ();
           ada__text_io_E++;
        }

        __gnat_inside_elab_final_code = 0;
     }
     int main (argc, argv, envp)
         int argc;
         char **argv;
         char **envp;
     {
        gnat_argc = argc;
        gnat_argv = argv;
        gnat_envp = envp;

        __gnat_initialize ();
        adainit ();
        __gnat_break_start ();

        _ada_hello ();

        system__standard_library__adafinal ();
        __gnat_finalize ();
        exit (gnat_exit_status);
     }
     unsigned helloB = 0x7880BEB3;
     unsigned system__standard_libraryB = 0x0D24CBD0;
     unsigned system__standard_libraryS = 0x3283DBEB;
     unsigned adaS = 0x2359F9ED;
     unsigned ada__text_ioB = 0x47C85FC4;
     unsigned ada__text_ioS = 0x496FE45C;
     unsigned ada__exceptionsB = 0x74F50187;
     unsigned ada__exceptionsS = 0x6736945B;
     unsigned gnatS = 0x156A40CF;
     unsigned gnat__heap_sort_aB = 0x033DABE0;
     unsigned gnat__heap_sort_aS = 0x6AB38FEA;
     unsigned systemS = 0x0331C6FE;
     unsigned system__exceptionsS = 0x20C9ECA4;
     unsigned system__exception_tableB = 0x68A22947;
     unsigned system__exception_tableS = 0x394BADD5;
     unsigned gnat__htableB = 0x08258E1B;
     unsigned gnat__htableS = 0x367D5222;
     unsigned system__machine_state_operationsB = 0x4F3B7492;
     unsigned system__machine_state_operationsS = 0x182F5CF4;
     unsigned system__storage_elementsB = 0x2F1EB794;
     unsigned system__storage_elementsS = 0x102C83C7;
     unsigned system__secondary_stackB = 0x1574B6E9;
     unsigned system__secondary_stackS = 0x708E260A;
     unsigned system__parametersB = 0x56D770CD;
     unsigned system__parametersS = 0x237E39BE;
     unsigned system__soft_linksB = 0x08AB6B2C;
     unsigned system__soft_linksS = 0x1E2491F3;
     unsigned system__stack_checkingB = 0x476457A0;
     unsigned system__stack_checkingS = 0x5299FCED;
     unsigned system__tracebackB = 0x2971EBDE;
     unsigned system__tracebackS = 0x2E9C3122;
     unsigned ada__streamsS = 0x7C25DE96;
     unsigned ada__tagsB = 0x39ADFFA2;
     unsigned ada__tagsS = 0x769A0464;
     unsigned system__string_opsB = 0x5EB646AB;
     unsigned system__string_opsS = 0x63CED018;
     unsigned interfacesS = 0x0357E00A;
     unsigned interfaces__c_streamsB = 0x3784FB72;
     unsigned interfaces__c_streamsS = 0x2E723019;
     unsigned system__file_ioB = 0x623358EA;
     unsigned system__file_ioS = 0x31F873E6;
     unsigned ada__finalizationB = 0x6843F68A;
     unsigned ada__finalizationS = 0x63305874;
     unsigned system__finalization_rootB = 0x31E56CE1;
     unsigned system__finalization_rootS = 0x23169EF3;
     unsigned system__finalization_implementationB = 0x6CCBA70E;
     unsigned system__finalization_implementationS = 0x604AA587;
     unsigned system__string_ops_concat_3B = 0x572E3F58;
     unsigned system__string_ops_concat_3S = 0x01F57876;
     unsigned system__stream_attributesB = 0x1D4F93E8;
     unsigned system__stream_attributesS = 0x30B2EC3D;
     unsigned ada__io_exceptionsS = 0x34054F96;
     unsigned system__unsigned_typesS = 0x7B9E7FE3;
     unsigned system__file_control_blockS = 0x2FF876A8;
     unsigned ada__finalization__list_controllerB = 0x5760634A;
     unsigned ada__finalization__list_controllerS = 0x5D851835;

     /* BEGIN ELABORATION ORDER
     ada (spec)
     gnat (spec)
     gnat.heap_sort_a (spec)
     gnat.htable (spec)
     gnat.htable (body)
     interfaces (spec)
     system (spec)
     system.parameters (spec)
     system.standard_library (spec)
     ada.exceptions (spec)
     system.exceptions (spec)
     system.parameters (body)
     gnat.heap_sort_a (body)
     interfaces.c_streams (spec)
     interfaces.c_streams (body)
     system.exception_table (spec)
     system.exception_table (body)
     ada.io_exceptions (spec)
     system.storage_elements (spec)
     system.storage_elements (body)
     system.machine_state_operations (spec)
     system.machine_state_operations (body)
     system.secondary_stack (spec)
     system.stack_checking (spec)
     system.soft_links (spec)
     system.soft_links (body)
     system.stack_checking (body)
     system.secondary_stack (body)
     system.standard_library (body)
     system.string_ops (spec)
     system.string_ops (body)
     ada.tags (spec)
     ada.tags (body)
     ada.streams (spec)
     system.finalization_root (spec)
     system.finalization_root (body)
     system.string_ops_concat_3 (spec)
     system.string_ops_concat_3 (body)
     system.traceback (spec)
     system.traceback (body)
     ada.exceptions (body)
     system.unsigned_types (spec)
     system.stream_attributes (spec)
     system.stream_attributes (body)
     system.finalization_implementation (spec)
     system.finalization_implementation (body)
     ada.finalization (spec)
     ada.finalization (body)
     ada.finalization.list_controller (spec)
     ada.finalization.list_controller (body)
     system.file_control_block (spec)
     system.file_io (spec)
     system.file_io (body)
     ada.text_io (spec)
     ada.text_io (body)
     hello (body)
        END ELABORATION ORDER */

     /* BEGIN Object file/option list
     ./hello.o
     -L./
     -L/usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/alpha-dec-osf5.1/2.8.1/adalib/
     /usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/alpha-dec-osf5.1/2.8.1/adalib/libgnat.a
     -lexc
        END Object file/option list */

Here again, the C code is exactly what is generated by the binder. The
functions of the various parts of this code correspond in an obvious
manner with the commented Ada code shown in the example in the previous
section.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Consistency-Checking Modes,  Next: Binder Error Message Control,  Prev: Generating the Binder Program in C,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.3 Consistency-Checking Modes
==============================

As described in the previous section, by default `gnatbind' checks that
object files are consistent with one another and are consistent with
any source files it can locate. The following switches control binder
access to sources.

`-s'
     Require source files to be present. In this mode, the binder must
     be able to locate all source files that are referenced, in order
     to check their consistency. In normal mode, if a source file
     cannot be located it is simply ignored. If you specify this
     switch, a missing source file is an error.

`-x'
     Exclude source files. In this mode, the binder only checks that ALI
     files are consistent with one another. Source files are not
     accessed.  The binder runs faster in this mode, and there is still
     a guarantee that the resulting program is self-consistent.  If a
     source file has been edited since it was last compiled, and you
     specify this switch, the binder will not detect that the object
     file is out of date with respect to the source file. Note that
     this is the mode that is automatically used by `gnatmake' because
     in this case the checking against sources has already been
     performed by `gnatmake' in the course of compilation (i.e. before
     binding).



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Binder Error Message Control,  Next: Elaboration Control,  Prev: Consistency-Checking Modes,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.4 Binder Error Message Control
================================

The following switches provide control over the generation of error
messages from the binder:

`-v'
     Verbose mode. In the normal mode, brief error messages are
     generated to `stderr'. If this switch is present, a header is
     written to `stdout' and any error messages are directed to
     `stdout'.  All that is written to `stderr' is a brief summary
     message.

`-b'
     Generate brief error messages to `stderr' even if verbose mode is
     specified. This is relevant only when used with the `-v' switch.

`-mN'
     Limits the number of error messages to N, a decimal integer in the
     range 1-999. The binder terminates immediately if this limit is
     reached.

`-MXXX'
     Renames the generated main program from `main' to `xxx'.  This is
     useful in the case of some cross-building environments, where the
     actual main program is separate from the one generated by
     `gnatbind'.

`-ws'
     Suppress all warning messages.

`-we'
     Treat any warning messages as fatal errors.

`-t'
     The binder performs a number of consistency checks including:

        * Check that time stamps of a given source unit are consistent

        * Check that checksums of a given source unit are consistent

        * Check that consistent versions of `GNAT' were used for
          compilation

        * Check consistency of configuration pragmas as required

     Normally failure of such checks, in accordance with the consistency
     requirements of the Ada Reference Manual, causes error messages to
     be generated which abort the binder and prevent the output of a
     binder file and subsequent link to obtain an executable.

     The `-t' switch converts these error messages into warnings, so
     that binding and linking can continue to completion even in the
     presence of such errors. The result may be a failed link (due to
     missing symbols), or a non-functional executable which has
     undefined semantics.  _This means that `-t' should be used only in
     unusual situations, with extreme care._


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Elaboration Control,  Next: Output Control,  Prev: Binder Error Message Control,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.5 Elaboration Control
=======================

The following switches provide additional control over the elaboration
order. For full details see *Note Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT::.

`-p'
     Normally the binder attempts to choose an elaboration order that is
     likely to minimize the likelihood of an elaboration order error
     resulting in raising a `Program_Error' exception. This switch
     reverses the action of the binder, and requests that it
     deliberately choose an order that is likely to maximize the
     likelihood of an elaboration error.  This is useful in ensuring
     portability and avoiding dependence on accidental fortuitous
     elaboration ordering.

     Normally it only makes sense to use the `-p' switch if dynamic
     elaboration checking is used (`-gnatE' switch used for
     compilation).  This is because in the default static elaboration
     mode, all necessary `Elaborate_All' pragmas are implicitly
     inserted. These implicit pragmas are still respected by the binder
     in `-p' mode, so a safe elaboration order is assured.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Output Control,  Next: Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,  Prev: Elaboration Control,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.6 Output Control
==================

The following switches allow additional control over the output
generated by the binder.

`-A'
     Generate binder program in Ada (default). The binder program is
     named `b~MAINPROG.adb' by default. This can be changed with `-o'
     `gnatbind' option.

`-c'
     Check only. Do not generate the binder output file. In this mode
     the binder performs all error checks but does not generate an
     output file.

`-C'
     Generate binder program in C. The binder program is named
     `b_MAINPROG.c'. This can be changed with `-o' `gnatbind' option.

`-e'
     Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies, showing the
     reason for each dependency. This output can be rather extensive
     but may be useful in diagnosing problems with elaboration order.
     The output is written to `stdout'.

`-h'
     Output usage information. The output is written to `stdout'.

`-K'
     Output linker options to `stdout'. Includes library search paths,
     contents of pragmas Ident and Linker_Options, and libraries added
     by `gnatbind'.

`-l'
     Output chosen elaboration order. The output is written to `stdout'.

`-O'
     Output full names of all the object files that must be linked to
     provide the Ada component of the program. The output is written to
     `stdout'.  This list includes the files explicitly supplied and
     referenced by the user as well as implicitly referenced run-time
     unit files. The latter are omitted if the corresponding units
     reside in shared libraries. The directory names for the run-time
     units depend on the system configuration.

`-o FILE'
     Set name of output file to FILE instead of the normal
     `b~MAINPROG.adb' default. Note that FILE denote the Ada binder
     generated body filename. In C mode you would normally give FILE an
     extension of `.c' because it will be a C source program.  Note
     that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually.
     It is not possible to use gnatlink in this case, since it cannot
     locate the binder file.

`-r'
     Generate list of `pragma Rerstrictions' that could be applied to
     the current unit. This is useful for code audit purposes, and also
     may be used to improve code generation in some cases.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,  Next: Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram,  Prev: Output Control,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.7 Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs
======================================

In our description so far we have assumed that the main program is in
Ada, and that the task of the binder is to generate a corresponding
function `main' that invokes this Ada main program. GNAT also supports
the building of executable programs where the main program is not in
Ada, but some of the called routines are written in Ada and compiled
using GNAT (*note Mixed Language Programming::).  The following switch
is used in this situation:

`-n'
     No main program. The main program is not in Ada.

In this case, most of the functions of the binder are still required,
but instead of generating a main program, the binder generates a file
containing the following callable routines:

`adainit'
     You must call this routine to initialize the Ada part of the
     program by calling the necessary elaboration routines. A call to
     `adainit' is required before the first call to an Ada subprogram.

     Note that it is assumed that the basic execution environment must
     be setup to be appropriate for Ada execution at the point where
     the first Ada subprogram is called. In particular, if the Ada code
     will do any floating-point operations, then the FPU must be setup
     in an appropriate manner. For the case of the x86, for example,
     full precision mode is required. The procedure
     GNAT.Float_Control.Reset may be used to ensure that the FPU is in
     the right state.

`adafinal'
     You must call this routine to perform any library-level
     finalization required by the Ada subprograms. A call to `adafinal'
     is required after the last call to an Ada subprogram, and before
     the program terminates.

If the `-n' switch is given, more than one ALI file may appear on the
command line for `gnatbind'. The normal "closure" calculation is
performed for each of the specified units. Calculating the closure
means finding out the set of units involved by tracing `with'
references. The reason it is necessary to be able to specify more than
one ALI file is that a given program may invoke two or more quite
separate groups of Ada units.

   The binder takes the name of its output file from the last specified
ALI file, unless overridden by the use of the `-o file'.  The output is
an Ada unit in source form that can be compiled with GNAT unless the -C
switch is used in which case the output is a C source file, which must
be compiled using the C compiler.  This compilation occurs
automatically as part of the `gnatlink' processing.

   Currently the GNAT run time requires a FPU using 80 bits mode
precision. Under targets where this is not the default it is required to
call GNAT.Float_Control.Reset before using floating point numbers (this
include float computation, float input and output) in the Ada code. A
side effect is that this could be the wrong mode for the foreign code
where floating point computation could be broken after this call.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram,  Next: Summary of Binder Switches,  Prev: Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.8 Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram
============================================

It is possible to have an Ada program which does not have a main
subprogram. This program will call the elaboration routines of all the
packages, then the finalization routines.

   The following switch is used to bind programs organized in this
manner:

`-z'
     Normally the binder checks that the unit name given on the command
     line corresponds to a suitable main subprogram. When this switch
     is used, a list of ALI files can be given, and the execution of
     the program consists of elaboration of these units in an
     appropriate order.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Summary of Binder Switches,  Next: Command-Line Access,  Prev: Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.9 Summary of Binder Switches
==============================

The following are the switches available with `gnatbind':

`-aO'
     Specify directory to be searched for ALI files.

`-aI'
     Specify directory to be searched for source file.

`-A'
     Generate binder program in Ada (default)

`-b'
     Generate brief messages to `stderr' even if verbose mode set.

`-c'
     Check only, no generation of binder output file.

`-C'
     Generate binder program in C

`-e'
     Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies.

`-E'
     Store tracebacks in exception occurrences when the target supports
     it.  This is the default with the zero cost exception mechanism.
     This option is currently supported on the following targets: all
     x86 ports, Solaris, Windows, HP-UX, AIX, PowerPC VxWorks and Alpha
     VxWorks.  See also the packages `GNAT.Traceback' and
     `GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic' for more information.  Note that on x86
     ports, you must not use `-fomit-frame-pointer' `gcc' option.

`-h'
     Output usage (help) information

`-I'
     Specify directory to be searched for source and ALI files.

`-I-'
     Do not look for sources in the current directory where `gnatbind'
     was invoked, and do not look for ALI files in the directory
     containing the ALI file named in the `gnatbind' command line.

`-l'
     Output chosen elaboration order.

`-Lxxx'
     Binds the units for library building. In this case the adainit and
     adafinal procedures (See *note Binding with Non-Ada Main
     Programs::) are renamed to xxxinit and xxxfinal. Implies -n.  See
     *note GNAT and Libraries:: for more details.

`-Mxyz'
     Rename generated main program from main to xyz

`-mN'
     Limit number of detected errors to N (1-999).

`-n'
     No main program.

`-nostdinc'
     Do not look for sources in the system default directory.

`-nostdlib'
     Do not look for library files in the system default directory.

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same
     meaning as the equivalent `gnatmake' flag (see *Note Switches for
     gnatmake::).

`-o FILE'
     Name the output file FILE (default is `b~XXX.adb').  Note that if
     this option is used, then linking must be done manually, gnatlink
     cannot be used.

`-O'
     Output object list.

`-p'
     Pessimistic (worst-case) elaboration order

`-s'
     Require all source files to be present.

`-static'
     Link against a static GNAT run time.

`-shared'
     Link against a shared GNAT run time when available.

`-t'
     Tolerate time stamp and other consistency errors

`-TN'
     Set the time slice value to n microseconds. A value of zero means
     no time slicing and also indicates to the tasking run time to
     match as close as possible to the annex D requirements of the RM.

`-v'
     Verbose mode. Write error messages, header, summary output to
     `stdout'.

`-wX'
     Warning mode (X=s/e for suppress/treat as error)

`-x'
     Exclude source files (check object consistency only).

`-z'
     No main subprogram.


   You may obtain this listing by running the program `gnatbind' with
no arguments.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Command-Line Access,  Next: Search Paths for gnatbind,  Prev: Summary of Binder Switches,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.10 Command-Line Access
========================

The package `Ada.Command_Line' provides access to the command-line
arguments and program name. In order for this interface to operate
correctly, the two variables

     int gnat_argc;
     char **gnat_argv;

are declared in one of the GNAT library routines. These variables must
be set from the actual `argc' and `argv' values passed to the main
program. With no `n' present, `gnatbind' generates the C main program
to automatically set these variables.  If the `n' switch is used, there
is no automatic way to set these variables. If they are not set, the
procedures in `Ada.Command_Line' will not be available, and any attempt
to use them will raise `Constraint_Error'. If command line access is
required, your main program must set `gnat_argc' and `gnat_argv' from
the `argc' and `argv' values passed to it.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Search Paths for gnatbind,  Next: Examples of gnatbind Usage,  Prev: Command-Line Access,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.11 Search Paths for `gnatbind'
================================

The binder takes the name of an ALI file as its argument and needs to
locate source files as well as other ALI files to verify object
consistency.

   For source files, it follows exactly the same search rules as `gcc'
(*note Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::). For ALI files the
directories searched are:

  1. The directory containing the ALI file named in the command line,
     unless the switch `-I-' is specified.

  2. All directories specified by `-I' switches on the `gnatbind'
     command line, in the order given.

  3. Each of the directories listed in the value of the
     `ADA_OBJECTS_PATH' environment variable.  Construct this value
     exactly as the `PATH' environment variable: a list of directory
     names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT
     version of GNAT).

  4. The content of the "ada_object_path" file which is part of the GNAT
     installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as
     the GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) unless the switch `-nostdlib' is
     specified.  *Note Installing an Ada Library::

In the binder the switch `-I' is used to specify both source and
library file paths. Use `-aI' instead if you want to specify source
paths only, and `-aO' if you want to specify library paths only. This
means that for the binder `-I'DIR is equivalent to `-aI'DIR `-aO'DIR.
The binder generates the bind file (a C language source file) in the
current working directory.

   The packages `Ada', `System', and `Interfaces' and their children
make up the GNAT Run-Time Library, together with the package GNAT and
its children, which contain a set of useful additional library
functions provided by GNAT. The sources for these units are needed by
the compiler and are kept together in one directory. The ALI files and
object files generated by compiling the RTL are needed by the binder
and the linker and are kept together in one directory, typically
different from the directory containing the sources. In a normal
installation, you need not specify these directory names when compiling
or binding. Either the environment variables or the built-in defaults
cause these files to be found.

   Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is
in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make
development environments much more flexible.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatbind Usage,  Prev: Search Paths for gnatbind,  Up: Binding Using gnatbind

5.12 Examples of `gnatbind' Usage
=================================

This section contains a number of examples of using the GNAT binding
utility `gnatbind'.

`gnatbind hello'
     The main program `Hello' (source program in `hello.adb') is bound
     using the standard switch settings. The generated main program is
     `b~hello.adb'. This is the normal, default use of the binder.

`gnatbind hello -o mainprog.adb'
     The main program `Hello' (source program in `hello.adb') is bound
     using the standard switch settings. The generated main program is
     `mainprog.adb' with the associated spec in `mainprog.ads'. Note
     that you must specify the body here not the spec, in the case
     where the output is in Ada. Note that if this option is used, then
     linking must be done manually, since gnatlink will not be able to
     find the generated file.

`gnatbind main -C -o mainprog.c -x'
     The main program `Main' (source program in `main.adb') is bound,
     excluding source files from the consistency checking, generating
     the file `mainprog.c'.

`gnatbind -x main_program -C -o mainprog.c'
     This command is exactly the same as the previous example. Switches
     may appear anywhere in the command line, and single letter
     switches may be combined into a single switch.

`gnatbind -n math dbase -C -o ada-control.c'
     The main program is in a language other than Ada, but calls to
     subprograms in packages `Math' and `Dbase' appear. This call to
     `gnatbind' generates the file `ada-control.c' containing the
     `adainit' and `adafinal' routines to be called before and after
     accessing the Ada units.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Linking Using gnatlink,  Next: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake,  Prev: Binding Using gnatbind,  Up: Top

6 Linking Using `gnatlink'
**************************

This chapter discusses `gnatlink', a utility program used to link Ada
programs and build an executable file. This is a simple program that
invokes the Unix linker (via the `gcc' command) with a correct list of
object files and library references.  `gnatlink' automatically
determines the list of files and references for the Ada part of a
program. It uses the binder file generated by the binder to determine
this list.

* Menu:

* Running gnatlink::
* Switches for gnatlink::
* Setting Stack Size from gnatlink::
* Setting Heap Size from gnatlink::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatlink,  Next: Switches for gnatlink,  Up: Linking Using gnatlink

6.1 Running `gnatlink'
======================

The form of the `gnatlink' command is

     $ gnatlink [SWITCHES] MAINPROG[.ali] [NON-ADA OBJECTS]
           [LINKER OPTIONS]

`MAINPROG.ali' references the ALI file of the main program.  The `.ali'
extension of this file can be omitted. From this reference, `gnatlink'
locates the corresponding binder file `b~MAINPROG.adb' and, using the
information in this file along with the list of non-Ada objects and
linker options, constructs a Unix linker command file to create the
executable.

   The arguments following `MAINPROG.ali' are passed to the linker
uninterpreted. They typically include the names of object files for
units written in other languages than Ada and any library references
required to resolve references in any of these foreign language units,
or in `pragma Import' statements in any Ada units.

   LINKER OPTIONS is an optional list of linker specific switches. The
default linker called by gnatlink is GCC which in turn calls the
appropriate system linker usually called LD. Standard options for the
linker such as `-lmy_lib' or `-Ldir' can be added as is. For options
that are not recognized by GCC as linker options, the GCC switches
`-Xlinker' or `-Wl,' shall be used. Refer to the GCC documentation for
details. Here is an example showing how to generate a linker map
assuming that the underlying linker is GNU ld:

     $ gnatlink my_prog -Wl,-Map,MAPFILE

   Using LINKER OPTIONS it is possible to set the program stack and
heap size. See *note Setting Stack Size from gnatlink:: and *note
Setting Heap Size from gnatlink::.

   `gnatlink' determines the list of objects required by the Ada
program and prepends them to the list of objects passed to the linker.
`gnatlink' also gathers any arguments set by the use of `pragma
Linker_Options' and adds them to the list of arguments presented to the
linker.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatlink,  Next: Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,  Prev: Running gnatlink,  Up: Linking Using gnatlink

6.2 Switches for `gnatlink'
===========================

The following switches are available with the `gnatlink' utility:

`-A'
     The binder has generated code in Ada. This is the default.

`-C'
     If instead of generating a file in Ada, the binder has generated
     one in C, then the linker needs to know about it. Use this switch
     to signal to `gnatlink' that the binder has generated C code
     rather than Ada code.

`-f'
     On some targets, the command line length is limited, and `gnatlink'
     will generate a separate file for the linker if the list of object
     files is too long. The `-f' flag forces this file to be generated
     even if the limit is not exceeded. This is useful in some cases to
     deal with special situations where the command line length is
     exceeded.

`-g'
     The option to include debugging information causes the Ada bind
     file (in other words, `b~MAINPROG.adb') to be compiled with `-g'.
     In addition, the binder does not delete the `b~MAINPROG.adb',
     `b~MAINPROG.o' and `b~MAINPROG.ali' files.  Without `-g', the
     binder removes these files by default. The same procedure apply if
     a C bind file was generated using `-C' `gnatbind' option, in this
     case the filenames are `b_MAINPROG.c' and `b_MAINPROG.o'.

`-n'
     Do not compile the file generated by the binder. This may be used
     when a link is rerun with different options, but there is no need
     to recompile the binder file.

`-v'
     Causes additional information to be output, including a full list
     of the included object files. This switch option is most useful
     when you want to see what set of object files are being used in
     the link step.

`-v -v'
     Very verbose mode. Requests that the compiler operate in verbose
     mode when it compiles the binder file, and that the system linker
     run in verbose mode.

`-o EXEC-NAME'
     EXEC-NAME specifies an alternate name for the generated executable
     program. If this switch is omitted, the executable has the same
     name as the main unit. For example, `gnatlink try.ali' creates an
     executable called `try'.

`-b TARGET'
     Compile your program to run on TARGET, which is the name of a
     system configuration. You must have a GNAT cross-compiler built if
     TARGET is not the same as your host system.

`-BDIR'
     Load compiler executables (for example, `gnat1', the Ada compiler)
     from DIR instead of the default location. Only use this switch
     when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available. See the
     `gcc' manual page for further details. You would normally use the
     `-b' or `-V' switch instead.

`--GCC=COMPILER_NAME'
     Program used for compiling the binder file. The default is
     ``gcc''. You need to use quotes around COMPILER_NAME if
     `compiler_name' contains spaces or other separator characters. As
     an example `--GCC="foo -x -y"' will instruct `gnatlink' to use
     `foo -x -y' as your compiler. Note that switch `-c' is always
     inserted after your command name. Thus in the above example the
     compiler command that will be used by `gnatlink' will be `foo -c
     -x -y'.  If several `--GCC=compiler_name' are used, only the last
     COMPILER_NAME is taken into account. However, all the additional
     switches are also taken into account. Thus, `--GCC="foo -x -y"
     --GCC="bar -z -t"' is equivalent to `--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"'.

`--LINK=NAME'
     NAME is the name of the linker to be invoked. This is especially
     useful in mixed language programs since languages such as c++
     require their own linker to be used. When this switch is omitted,
     the default name for the linker is (`gcc'). When this switch is
     used, the specified linker is called instead of (`gcc') with
     exactly the same parameters that would have been passed to (`gcc')
     so if the desired linker requires different parameters it is
     necessary to use a wrapper script that massages the parameters
     before invoking the real linker. It may be useful to control the
     exact invocation by using the verbose switch.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,  Next: Setting Heap Size from gnatlink,  Prev: Switches for gnatlink,  Up: Linking Using gnatlink

6.3 Setting Stack Size from `gnatlink'
======================================

It is possible to specify the program stack size from `gnatlink'.
Assuming that the underlying linker is GNU ld there is two ways to do
so:

   * using `-Xlinker' linker option

          $ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --stack=0x10000,0x1000

     This set the stack reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the stack
     commit size to 0x1000 bytes.

   * using `-Wl' linker option

          $ gnatlink hello -Wl,--stack=0x1000000

     This set the stack reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
     `-Wl' option it is not possible to set the stack commit size
     because the coma is a separator for this option.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Setting Heap Size from gnatlink,  Prev: Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,  Up: Linking Using gnatlink

6.4 Setting Heap Size from `gnatlink'
=====================================

It is possible to specify the program heap size from `gnatlink'.
Assuming that the underlying linker is GNU ld there is two ways to do
so:

   * using `-Xlinker' linker option

          $ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --heap=0x10000,0x1000

     This set the heap reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the heap commit
     size to 0x1000 bytes.

   * using `-Wl' linker option

          $ gnatlink hello -Wl,--heap=0x1000000

     This set the heap reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
     `-Wl' option it is not possible to set the heap commit size
     because the coma is a separator for this option.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake,  Next: Renaming Files Using gnatchop,  Prev: Linking Using gnatlink,  Up: Top

7 The GNAT Make Program `gnatmake'
**********************************

* Menu:

* Running gnatmake::
* Switches for gnatmake::
* Mode Switches for gnatmake::
* Notes on the Command Line::
* How gnatmake Works::
* Examples of gnatmake Usage::
A typical development cycle when working on an Ada program consists of
the following steps:

  1. Edit some sources to fix bugs.

  2. Add enhancements.

  3. Compile all sources affected.

  4. Rebind and relink.

  5. Test.

The third step can be tricky, because not only do the modified files have
to be compiled, but any files depending on these files must also be
recompiled. The dependency rules in Ada can be quite complex, especially
in the presence of overloading, `use' clauses, generics and inlined
subprograms.

   `gnatmake' automatically takes care of the third and fourth steps of
this process. It determines which sources need to be compiled, compiles
them, and binds and links the resulting object files.

   Unlike some other Ada make programs, the dependencies are always
accurately recomputed from the new sources. The source based approach of
the GNAT compilation model makes this possible. This means that if
changes to the source program cause corresponding changes in
dependencies, they will always be tracked exactly correctly by
`gnatmake'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatmake,  Next: Switches for gnatmake,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.1 Running `gnatmake'
======================

The usual form of the `gnatmake' command is

     $ gnatmake [SWITCHES] FILE_NAME [FILE_NAMES] [MODE_SWITCHES]

The only required argument is one FILE_NAME, which specifies a
compilation unit that is a main program. Several FILE_NAMES can be
specified: this will result in several executables being built.  If
`switches' are present, they can be placed before the first FILE_NAME,
between FILE_NAMES or after the last FILE_NAME.  If MODE_SWITCHES are
present, they must always be placed after the last FILE_NAME and all
`switches'.

   If you are using standard file extensions (.adb and .ads), then the
extension may be omitted from the FILE_NAME arguments. However, if you
are using non-standard extensions, then it is required that the
extension be given. A relative or absolute directory path can be
specified in a FILE_NAME, in which case, the input source file will be
searched for in the specified directory only. Otherwise, the input
source file will first be searched in the directory where `gnatmake'
was invoked and if it is not found, it will be search on the source
path of the compiler as described in *Note Search Paths and the
Run-Time Library (RTL)::.

   When several FILE_NAMES are specified, if an executable needs to be
rebuilt and relinked, all subsequent executables will be rebuilt and
relinked, even if this would not be absolutely necessary.

   All `gnatmake' output (except when you specify `-M') is to `stderr'.
The output produced by the `-M' switch is send to `stdout'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatmake,  Next: Mode Switches for gnatmake,  Prev: Running gnatmake,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.2 Switches for `gnatmake'
===========================

You may specify any of the following switches to `gnatmake':

`--GCC=COMPILER_NAME'
     Program used for compiling. The default is ``gcc''. You need to use
     quotes around COMPILER_NAME if `compiler_name' contains spaces or
     other separator characters. As an example `--GCC="foo -x -y"' will
     instruct `gnatmake' to use `foo -x -y' as your compiler. Note that
     switch `-c' is always inserted after your command name. Thus in
     the above example the compiler command that will be used by
     `gnatmake' will be `foo -c -x -y'.  If several
     `--GCC=compiler_name' are used, only the last COMPILER_NAME is
     taken into account. However, all the additional switches are also
     taken into account. Thus, `--GCC="foo -x -y" --GCC="bar -z -t"' is
     equivalent to `--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"'.

`--GNATBIND=BINDER_NAME'
     Program used for binding. The default is ``gnatbind''. You need to
     use quotes around BINDER_NAME if BINDER_NAME contains spaces or
     other separator characters. As an example `--GNATBIND="bar -x -y"'
     will instruct `gnatmake' to use `bar -x -y' as your binder. Binder
     switches that are normally appended by `gnatmake' to ``gnatbind''
     are now appended to the end of `bar -x -y'.

`--GNATLINK=LINKER_NAME'
     Program used for linking. The default is ``gnatlink''. You need to
     use quotes around LINKER_NAME if LINKER_NAME contains spaces or
     other separator characters. As an example `--GNATLINK="lan -x -y"'
     will instruct `gnatmake' to use `lan -x -y' as your linker. Linker
     switches that are normally appended by `gnatmake' to ``gnatlink''
     are now appended to the end of `lan -x -y'.

`-a'
     Consider all files in the make process, even the GNAT internal
     system files (for example, the predefined Ada library files), as
     well as any locked files. Locked files are files whose ALI file is
     write-protected.  By default, `gnatmake' does not check these
     files, because the assumption is that the GNAT internal files are
     properly up to date, and also that any write protected ALI files
     have been properly installed. Note that if there is an
     installation problem, such that one of these files is not up to
     date, it will be properly caught by the binder.  You may have to
     specify this switch if you are working on GNAT itself. `-a' is
     also useful in conjunction with `-f' if you need to recompile an
     entire application, including run-time files, using special
     configuration pragma settings, such as a non-standard
     `Float_Representation' pragma.  By default `gnatmake -a' compiles
     all GNAT internal files with `gcc -c -gnatpg' rather than `gcc -c'.

`-b'
     Bind only. Can be combined with `-c' to do compilation and
     binding, but no link. Can be combined with `-l' to do binding and
     linking. When not combined with `-c' all the units in the closure
     of the main program must have been previously compiled and must be
     up to date. The root unit specified by FILE_NAME may be given
     without extension, with the source extension or, if no GNAT
     Project File is specified, with the ALI file extension.

`-c'
     Compile only. Do not perform binding, except when `-b' is also
     specified. Do not perform linking, except if both `-b' and  `-l'
     are also specified.  If the root unit specified by FILE_NAME is
     not a main unit, this is the default. Otherwise `gnatmake' will
     attempt binding and linking unless all objects are up to date and
     the executable is more recent than the objects.

`-C'
     Use a mapping file. A mapping file is a way to communicate to the
     compiler two mappings: from unit names to file names (without any
     directory information) and from file names to path names (with
     full directory information).  These mappings are used by the
     compiler to short-circuit the path search.  When `gnatmake' is
     invoked with this switch, it will create a mapping file, initially
     populated by the project manager, if `-P' is used, otherwise
     initially empty. Each invocation of the compiler will add the newly
     accessed sources to the mapping file. This will improve the source
     search during the next invocation of the compiler.

`-f'
     Force recompilations. Recompile all sources, even though some
     object files may be up to date, but don't recompile predefined or
     GNAT internal files or locked files (files with a write-protected
     ALI file), unless the `-a' switch is also specified.

`'

`-i'
     In normal mode, `gnatmake' compiles all object files and ALI files
     into the current directory. If the `-i' switch is used, then
     instead object files and ALI files that already exist are
     overwritten in place. This means that once a large project is
     organized into separate directories in the desired manner, then
     `gnatmake' will automatically maintain and update this
     organization. If no ALI files are found on the Ada object path
     (*Note Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::), the new
     object and ALI files are created in the directory containing the
     source being compiled. If another organization is desired, where
     objects and sources are kept in different directories, a useful
     technique is to create dummy ALI files in the desired directories.
     When detecting such a dummy file, `gnatmake' will be forced to
     recompile the corresponding source file, and it will be put the
     resulting object and ALI files in the directory where it found the
     dummy file.

`-jN'
     Use N processes to carry out the (re)compilations. On a
     multiprocessor machine compilations will occur in parallel. In the
     event of compilation errors, messages from various compilations
     might get interspersed (but `gnatmake' will give you the full
     ordered list of failing compiles at the end). If this is
     problematic, rerun the make process with n set to 1 to get a clean
     list of messages.

`-k'
     Keep going. Continue as much as possible after a compilation
     error. To ease the programmer's task in case of compilation
     errors, the list of sources for which the compile fails is given
     when `gnatmake' terminates.

     If `gnatmake' is invoked with several `file_names' and with this
     switch, if there are compilation errors when building an
     executable, `gnatmake' will not attempt to build the following
     executables.

`-l'
     Link only. Can be combined with `-b' to binding and linking.
     Linking will not be performed if combined with `-c' but not with
     `-b'.  When not combined with `-b' all the units in the closure of
     the main program must have been previously compiled and must be up
     to date, and the main program need to have been bound.  The root
     unit specified by FILE_NAME may be given without extension, with
     the source extension or, if no GNAT Project File is specified,
     with the ALI file extension.

`-m'
     Specifies that the minimum necessary amount of recompilations be
     performed. In this mode `gnatmake' ignores time stamp differences
     when the only modifications to a source file consist in
     adding/removing comments, empty lines, spaces or tabs. This means
     that if you have changed the comments in a source file or have
     simply reformatted it, using this switch will tell gnatmake not to
     recompile files that depend on it (provided other sources on which
     these files depend have undergone no semantic modifications). Note
     that the debugging information may be out of date with respect to
     the sources if the `-m' switch causes a compilation to be
     switched, so the use of this switch represents a trade-off between
     compilation time and accurate debugging information.

`-M'
     Check if all objects are up to date. If they are, output the object
     dependences to `stdout' in a form that can be directly exploited in
     a `Makefile'. By default, each source file is prefixed with its
     (relative or absolute) directory name. This name is whatever you
     specified in the various `-aI' and `-I' switches. If you use
     `gnatmake -M' `-q' (see below), only the source file names,
     without relative paths, are output. If you just specify the `-M'
     switch, dependencies of the GNAT internal system files are
     omitted. This is typically what you want. If you also specify the
     `-a' switch, dependencies of the GNAT internal files are also
     listed. Note that dependencies of the objects in external Ada
     libraries (see switch `-aL'DIR in the following list) are never
     reported.

`-n'
     Don't compile, bind, or link. Checks if all objects are up to date.
     If they are not, the full name of the first file that needs to be
     recompiled is printed.  Repeated use of this option, followed by
     compiling the indicated source file, will eventually result in
     recompiling all required units.

`-o EXEC_NAME'
     Output executable name. The name of the final executable program
     will be EXEC_NAME. If the `-o' switch is omitted the default name
     for the executable will be the name of the input file in
     appropriate form for an executable file on the host system.

     This switch cannot be used when invoking `gnatmake' with several
     `file_names'.

`-q'
     Quiet. When this flag is not set, the commands carried out by
     `gnatmake' are displayed.

`-s'
     Recompile if compiler switches have changed since last compilation.
     All compiler switches but -I and -o are taken into account in the
     following way: orders between different "first letter" switches
     are ignored, but orders between same switches are taken into
     account. For example, `-O -O2' is different than `-O2 -O', but `-g
     -O' is equivalent to `-O -g'.

`-u'
     Unique. Recompile at most the main file. It implies -c. Combined
     with -f, it is equivalent to calling the compiler directly.

`-v'
     Verbose. Displays the reason for all recompilations `gnatmake'
     decides are necessary.

`-z'
     No main subprogram. Bind and link the program even if the unit name
     given on the command line is a package name. The resulting
     executable will execute the elaboration routines of the package
     and its closure, then the finalization routines.

``gcc' switches'
     The switch `-g' or any uppercase switch (other than `-A', `-L' or
     `-S') or any switch that is more than one character is passed to
     `gcc' (e.g. `-O', `-gnato,' etc.)

Source and library search path switches:

`-aIDIR'
     When looking for source files also look in directory DIR.  The
     order in which source files search is undertaken is described in
     *Note Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)::.

`-aLDIR'
     Consider DIR as being an externally provided Ada library.
     Instructs `gnatmake' to skip compilation units whose `.ali' files
     have been located in directory DIR. This allows you to have
     missing bodies for the units in DIR and to ignore out of date
     bodies for the same units. You still need to specify the location
     of the specs for these units by using the switches `-aIDIR' or
     `-IDIR'.  Note: this switch is provided for compatibility with
     previous versions of `gnatmake'. The easier method of causing
     standard libraries to be excluded from consideration is to
     write-protect the corresponding ALI files.

`-aODIR'
     When searching for library and object files, look in directory
     DIR. The order in which library files are searched is described in
     *Note Search Paths for gnatbind::.

`-ADIR'
     Equivalent to `-aLDIR -aIDIR'.

`-IDIR'
     Equivalent to `-aODIR -aIDIR'.

`-I-'
     Do not look for source files in the directory containing the source
     file named in the command line.  Do not look for ALI or object
     files in the directory where `gnatmake' was invoked.

`-LDIR'
     Add directory DIR to the list of directories in which the linker
     will search for libraries. This is equivalent to `-largs -L'DIR.

`-nostdinc'
     Do not look for source files in the system default directory.

`-nostdlib'
     Do not look for library files in the system default directory.

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. We look for
     the runtime in the following directories, and stop as soon as a
     valid runtime is found ("adainclude" or "ada_source_path", and
     "adalib" or "ada_object_path" present):

        * <current directory>/$rts_path

        * <default-search-dir>/$rts_path

        * <default-search-dir>/rts-$rts_path

     The selected path is handled like a normal RTS path.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Mode Switches for gnatmake,  Next: Notes on the Command Line,  Prev: Switches for gnatmake,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.3 Mode Switches for `gnatmake'
================================

The mode switches (referred to as `mode_switches') allow the inclusion
of switches that are to be passed to the compiler itself, the binder or
the linker. The effect of a mode switch is to cause all subsequent
switches up to the end of the switch list, or up to the next mode
switch, to be interpreted as switches to be passed on to the designated
component of GNAT.

`-cargs SWITCHES'
     Compiler switches. Here SWITCHES is a list of switches that are
     valid switches for `gcc'. They will be passed on to all compile
     steps performed by `gnatmake'.

`-bargs SWITCHES'
     Binder switches. Here SWITCHES is a list of switches that are
     valid switches for `gcc'. They will be passed on to all bind steps
     performed by `gnatmake'.

`-largs SWITCHES'
     Linker switches. Here SWITCHES is a list of switches that are
     valid switches for `gcc'. They will be passed on to all link steps
     performed by `gnatmake'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Notes on the Command Line,  Next: How gnatmake Works,  Prev: Mode Switches for gnatmake,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.4 Notes on the Command Line
=============================

This section contains some additional useful notes on the operation of
the `gnatmake' command.

   * If `gnatmake' finds no ALI files, it recompiles the main program
     and all other units required by the main program.  This means that
     `gnatmake' can be used for the initial compile, as well as during
     subsequent steps of the development cycle.

   * If you enter `gnatmake FILE.adb', where `FILE.adb' is a subunit or
     body of a generic unit, `gnatmake' recompiles `FILE.adb' (because
     it finds no ALI) and stops, issuing a warning.

   * In `gnatmake' the switch `-I' is used to specify both source and
     library file paths. Use `-aI' instead if you just want to specify
     source paths only and `-aO' if you want to specify library paths
     only.

   * `gnatmake' examines both an ALI file and its corresponding object
     file for consistency. If an ALI is more recent than its
     corresponding object, or if the object file is missing, the
     corresponding source will be recompiled.  Note that `gnatmake'
     expects an ALI and the corresponding object file to be in the same
     directory.

   * `gnatmake' will ignore any files whose ALI file is write-protected.
     This may conveniently be used to exclude standard libraries from
     consideration and in particular it means that the use of the `-f'
     switch will not recompile these files unless `-a' is also
     specified.

   * `gnatmake' has been designed to make the use of Ada libraries
     particularly convenient. Assume you have an Ada library organized
     as follows: OBJ-DIR contains the objects and ALI files for of your
     Ada compilation units, whereas INCLUDE-DIR contains the specs of
     these units, but no bodies. Then to compile a unit stored in
     `main.adb', which uses this Ada library you would just type

          $ gnatmake -aIINCLUDE-DIR  -aLOBJ-DIR  main

   * Using `gnatmake' along with the `-m (minimal recompilation)'
     switch provides a mechanism for avoiding unnecessary
     rcompilations. Using this switch, you can update the
     comments/format of your source files without having to recompile
     everything. Note, however, that adding or deleting lines in a
     source files may render its debugging info obsolete. If the file
     in question is a spec, the impact is rather limited, as that
     debugging info will only be useful during the elaboration phase of
     your program. For bodies the impact can be more significant. In
     all events, your debugger will warn you if a source file is more
     recent than the corresponding object, and alert you to the fact
     that the debugging information may be out of date.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: How gnatmake Works,  Next: Examples of gnatmake Usage,  Prev: Notes on the Command Line,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.5 How `gnatmake' Works
========================

Generally `gnatmake' automatically performs all necessary
recompilations and you don't need to worry about how it works. However,
it may be useful to have some basic understanding of the `gnatmake'
approach and in particular to understand how it uses the results of
previous compilations without incorrectly depending on them.

   First a definition: an object file is considered "up to date" if the
corresponding ALI file exists and its time stamp predates that of the
object file and if all the source files listed in the dependency
section of this ALI file have time stamps matching those in the ALI
file. This means that neither the source file itself nor any files that
it depends on have been modified, and hence there is no need to
recompile this file.

   `gnatmake' works by first checking if the specified main unit is up
to date. If so, no compilations are required for the main unit. If not,
`gnatmake' compiles the main program to build a new ALI file that
reflects the latest sources. Then the ALI file of the main unit is
examined to find all the source files on which the main program depends,
and `gnatmake' recursively applies the above procedure on all these
files.

   This process ensures that `gnatmake' only trusts the dependencies in
an existing ALI file if they are known to be correct. Otherwise it
always recompiles to determine a new, guaranteed accurate set of
dependencies. As a result the program is compiled "upside down" from
what may be more familiar as the required order of compilation in some
other Ada systems. In particular, clients are compiled before the units
on which they depend. The ability of GNAT to compile in any order is
critical in allowing an order of compilation to be chosen that
guarantees that `gnatmake' will recompute a correct set of new
dependencies if necessary.

   When invoking `gnatmake' with several FILE_NAMES, if a unit is
imported by several of the executables, it will be recompiled at most
once.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatmake Usage,  Prev: How gnatmake Works,  Up: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake

7.6 Examples of `gnatmake' Usage
================================

`gnatmake hello.adb'
     Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program
     `hello.adb' (containing unit `Hello') and bind and link the
     resulting object files to generate an executable file `hello'.

`gnatmake main1 main2 main3'
     Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main programs
     `main1.adb' (containing unit `Main1'), `main2.adb' (containing
     unit `Main2') and `main3.adb' (containing unit `Main3') and bind
     and link the resulting object files to generate three executable
     files `main1', `main2' and `main3'.

`gnatmake -q Main_Unit -cargs -O2 -bargs -l'
     Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program unit
     `Main_Unit' (from file `main_unit.adb'). All compilations will be
     done with optimization level 2 and the order of elaboration will be
     listed by the binder. `gnatmake' will operate in quiet mode, not
     displaying commands it is executing.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Renaming Files Using gnatchop,  Next: Configuration Pragmas,  Prev: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake,  Up: Top

8 Renaming Files Using `gnatchop'
*********************************

This chapter discusses how to handle files with multiple units by using
the `gnatchop' utility. This utility is also useful in renaming files
to meet the standard GNAT default file naming conventions.

* Menu:

* Handling Files with Multiple Units::
* Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode::
* Command Line for gnatchop::
* Switches for gnatchop::
* Examples of gnatchop Usage::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Handling Files with Multiple Units,  Next: Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,  Up: Renaming Files Using gnatchop

8.1 Handling Files with Multiple Units
======================================

The basic compilation model of GNAT requires that a file submitted to
the compiler have only one unit and there be a strict correspondence
between the file name and the unit name.

   The `gnatchop' utility allows both of these rules to be relaxed,
allowing GNAT to process files which contain multiple compilation units
and files with arbitrary file names. `gnatchop' reads the specified
file and generates one or more output files, containing one unit per
file. The unit and the file name correspond, as required by GNAT.

   If you want to permanently restructure a set of "foreign" files so
that they match the GNAT rules, and do the remaining development using
the GNAT structure, you can simply use `gnatchop' once, generate the
new set of files and work with them from that point on.

   Alternatively, if you want to keep your files in the "foreign"
format, perhaps to maintain compatibility with some other Ada
compilation system, you can set up a procedure where you use `gnatchop'
each time you compile, regarding the source files that it writes as
temporary files that you throw away.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,  Next: Command Line for gnatchop,  Prev: Handling Files with Multiple Units,  Up: Renaming Files Using gnatchop

8.2 Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode
==========================================

The basic function of `gnatchop' is to take a file with multiple units
and split it into separate files. The boundary between files is
reasonably clear, except for the issue of comments and pragmas. In
default mode, the rule is that any pragmas between units belong to the
previous unit, except that configuration pragmas always belong to the
following unit. Any comments belong to the following unit. These rules
almost always result in the right choice of the split point without
needing to mark it explicitly and most users will find this default to
be what they want. In this default mode it is incorrect to submit a
file containing only configuration pragmas, or one that ends in
configuration pragmas, to `gnatchop'.

   However, using a special option to activate "compilation mode",
`gnatchop' can perform another function, which is to provide exactly
the semantics required by the RM for handling of configuration pragmas
in a compilation.  In the absence of configuration pragmas (at the main
file level), this option has no effect, but it causes such
configuration pragmas to be handled in a quite different manner.

   First, in compilation mode, if `gnatchop' is given a file that
consists of only configuration pragmas, then this file is appended to
the `gnat.adc' file in the current directory. This behavior provides
the required behavior described in the RM for the actions to be taken
on submitting such a file to the compiler, namely that these pragmas
should apply to all subsequent compilations in the same compilation
environment. Using GNAT, the current directory, possibly containing a
`gnat.adc' file is the representation of a compilation environment. For
more information on the `gnat.adc' file, see the section on handling of
configuration pragmas *note Handling of Configuration Pragmas::.

   Second, in compilation mode, if `gnatchop' is given a file that
starts with configuration pragmas, and contains one or more units, then
these configuration pragmas are prepended to each of the chopped files.
This behavior provides the required behavior described in the RM for the
actions to be taken on compiling such a file, namely that the pragmas
apply to all units in the compilation, but not to subsequently compiled
units.

   Finally, if configuration pragmas appear between units, they are
appended to the previous unit. This results in the previous unit being
illegal, since the compiler does not accept configuration pragmas that
follow a unit. This provides the required RM behavior that forbids
configuration pragmas other than those preceding the first compilation
unit of a compilation.

   For most purposes, `gnatchop' will be used in default mode. The
compilation mode described above is used only if you need exactly
accurate behavior with respect to compilations, and you have files that
contain multiple units and configuration pragmas. In this circumstance
the use of `gnatchop' with the compilation mode switch provides the
required behavior, and is for example the mode in which GNAT processes
the ACVC tests.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Command Line for gnatchop,  Next: Switches for gnatchop,  Prev: Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,  Up: Renaming Files Using gnatchop

8.3 Command Line for `gnatchop'
===============================

The `gnatchop' command has the form:

     $ gnatchop switches FILE NAME [FILE NAME FILE NAME ...]
           [DIRECTORY]

The only required argument is the file name of the file to be chopped.
There are no restrictions on the form of this file name. The file itself
contains one or more Ada units, in normal GNAT format, concatenated
together. As shown, more than one file may be presented to be chopped.

   When run in default mode, `gnatchop' generates one output file in
the current directory for each unit in each of the files.

   DIRECTORY, if specified, gives the name of the directory to which
the output files will be written. If it is not specified, all files are
written to the current directory.

   For example, given a file called `hellofiles' containing

     procedure hello;

     with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
     procedure hello is
     begin
        Put_Line ("Hello");
     end hello;

the command

     $ gnatchop hellofiles

generates two files in the current directory, one called `hello.ads'
containing the single line that is the procedure spec, and the other
called `hello.adb' containing the remaining text. The original file is
not affected. The generated files can be compiled in the normal manner.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatchop,  Next: Examples of gnatchop Usage,  Prev: Command Line for gnatchop,  Up: Renaming Files Using gnatchop

8.4 Switches for `gnatchop'
===========================

`gnatchop' recognizes the following switches:

`-c'
     Causes `gnatchop' to operate in compilation mode, in which
     configuration pragmas are handled according to strict RM rules. See
     previous section for a full description of this mode.

`-gnatxxx'
     This passes the given `-gnatxxx' switch to `gnat' which is used to
     parse the given file. Not all `xxx' options make sense, but for
     example, the use of `-gnati2' allows `gnatchop' to process a
     source file that uses Latin-2 coding for identifiers.

`-h'
     Causes `gnatchop' to generate a brief help summary to the standard
     output file showing usage information.

`-kMM'
     Limit generated file names to the specified number `mm' of
     characters.  This is useful if the resulting set of files is
     required to be interoperable with systems which limit the length
     of file names.  No space is allowed between the `-k' and the
     numeric value. The numeric value may be omitted in which case a
     default of `-k8', suitable for use with DOS-like file systems, is
     used. If no `-k' switch is present then there is no limit on the
     length of file names.

`-p'
     Causes the file modification time stamp of the input file to be
     preserved and used for the time stamp of the output file(s). This
     may be useful for preserving coherency of time stamps in an
     enviroment where `gnatchop' is used as part of a standard build
     process.

`-q'
     Causes output of informational messages indicating the set of
     generated files to be suppressed. Warnings and error messages are
     unaffected.

`-r'
     Generate `Source_Reference' pragmas. Use this switch if the output
     files are regarded as temporary and development is to be done in
     terms of the original unchopped file. This switch causes
     `Source_Reference' pragmas to be inserted into each of the
     generated files to refers back to the original file name and line
     number.  The result is that all error messages refer back to the
     original unchopped file.  In addition, the debugging information
     placed into the object file (when the `-g' switch of `gcc' or
     `gnatmake' is specified) also refers back to this original file so
     that tools like profilers and debuggers will give information in
     terms of the original unchopped file.

     If the original file to be chopped itself contains a
     `Source_Reference' pragma referencing a third file, then gnatchop
     respects this pragma, and the generated `Source_Reference' pragmas
     in the chopped file refer to the original file, with appropriate
     line numbers. This is particularly useful when `gnatchop' is used
     in conjunction with `gnatprep' to compile files that contain
     preprocessing statements and multiple units.

`-v'
     Causes `gnatchop' to operate in verbose mode. The version number
     and copyright notice are output, as well as exact copies of the
     gnat1 commands spawned to obtain the chop control information.

`-w'
     Overwrite existing file names. Normally `gnatchop' regards it as a
     fatal error if there is already a file with the same name as a
     file it would otherwise output, in other words if the files to be
     chopped contain duplicated units. This switch bypasses this check,
     and causes all but the last instance of such duplicated units to
     be skipped.

`--GCC=xxxx'
     Specify the path of the GNAT parser to be used. When this switch
     is used, no attempt is made to add the prefix to the GNAT parser
     executable.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatchop Usage,  Prev: Switches for gnatchop,  Up: Renaming Files Using gnatchop

8.5 Examples of `gnatchop' Usage
================================

`gnatchop -w hello_s.ada ichbiah/files'
     Chops the source file `hello_s.ada'. The output files will be
     placed in the directory `ichbiah/files', overwriting any files
     with matching names in that directory (no files in the current
     directory are modified).

`gnatchop archive'
     Chops the source file `archive' into the current directory. One
     useful application of `gnatchop' is in sending sets of sources
     around, for example in email messages. The required sources are
     simply concatenated (for example, using a Unix `cat' command), and
     then `gnatchop' is used at the other end to reconstitute the
     original file names.

`gnatchop file1 file2 file3 direc'
     Chops all units in files `file1', `file2', `file3', placing the
     resulting files in the directory `direc'. Note that if any units
     occur more than once anywhere within this set of files, an error
     message is generated, and no files are written. To override this
     check, use the `-w' switch, in which case the last occurrence in
     the last file will be the one that is output, and earlier
     duplicate occurrences for a given unit will be skipped.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Configuration Pragmas,  Next: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname,  Prev: Renaming Files Using gnatchop,  Up: Top

9 Configuration Pragmas
***********************

In Ada 95, configuration pragmas include those pragmas described as
such in the Ada 95 Reference Manual, as well as
implementation-dependent pragmas that are configuration pragmas. See the
individual descriptions of pragmas in the GNAT Reference Manual for
details on these additional GNAT-specific configuration pragmas. Most
notably, the pragma `Source_File_Name', which allows specifying
non-default names for source files, is a configuration pragma. The
following is a complete list of configuration pragmas recognized by
`GNAT':

        Ada_83
        Ada_95
        C_Pass_By_Copy
        Component_Alignment
        Discard_Names
        Elaboration_Checks
        Eliminate
        Extend_System
        Extensions_Allowed
        External_Name_Casing
        Float_Representation
        Initialize_Scalars
        License
        Locking_Policy
        Long_Float
        No_Run_Time
        Normalize_Scalars
        Polling
        Propagate_Exceptions
        Queuing_Policy
        Ravenscar
        Restricted_Run_Time
        Restrictions
        Reviewable
        Source_File_Name
        Style_Checks
        Suppress
        Task_Dispatching_Policy
        Unsuppress
        Use_VADS_Size
        Warnings
        Validity_Checks

* Menu:

* Handling of Configuration Pragmas::
* The Configuration Pragmas Files::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Handling of Configuration Pragmas,  Next: The Configuration Pragmas Files,  Up: Configuration Pragmas

9.1 Handling of Configuration Pragmas
=====================================

Configuration pragmas may either appear at the start of a compilation
unit, in which case they apply only to that unit, or they may apply to
all compilations performed in a given compilation environment.

   GNAT also provides the `gnatchop' utility to provide an automatic
way to handle configuration pragmas following the semantics for
compilations (that is, files with multiple units), described in the RM.
See section *note Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode:: for details.
However, for most purposes, it will be more convenient to edit the
`gnat.adc' file that contains configuration pragmas directly, as
described in the following section.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The Configuration Pragmas Files,  Prev: Handling of Configuration Pragmas,  Up: Configuration Pragmas

9.2 The Configuration Pragmas Files
===================================

In GNAT a compilation environment is defined by the current directory
at the time that a compile command is given. This current directory is
searched for a file whose name is `gnat.adc'. If this file is present,
it is expected to contain one or more configuration pragmas that will
be applied to the current compilation.  However, if the switch `-gnatA'
is used, `gnat.adc' is not considered.

   Configuration pragmas may be entered into the `gnat.adc' file either
by running `gnatchop' on a source file that consists only of
configuration pragmas, or more conveniently  by direct editing of the
`gnat.adc' file, which is a standard format source file.

   In addition to `gnat.adc', one additional file containing
configuration pragmas may be applied to the current compilation using
the switch `-gnatec'PATH. PATH must designate an existing file that
contains only configuration pragmas. These configuration pragmas are in
addition to those found in `gnat.adc' (provided `gnat.adc' is present
and switch `-gnatA' is not used).

   It is allowed to specify several switches `-gnatec', however only
the last one on the command line will be taken into account.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname,  Next: GNAT Project Manager,  Prev: Configuration Pragmas,  Up: Top

10 Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using `gnatname'
**************************************************************

* Menu:

* Arbitrary File Naming Conventions::
* Running gnatname::
* Switches for gnatname::
* Examples of gnatname Usage::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Arbitrary File Naming Conventions,  Next: Running gnatname,  Up: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname

10.1 Arbitrary File Naming Conventions
======================================

The GNAT compiler must be able to know the source file name of a
compilation unit.  When using the standard GNAT default file naming
conventions (`.ads' for specs, `.adb' for bodies), the GNAT compiler
does not need additional information.

When the source file names do not follow the standard GNAT default file
naming conventions, the GNAT compiler must be given additional
information through a configuration pragmas file (see *Note
Configuration Pragmas::) or a project file.  When the non standard file
naming conventions are well-defined, a small number of pragmas
`Source_File_Name' specifying a naming pattern (see *Note Alternative
File Naming Schemes::) may be sufficient. However, if the file naming
conventions are irregular or arbitrary, a number of pragma
`Source_File_Name' for individual compilation units must be defined.
To help maintain the correspondence between compilation unit names and
source file names within the compiler, GNAT provides a tool `gnatname'
to generate the required pragmas for a set of files.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatname,  Next: Switches for gnatname,  Prev: Arbitrary File Naming Conventions,  Up: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname

10.2 Running `gnatname'
=======================

The usual form of the `gnatname' command is

     $ gnatname [SWITCHES] NAMING_PATTERN [NAMING_PATTERNS]

All of the arguments are optional. If invoked without any argument,
`gnatname' will display its usage.

When used with at least one naming pattern, `gnatname' will attempt to
find all the compilation units in files that follow at least one of the
naming patterns. To find these compilation units, `gnatname' will use
the GNAT compiler in syntax-check-only mode on all regular files.

One or several Naming Patterns may be given as arguments to `gnatname'.
Each Naming Pattern is enclosed between double quotes.  A Naming
Pattern is a regular expression similar to the wildcard patterns used
in file names by the Unix shells or the DOS prompt.

Examples of Naming Patterns are

        "*.[12].ada"
        "*.ad[sb]*"
        "body_*"    "spec_*"

For a more complete description of the syntax of Naming Patterns, see
the second kind of regular expressions described in `g-regexp.ads' (the
"Glob" regular expressions).

When invoked with no switches, `gnatname' will create a configuration
pragmas file `gnat.adc' in the current working directory, with pragmas
`Source_File_Name' for each file that contains a valid Ada unit.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatname,  Next: Examples of gnatname Usage,  Prev: Running gnatname,  Up: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname

10.3 Switches for `gnatname'
============================

Switches for `gnatname' must precede any specified Naming Pattern.

You may specify any of the following switches to `gnatname':

`-c`file''
     Create a configuration pragmas file `file' (instead of the default
     `gnat.adc'). There may be zero, one or more space between `-c' and
     `file'. `file' may include directory information. `file' must be
     writeable. There may be only one switch `-c'. When a switch `-c' is
     specified, no switch `-P' may be specified (see below).

`-d`dir''
     Look for source files in directory `dir'. There may be zero, one
     or more spaces between `-d' and `dir'. When a switch `-d' is
     specified, the current working directory will not be searched for
     source files, unless it is explictly specified with a `-d' or `-D'
     switch. Several switches `-d' may be specified. If `dir' is a
     relative path, it is relative to the directory of the
     configuration pragmas file specified with switch `-c', or to the
     directory of the project file specified with switch `-P' or, if
     neither switch `-c' nor switch `-P' are specified, it is relative
     to the current working directory. The directory specified with
     switch `-c' must exist and be readable.

`-D`file''
     Look for source files in all directories listed in text file
     `file'. There may be zero, one or more spaces between `-d' and
     `dir'. `file' must be an existing, readable text file. Each non
     empty line in `file' must be a directory. Specifying switch `-D'
     is equivalent to specifying as many switches `-d' as there are non
     empty lines in `file'.

`-h'
     Output usage (help) information. The output is written to `stdout'.

`-P`proj''
     Create or update project file `proj'. There may be zero, one or
     more space between `-P' and `proj'. `proj' may include directory
     information.  `proj' must be writeable. There may be only one
     switch `-P'.  When a switch `-P' is specified, no switch `-c' may
     be specified.

`-v'
     Verbose mode. Output detailed explanation of behavior to `stdout'.
     This includes name of the file written, the name of the
     directories to search and, for each file in those directories
     whose name matches at least one of the Naming Patterns, an
     indication of whether the file contains a unit, and if so the name
     of the unit.

`-v -v'
     Very Verbose mode. In addition to the output produced in verbose
     mode, for each file in the searched directories whose name matches
     none of the Naming Patterns, an indication is given that there is
     no match.

`-x`pattern''
     Excluded patterns. Using this switch, it is possible to exclude
     some files that would match the name patterns. For example,
     `"gnatname -x "*_nt.ada" "*.ada"' will look for Ada units in all
     files with the `.ada' extension, except those whose names end with
     `_nt.ada'.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatname Usage,  Prev: Switches for gnatname,  Up: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname

10.4 Examples of `gnatname' Usage
=================================

     $ gnatname -c /home/me/names.adc -d sources "[a-z]*.ada*"

   In this example, the directory `/home/me' must already exist and be
writeable. In addition, the directory `/home/me/sources' (specified by
`-d sources') must exist and be readable. Note the optional spaces after
`-c' and `-d'.

     $ gnatname -P/home/me/proj -x "*_nt_body.ada" -dsources -dsources/plus -Dcommon_dirs.txt "body_*" "spec_*"

   Note that several switches `-d' may be used, even in conjunction
with one or several switches `-D'. Several Naming Patterns and one
excluded pattern are used in this example.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: GNAT Project Manager,  Next: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,  Prev: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname,  Up: Top

11 GNAT Project Manager
***********************

* Menu:

* Introduction::
* Examples of Project Files::
* Project File Syntax::
* Objects and Sources in Project Files::
* Importing Projects::
* Project Extension::
* External References in Project Files::
* Packages in Project Files::
* Variables from Imported Projects::
* Naming Schemes::
* Library Projects::
* Switches Related to Project Files::
* Tools Supporting Project Files::
* An Extended Example::
* Project File Complete Syntax::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Examples of Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.1 Introduction
=================

This chapter describes GNAT's _Project Manager_, a facility that lets
you configure various properties for a collection of source files.  In
particular, you can specify:
   * The directory or set of directories containing the source files,
     and/or the names of the specific source files themselves

   * The directory in which the compiler's output (`ALI' files, object
     files, tree files) will be placed

   * The directory in which the executable programs will be placed

   * Switch settings for any of the project-enabled tools (`gnatmake',
     compiler, binder, linker, `gnatls', `gnatxref', `gnatfind'); you
     can apply these settings either globally or to individual units

   * The source files containing the main subprogram(s) to be built

   * The source programming language(s) (currently Ada and/or C)

   * Source file naming conventions; you can specify these either
     globally or for individual units

* Menu:

* Project Files::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project Files,  Up: Introduction

11.1.1 Project Files
--------------------

A "project" is a specific set of values for these properties.  You can
define a project's settings in a "project file", a text file with an
Ada-like syntax; a property value is either a string or a list of
strings.  Properties that are not explicitly set receive default
values.  A project file may interrogate the values of "external
variables" (user-defined command-line switches or environment
variables), and it may specify property settings conditionally, based
on the value of such variables.

   In simple cases, a project's source files depend only on other
source files in the same project, or on the predefined libraries.
("Dependence" is in the technical sense; for example, one Ada unit
"with"ing another.)  However, the Project Manager also allows much more
sophisticated arrangements, with the source files in one project
depending on source files in other projects:
   * One project can _import_ other projects containing needed source
     files.

   * You can organize GNAT projects in a hierarchy: a _child_ project
     can extend a _parent_ project, inheriting the parent's source
     files and optionally overriding any of them with alternative
     versions

More generally, the Project Manager lets you structure large development
efforts into hierarchical subsystems, with build decisions deferred to
the subsystem level and thus different compilation environments (switch
settings) used for different subsystems.

   The Project Manager is invoked through the `-P_projectfile_' switch
to `gnatmake' or to the `gnat' front driver.  If you want to define (on
the command line) an external variable that is queried by the project
file, additionally use the `-X_vbl_=_value_' switch.  The Project
Manager parses and interprets the project file, and drives the invoked
tool based on the project settings.

   The Project Manager supports a wide range of development strategies,
for systems of all sizes.  Some typical practices that are easily
handled:
   * Using a common set of source files, but generating object files in
     different directories via different switch settings

   * Using a mostly-shared set of source files, but with different
     versions of some unit or units

The destination of an executable can be controlled inside a project file
using the `-o' switch. In the absence of such a switch either inside
the project file or on the command line, any executable files generated
by `gnatmake' will be placed in the directory `Exec_Dir' specified in
the project file. If no `Exec_Dir' is specified, they will be placed in
the object directory of the project.

   You can use project files to achieve some of the effects of a source
versioning system (for example, defining separate projects for the
different sets of sources that comprise different releases) but the
Project Manager is independent of any source configuration management
tools that might be used by the developers.

   The next section introduces the main features of GNAT's project
facility through a sequence of examples; subsequent sections will
present the syntax and semantics in more detail.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of Project Files,  Next: Project File Syntax,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.2 Examples of Project Files
==============================

This section illustrates some of the typical uses of project files and
explains their basic structure and behavior.

* Menu:

* Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories::
* Using External Variables::
* Importing Other Projects::
* Extending a Project::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories,  Next: Using External Variables,  Up: Examples of Project Files

11.2.1 Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* Menu:

* Source Files::
* Specifying the Object Directory::
* Specifying the Exec Directory::
* Project File Packages::
* Specifying Switch Settings::
* Main Subprograms::
* Source File Naming Conventions::
* Source Language(s)::

Assume that the Ada source files `pack.ads', `pack.adb', and `proc.adb'
are in the `/common' directory.  The file `proc.adb' contains an Ada
main subprogram `Proc' that "with"s package `Pack'.  We want to compile
these source files under two sets of switches:
   * When debugging, we want to pass the `-g' switch to `gnatmake', and
     the `-gnata', `-gnato', and `-gnatE' switches to the compiler; the
     compiler's output is to appear in `/common/debug'

   * When preparing a release version, we want to pass the `-O2' switch
     to the compiler; the compiler's output is to appear in
     `/common/release'

The GNAT project files shown below, respectively `debug.gpr' and
`release.gpr' in the `/common' directory, achieve these effects.

   Diagrammatically:
     /common
       debug.gpr
       release.gpr
       pack.ads
       pack.adb
       proc.adb
     /common/debug {-g, -gnata, -gnato, -gnatE}
       proc.ali, proc.o
       pack.ali, pack.o
     /common/release {-O2}
       proc.ali, proc.o
       pack.ali, pack.o
Here are the project files:
     project Debug is
       for Object_Dir use "debug";
       for Main use ("proc");

       package Builder is
         for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-g");
       end Builder;

       package Compiler is
         for Default_Switches ("Ada")
            use ("-fstack-check", "-gnata", "-gnato", "-gnatE");
       end Compiler;
     end Debug;

     project Release is
       for Object_Dir use "release";
       for Exec_Dir use ".";
       for Main use ("proc");

       package Compiler is
         for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2");
       end Compiler;
     end Release;

The name of the project defined by `debug.gpr' is `"Debug"' (case
insensitive), and analogously the project defined by `release.gpr' is
`"Release"'.  For consistency the file should have the same name as the
project, and the project file's extension should be `"gpr"'. These
conventions are not required, but a warning is issued if they are not
followed.

   If the current directory is `/temp', then the command
     gnatmake -P/common/debug.gpr

generates object and ALI files in `/common/debug', and the `proc'
executable also in `/common/debug', using the switch settings defined in
the project file.

   Likewise, the command
     gnatmake -P/common/release.gpr

generates object and ALI files in `/common/release', and the `proc'
executable in `/common', using the switch settings from the project
file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source Files,  Next: Specifying the Object Directory,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Source Files
............

If a project file does not explicitly specify a set of source
directories or a set of source files, then by default the project's
source files are the Ada source files in the project file directory.
Thus `pack.ads', `pack.adb', and `proc.adb' are the source files for
both projects.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Specifying the Object Directory,  Next: Specifying the Exec Directory,  Prev: Source Files,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Specifying the Object Directory
...............................

Several project properties are modeled by Ada-style _attributes_; you
define the property by supplying the equivalent of an Ada attribute
definition clause in the project file.  A project's object directory is
such a property; the corresponding attribute is `Object_Dir', and its
value is a string expression.  A directory may be specified either as
absolute or as relative; in the latter case, it is relative to the
project file directory.  Thus the compiler's output is directed to
`/common/debug' (for the `Debug' project) and to `/common/release' (for
the `Release' project).  If `Object_Dir' is not specified, then the
default is the project file directory.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Specifying the Exec Directory,  Next: Project File Packages,  Prev: Specifying the Object Directory,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Specifying the Exec Directory
.............................

A project's exec directory is another property; the corresponding
attribute is `Exec_Dir', and its value is also a string expression,
either specified as relative or absolute. If `Exec_Dir' is not
specified, then the default is the object directory (which may also be
the project file directory if attribute `Object_Dir' is not specified).
Thus the executable is placed in `/common/debug' for the `Debug'
project (attribute `Exec_Dir' not specified) and in `/common' for the
`Release' project.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project File Packages,  Next: Specifying Switch Settings,  Prev: Specifying the Exec Directory,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Project File Packages
.....................

A GNAT tool integrated with the Project Manager is modeled by a
corresponding package in the project file.  The `Debug' project defines
the packages `Builder' (for `gnatmake') and `Compiler'; the `Release'
project defines only the `Compiler' package.

   The Ada package syntax is not to be taken literally.  Although
packages in project files bear a surface resemblance to packages in Ada
source code, the notation is simply a way to convey a grouping of
properties for a named entity.  Indeed, the package names permitted in
project files are restricted to a predefined set, corresponding to the
project-aware tools, and the contents of packages are limited to a
small set of constructs.  The packages in the example above contain
attribute definitions.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Specifying Switch Settings,  Next: Main Subprograms,  Prev: Project File Packages,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Specifying Switch Settings
..........................

Switch settings for a project-aware tool can be specified through
attributes in the package corresponding to the tool.  The example above
illustrates one of the relevant attributes, `Default_Switches', defined
in the packages in both project files.  Unlike simple attributes like
`Source_Dirs', `Default_Switches' is known as an _associative array_.
When you define this attribute, you must supply an "index" (a literal
string), and the effect of the attribute definition is to set the value
of the "array" at the specified "index".  For the `Default_Switches'
attribute, the index is a programming language (in our case, Ada) , and
the value specified (after `use') must be a list of string expressions.

   The attributes permitted in project files are restricted to a
predefined set.  Some may appear at project level, others in packages.
For any attribute that is an associate array, the index must always be a
literal string, but the restrictions on this string (e.g., a file name
or a language name) depend on the individual attribute.  Also depending
on the attribute, its specified value will need to be either a string
or a string list.

   In the `Debug' project, we set the switches for two tools,
`gnatmake' and the compiler, and thus we include corresponding
packages, with each package defining the `Default_Switches' attribute
with index `"Ada"'.  Note that the package corresponding to `gnatmake'
is named `Builder'.  The `Release' project is similar, but with just
the `Compiler' package.

   In project `Debug' above the switches starting with `-gnat' that are
specified in package `Compiler' could have been placed in package
`Builder', since `gnatmake' transmits all such switches to the compiler.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Main Subprograms,  Next: Source File Naming Conventions,  Prev: Specifying Switch Settings,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Main Subprograms
................

One of the properties of a project is its list of main subprograms
(actually a list of names of source files containing main subprograms,
with the file extension optional.  This property is captured in the
`Main' attribute, whose value is a list of strings.  If a project
defines the `Main' attribute, then you do not need to identify the main
subprogram(s) when invoking `gnatmake' (see *Note gnatmake and Project
Files::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source File Naming Conventions,  Next: Source Language(s),  Prev: Main Subprograms,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Source File Naming Conventions
..............................

Since the project files do not specify any source file naming
conventions, the GNAT defaults are used.  The mechanism for defining
source file naming conventions - a package named `Naming' - will be
described below (*note Naming Schemes::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source Language(s),  Prev: Source File Naming Conventions,  Up: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories

Source Language(s)
..................

Since the project files do not specify a `Languages' attribute, by
default the GNAT tools assume that the language of the project file is
Ada.  More generally, a project can comprise source files in Ada, C,
and/or other languages.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using External Variables,  Next: Importing Other Projects,  Prev: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories,  Up: Examples of Project Files

11.2.2 Using External Variables
-------------------------------

Instead of supplying different project files for debug and release, we
can define a single project file that queries an external variable (set
either on the command line or via an environment variable) in order to
conditionally define the appropriate settings.  Again, assume that the
source files `pack.ads', `pack.adb', and `proc.adb' are located in
directory `/common'.  The following project file, `build.gpr', queries
the external variable named `STYLE' and defines an object directory and
switch settings based on whether the value is `"deb"' (debug) or
`"rel"' (release), where the default is `"deb"'.

     project Build is
       for Main use ("proc");

       type Style_Type is ("deb", "rel");
       Style : Style_Type := external ("STYLE", "deb");

       case Style is
         when "deb" =>
           for Object_Dir use "debug";

         when "rel" =>
           for Object_Dir use "release";
           for Exec_Dir use ".";
       end case;

       package Builder is

         case Style is
           when "deb" =>
             for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-g");
         end case;

       end Builder;

       package Compiler is

         case Style is
           when "deb" =>
             for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnata", "-gnato", "-gnatE");

           when "rel" =>
             for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2");
         end case;

       end Compiler;

     end Build;

`Style_Type' is an example of a _string type_, which is the project
file analog of an Ada enumeration type but containing string literals
rather than identifiers.  `Style' is declared as a variable of this
type.

   The form `external("STYLE", "deb")' is known as an _external
reference_; its first argument is the name of an _external variable_,
and the second argument is a default value to be used if the external
variable doesn't exist.  You can define an external variable on the
command line via the `-X' switch, or you can use an environment
variable as an external variable.

   Each `case' construct is expanded by the Project Manager based on the
value of `Style'. Thus the command
     gnatmake -P/common/build.gpr -XSTYLE=deb

is equivalent to the `gnatmake' invocation using the project file
`debug.gpr' in the earlier example.  So is the command
     gnatmake -P/common/build.gpr

since `"deb"' is the default for `STYLE'.

   Analogously,
     gnatmake -P/common/build.gpr -XSTYLE=rel

is equivalent to the `gnatmake' invocation using the project file
`release.gpr' in the earlier example.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Importing Other Projects,  Next: Extending a Project,  Prev: Using External Variables,  Up: Examples of Project Files

11.2.3 Importing Other Projects
-------------------------------

A compilation unit in a source file in one project may depend on
compilation units in source files in other projects.  To obtain this
behavior, the dependent project must _import_ the projects containing
the needed source files.  This effect is embodied in syntax similar to
an Ada `with' clause, but the "with"ed entities are strings denoting
project files.

   As an example, suppose that the two projects `GUI_Proj' and
`Comm_Proj' are defined in the project files `gui_proj.gpr' and
`comm_proj.gpr' in directories `/gui' and `/comm', respectively.
Assume that the source files for `GUI_Proj' are `gui.ads' and
`gui.adb', and that the source files for `Comm_Proj' are `comm.ads' and
`comm.adb', with each set of files located in its respective project
file directory.  Diagrammatically:

     /gui
       gui_proj.gpr
       gui.ads
       gui.adb

     /comm
       comm_proj.gpr
       comm.ads
       comm.adb

We want to develop an application in directory `/app' that "with"s the
packages `GUI' and `Comm', using the properties of the corresponding
project files (e.g. the switch settings and object directory).
Skeletal code for a main procedure might be something like the
following:

     with GUI, Comm;
     procedure App_Main is
        ...
     begin
        ...
     end App_Main;

Here is a project file, `app_proj.gpr', that achieves the desired
effect:

     with "/gui/gui_proj", "/comm/comm_proj";
     project App_Proj is
        for Main use ("app_main");
     end App_Proj;

Building an executable is achieved through the command:
     gnatmake -P/app/app_proj
   which will generate the `app_main' executable in the directory where
`app_proj.gpr' resides.

   If an imported project file uses the standard extension (`gpr') then
(as illustrated above) the `with' clause can omit the extension.

   Our example specified an absolute path for each imported project
file.  Alternatively, you can omit the directory if either
   * The imported project file is in the same directory as the
     importing project file, or

   * You have defined an environment variable `ADA_PROJECT_PATH' that
     includes the directory containing the needed project file.

Thus, if we define `ADA_PROJECT_PATH' to include `/gui' and `/comm',
then our project file `app_proj.gpr' could be written as follows:

     with "gui_proj", "comm_proj";
     project App_Proj is
        for Main use ("app_main");
     end App_Proj;

Importing other projects raises the possibility of ambiguities.  For
example, the same unit might be present in different imported projects,
or it might be present in both the importing project and an imported
project.  Both of these conditions are errors.  Note that in the
current version of the Project Manager, it is illegal to have an
ambiguous unit even if the unit is never referenced by the importing
project.  This restriction may be relaxed in a future release.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Extending a Project,  Prev: Importing Other Projects,  Up: Examples of Project Files

11.2.4 Extending a Project
--------------------------

A common situation in large software systems is to have multiple
implementations for a common interface; in Ada terms, multiple versions
of a package body for the same specification.  For example, one
implementation might be safe for use in tasking programs, while another
might only be used in sequential applications.  This can be modeled in
GNAT using the concept of _project extension_.  If one project (the
"child") _extends_ another project (the "parent") then by default all
source files of the parent project are inherited by the child, but the
child project can override any of the parent's source files with new
versions, and can also add new files.  This facility is the project
analog of extension in Object-Oriented Programming.  Project
hierarchies are permitted (a child project may be the parent of yet
another project), and a project that inherits one project can also
import other projects.

   As an example, suppose that directory `/seq' contains the project
file `seq_proj.gpr' and the source files `pack.ads', `pack.adb', and
`proc.adb':

     /seq
       pack.ads
       pack.adb
       proc.adb
       seq_proj.gpr

Note that the project file can simply be empty (that is, no attribute or
package is defined):

     project Seq_Proj is
     end Seq_Proj;

implying that its source files are all the Ada source files in the
project directory.

   Suppose we want to supply an alternate version of `pack.adb', in
directory `/tasking', but use the existing versions of `pack.ads' and
`proc.adb'.  We can define a project `Tasking_Proj' that inherits
`Seq_Proj':

     /tasking
       pack.adb
       tasking_proj.gpr

     project Tasking_Proj extends "/seq/seq_proj" is
     end Tasking_Proj;

The version of `pack.adb' used in a build depends on which project file
is specified.

   Note that we could have designed this using project import rather
than project inheritance; a `base' project would contain the sources for
`pack.ads' and `proc.adb', a sequential project would import `base' and
add `pack.adb', and likewise a tasking project would import `base' and
add a different version of `pack.adb'.  The choice depends on whether
other sources in the original project need to be overridden.  If they
do, then project extension is necessary, otherwise, importing is
sufficient.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project File Syntax,  Next: Objects and Sources in Project Files,  Prev: Examples of Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.3 Project File Syntax
========================

* Menu:

* Basic Syntax::
* Packages::
* Expressions::
* String Types::
* Variables::
* Attributes::
* Associative Array Attributes::
* case Constructions::

This section describes the structure of project files.

   A project may be an _independent project_, entirely defined by a
single project file. Any Ada source file in an independent project
depends only on the predefined library and other Ada source files in
the same project.

A project may also "depend on" other projects, in either or both of the
following ways:
   * It may import any number of projects

   * It may extend at most one other project

The dependence relation is a directed acyclic graph (the subgraph
reflecting the "extends" relation is a tree).

   A project's "immediate sources" are the source files directly
defined by that project, either implicitly by residing in the project
file's directory, or explicitly through any of the source-related
attributes described below.  More generally, a project PROJ's "sources"
are the immediate sources of PROJ together with the immediate sources
(unless overridden) of any project on which PROJ depends (either
directly or indirectly).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Basic Syntax,  Next: Packages,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.1 Basic Syntax
-------------------

As seen in the earlier examples, project files have an Ada-like syntax.
The minimal project file is:
     project Empty is

     end Empty;

The identifier `Empty' is the name of the project.  This project name
must be present after the reserved word `end' at the end of the project
file, followed by a semi-colon.

   Any name in a project file, such as the project name or a variable
name, has the same syntax as an Ada identifier.

   The reserved words of project files are the Ada reserved words plus
`extends', `external', and `project'.  Note that the only Ada reserved
words currently used in project file syntax are:

   * `case'

   * `end'

   * `for'

   * `is'

   * `others'

   * `package'

   * `renames'

   * `type'

   * `use'

   * `when'

   * `with'

Comments in project files have the same syntax as in Ada, two
consecutives hyphens through the end of the line.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Packages,  Next: Expressions,  Prev: Basic Syntax,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.2 Packages
---------------

A project file may contain _packages_. The name of a package must be one
of the identifiers (case insensitive) from a predefined list, and a
package with a given name may only appear once in a project file. The
predefined list includes the following packages:

   * `Naming'

   * `Builder'

   * `Compiler'

   * `Binder'

   * `Linker'

   * `Finder'

   * `Cross_Reference'

   * `gnatls'

(The complete list of the package names and their attributes can be
found in file `prj-attr.adb').

In its simplest form, a package may be empty:

     project Simple is
       package Builder is
       end Builder;
     end Simple;

A package may contain _attribute declarations_, _variable declarations_
and _case constructions_, as will be described below.

   When there is ambiguity between a project name and a package name,
the name always designates the project. To avoid possible confusion, it
is always a good idea to avoid naming a project with one of the names
allowed for packages or any name that starts with `gnat'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Expressions,  Next: String Types,  Prev: Packages,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.3 Expressions
------------------

An _expression_ is either a _string expression_ or a _string list
expression_.

   A _string expression_ is either a _simple string expression_ or a
_compound string expression_.

   A _simple string expression_ is one of the following:
   * A literal string; e.g.`"comm/my_proj.gpr"'

   * A string-valued variable reference (see *Note Variables::)

   * A string-valued attribute reference (see *Note Attributes::)

   * An external reference (see *Note External References in Project
     Files::)

A _compound string expression_ is a concatenation of string expressions,
using `"&"'
            Path & "/" & File_Name & ".ads"

A _string list expression_ is either a _simple string list expression_
or a _compound string list expression_.

   A _simple string list expression_ is one of the following:
   * A parenthesized list of zero or more string expressions, separated
     by commas
             File_Names := (File_Name, "gnat.adc", File_Name & ".orig");
             Empty_List := ();

   * A string list-valued variable reference

   * A string list-valued attribute reference

A _compound string list expression_ is the concatenation (using `"&"')
of a simple string list expression and an expression.  Note that each
term in a compound string list expression, except the first, may be
either a string expression or a string list expression.

        File_Name_List := () & File_Name; --  One string in this list
        Extended_File_Name_List := File_Name_List & (File_Name & ".orig");
        --  Two strings
        Big_List := File_Name_List & Extended_File_Name_List;
        --  Concatenation of two string lists: three strings
        Illegal_List := "gnat.adc" & Extended_File_Name_List;
        --  Illegal: must start with a string list


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: String Types,  Next: Variables,  Prev: Expressions,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.4 String Types
-------------------

The value of a variable may be restricted to a list of string literals.
The restricted list of string literals is given in a _string type
declaration_.

   Here is an example of a string type declaration:

        type OS is ("NT, "nt", "Unix", "Linux", "other OS");

Variables of a string type are called _typed variables_; all other
variables are called _untyped variables_. Typed variables are
particularly useful in `case' constructions (see *Note case
Constructions::).

   A string type declaration starts with the reserved word `type',
followed by the name of the string type (case-insensitive), followed by
the reserved word `is', followed by a parenthesized list of one or more
string literals separated by commas, followed by a semicolon.

   The string literals in the list are case sensitive and must all be
different.  They may include any graphic characters allowed in Ada,
including spaces.

   A string type may only be declared at the project level, not inside
a package.

   A string type may be referenced by its name if it has been declared
in the same project file, or by its project name, followed by a dot,
followed by the string type name.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Variables,  Next: Attributes,  Prev: String Types,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.5 Variables
----------------

A variable may be declared at the project file level, or in a package.
Here are some examples of variable declarations:

        This_OS : OS := external ("OS"); --  a typed variable declaration
        That_OS := "Linux";              --  an untyped variable declaration

A _typed variable declaration_ includes the variable name, followed by
a colon, followed by the name of a string type, followed by `:=',
followed by a simple string expression.

   An _untyped variable declaration_ includes the variable name,
followed by `:=', followed by an expression.  Note that, despite the
terminology, this form of "declaration" resembles more an assignment
than a declaration in Ada.  It is a declaration in several senses:
   * The variable name does not need to be defined previously

   * The declaration establishes the _kind_ (string versus string list)
     of the variable, and later declarations of the same variable need
     to be consistent with this

A string variable declaration (typed or untyped) declares a variable
whose value is a string. This variable may be used as a string
expression.
        File_Name       := "readme.txt";
        Saved_File_Name := File_Name & ".saved";

A string list variable declaration declares a variable whose value is a
list of strings. The list may contain any number (zero or more) of
strings.

        Empty_List := ();
        List_With_One_Element := ("-gnaty");
        List_With_Two_Elements := List_With_One_Element & "-gnatg";
        Long_List := ("main.ada", "pack1_.ada", "pack1.ada", "pack2_.ada"
                      "pack2.ada", "util_.ada", "util.ada");

The same typed variable may not be declared more than once at project
level, and it may not be declared more than once in any package; it is
in effect a constant or a readonly variable.

   The same untyped variable may be declared several times.  In this
case, the new value replaces the old one, and any subsequent reference
to the variable uses the new value.  However, as noted above, if a
variable has been declared as a string, all subsequent declarations
must give it a string value. Similarly, if a variable has been declared
as a string list, all subsequent declarations must give it a string
list value.

   A _variable reference_ may take several forms:

   * The simple variable name, for a variable in the current package
     (if any) or in the current project

   * A context name, followed by a dot, followed by the variable name.

A _context_ may be one of the following:

   * The name of an existing package in the current project

   * The name of an imported project of the current project

   * The name of an ancestor project (i.e., a project extended by the
     current project, either directly or indirectly)

   * An imported/parent project name, followed by a dot, followed by a
     package name

A variable reference may be used in an expression.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Attributes,  Next: Associative Array Attributes,  Prev: Variables,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.6 Attributes
-----------------

A project (and its packages) may have _attributes_ that define the
project's properties.  Some attributes have values that are strings;
others have values that are string lists.

   There are two categories of attributes: _simple attributes_ and
_associative arrays_ (see *Note Associative Array Attributes::).

   The names of the attributes are restricted; there is a list of
project attributes, and a list of package attributes for each package.
The names are not case sensitive.

   The project attributes are as follows (all are simple attributes):

_Attribute Name_              _Value_
`Source_Files'                string list
`Source_Dirs'                 string list
`Source_List_File'            string
`Object_Dir'                  string
`Exec_Dir'                    string
`Main'                        string list
`Languages'                   string list
`Library_Dir'                 string
`Library_Name'                string
`Library_Kind'                string
`Library_Elaboration'         string
`Library_Version'             string

The attributes for package `Naming' are as follows (see *Note Naming
Schemes::):

Attribute Name                Category       Index          Value
`Specification_Suffix'        associative    language name  string
                              array                         
`Implementation_Suffix'       associative    language name  string
                              array                         
`Separate_Suffix'             simple         n/a            string
                              attribute                     
`Casing'                      simple         n/a            string
                              attribute                     
`Dot_Replacement'             simple         n/a            string
                              attribute                     
`Specification'               associative    Ada unit name  string
                              array                         
`Implementation'              associative    Ada unit name  string
                              array                         
`Specification_Exceptions'    associative    language name  string list
                              array                         
`Implementation_Exceptions'   associative    language name  string list
                              array                         

The attributes for package `Builder', `Compiler', `Binder', `Linker',
`Cross_Reference', and `Finder' are as follows (see *Note Switches and
Project Files::).

Attribute Name                Category       Index          Value
`Default_Switches'            associative    language name  string list
                              array                         
`Switches'                    associative    file name      string list
                              array                         

In addition, package `Builder' has a single string attribute
`Local_Configuration_Pragmas' and package `Builder' has a single string
attribute `Global_Configuration_Pragmas'.

The attribute for package `Glide' are not documented: they are for
internal use only.

Each simple attribute has a default value: the empty string (for
string-valued attributes) and the empty list (for string list-valued
attributes).

   Similar to variable declarations, an attribute declaration defines a
new value for an attribute.

   Examples of simple attribute declarations:

        for Object_Dir use "objects";
        for Source_Dirs use ("units", "test/drivers");

A "simple attribute declaration" starts with the reserved word `for',
followed by the name of the attribute, followed by the reserved word
`use', followed by an expression (whose kind depends on the attribute),
followed by a semicolon.

   Attributes may be referenced in expressions.  The general form for
such a reference is `<entity>'<attribute>': the entity for which the
attribute is defined, followed by an apostrophe, followed by the name
of the attribute.  For associative array attributes, a litteral string
between parentheses need to be supplied as index.

   Examples are:

       project'Object_Dir
       Naming'Dot_Replacement
       Imported_Project'Source_Dirs
       Imported_Project.Naming'Casing
       Builder'Default_Switches("Ada")

The entity may be:
   * `project' for an attribute of the current project

   * The name of an existing package of the current project

   * The name of an imported project

   * The name of a parent project (extended by the current project)

   * An imported/parent project name, followed by a dot,       followed
     by a package name

Example:
        project Prj is
          for Source_Dirs use project'Source_Dirs & "units";
          for Source_Dirs use project'Source_Dirs & "test/drivers"
        end Prj;

In the first attribute declaration, initially the attribute
`Source_Dirs' has the default value: an empty string list. After this
declaration, `Source_Dirs' is a string list of one element: "units".
After the second attribute declaration `Source_Dirs' is a string list of
two elements: "units" and "test/drivers".

   Note: this example is for illustration only. In practice, the
project file would contain only one attribute declaration:

        for Source_Dirs use ("units", "test/drivers");


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Associative Array Attributes,  Next: case Constructions,  Prev: Attributes,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.7 Associative Array Attributes
-----------------------------------

Some attributes are defined as _associative arrays_. An associative
array may be regarded as a function that takes a string as a parameter
and delivers a string or string list value as its result.

   Here are some examples of associative array attribute declarations:

        for Implementation ("main") use "Main.ada";
        for Switches ("main.ada") use ("-v", "-gnatv");
        for Switches ("main.ada") use Builder'Switches ("main.ada") & "-g";

Like untyped variables and simple attributes, associative array
attributes may be declared several times. Each declaration supplies a
new value for the attribute, replacing the previous setting.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: case Constructions,  Prev: Associative Array Attributes,  Up: Project File Syntax

11.3.8 `case' Constructions
---------------------------

A `case' construction is used in a project file to effect conditional
behavior.  Here is a typical example:

     project MyProj is
        type OS_Type is ("Linux", "Unix", "NT", "VMS");

        OS : OS_Type := external ("OS", "Linux");

        package Compiler is
          case OS is
            when "Linux" | "Unix" =>
              for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnath");
            when "NT" =>
              for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnatP");
            when others =>
          end case;
        end Compiler;
     end MyProj;

The syntax of a `case' construction is based on the Ada case statement
(although there is no `null' construction for empty alternatives).

   Following the reserved word `case' there is the case variable (a
typed string variable), the reserved word `is', and then a sequence of
one or more alternatives.  Each alternative comprises the reserved word
`when', either a list of literal strings separated by the `"|"'
character or the reserved word `others',  and the `"=>"' token.  Each
literal string must belong to the string type that is the type of the
case variable.  An `others' alternative, if present, must occur last.
The `end case;' sequence terminates the case construction.

   After each `=>', there are zero or more constructions.  The only
constructions allowed in a case construction are other case
constructions and attribute declarations. String type declarations,
variable declarations and package declarations are not allowed.

   The value of the case variable is often given by an external
reference (see *Note External References in Project Files::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Objects and Sources in Project Files,  Next: Importing Projects,  Prev: Project File Syntax,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.4 Objects and Sources in Project Files
=========================================

* Menu:

* Object Directory::
* Exec Directory::
* Source Directories::
* Source File Names::

Each project has exactly one object directory and one or more source
directories. The source directories must contain at least one source
file, unless  the project file explicitly specifies that no source
files are present (see *Note Source File Names::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Object Directory,  Next: Exec Directory,  Up: Objects and Sources in Project Files

11.4.1 Object Directory
-----------------------

The object directory for a project is the directory containing the
compiler's output (such as `ALI' files and object files) for the
project's immediate sources. Note that for inherited sources (when
extending a parent project) the parent project's object directory is
used.

   The object directory is given by the value of the attribute
`Object_Dir' in the project file.

        for Object_Dir use "objects";

The attribute OBJECT_DIR has a string value, the path name of the object
directory. The path name may be absolute or relative to the directory
of the project file. This directory must already exist, and be readable
and writable.

   By default, when the attribute `Object_Dir' is not given an explicit
value or when its value is the empty string, the object directory is
the same as the directory containing the project file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Exec Directory,  Next: Source Directories,  Prev: Object Directory,  Up: Objects and Sources in Project Files

11.4.2 Exec Directory
---------------------

The exec directory for a project is the directory containing the
executables for the project's main subprograms.

   The exec directory is given by the value of the attribute `Exec_Dir'
in the project file.

        for Exec_Dir use "executables";

The attribute EXEC_DIR has a string value, the path name of the exec
directory. The path name may be absolute or relative to the directory
of the project file. This directory must already exist, and be writable.

   By default, when the attribute `Exec_Dir' is not given an explicit
value or when its value is the empty string, the exec directory is the
same as the object directory of the project file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source Directories,  Next: Source File Names,  Prev: Exec Directory,  Up: Objects and Sources in Project Files

11.4.3 Source Directories
-------------------------

The source directories of a project are specified by the project file
attribute `Source_Dirs'.

   This attribute's value is a string list. If the attribute is not
given an explicit value, then there is only one source directory, the
one where the project file resides.

   A `Source_Dirs' attribute that is explicitly defined to be the empty
list, as in

         for Source_Dirs use ();

indicates that the project contains no source files.

   Otherwise, each string in the string list designates one or more
source directories.

        for Source_Dirs use ("sources", "test/drivers");

If a string in the list ends with `"/**"',  then the directory whose
path name precedes the two asterisks, as well as all its subdirectories
(recursively), are source directories.

        for Source_Dirs use ("/system/sources/**");

Here the directory `/system/sources' and all of its subdirectories
(recursively) are source directories.

   To specify that the source directories are the directory of the
project file and all of its subdirectories, you can declare
`Source_Dirs' as follows:
        for Source_Dirs use ("./**");

Each of the source directories must exist and be readable.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Source File Names,  Prev: Source Directories,  Up: Objects and Sources in Project Files

11.4.4 Source File Names
------------------------

In a project that contains source files, their names may be specified
by the attributes `Source_Files' (a string list) or `Source_List_File'
(a string). Source file names never include any directory information.

   If the attribute `Source_Files' is given an explicit value, then each
element of the list is a source file name.

        for Source_Files use ("main.adb");
        for Source_Files use ("main.adb", "pack1.ads", "pack2.adb");

If the attribute `Source_Files' is not given an explicit value, but the
attribute `Source_List_File' is given a string value, then the source
file names are contained in the text file whose path name (absolute or
relative to the directory of the project file) is the value of the
attribute `Source_List_File'.

   Each line in the file that is not empty or is not a comment contains
a source file name. A comment line starts with two hyphens.

        for Source_List_File use "source_list.txt";

By default, if neither the attribute `Source_Files' nor the attribute
`Source_List_File' is given an explicit value, then each file in the
source directories that conforms to the project's naming scheme (see
*Note Naming Schemes::) is an immediate source of the project.

   A warning is issued if both attributes `Source_Files' and
`Source_List_File' are given explicit values. In this case, the
attribute `Source_Files' prevails.

   Each source file name must be the name of one and only one existing
source file in one of the source directories.

   A `Source_Files' attribute defined with an empty list as its value
indicates that there are no source files in the project.

   Except for projects that are clearly specified as containing no Ada
source files (`Source_Dirs' or `Source_Files' specified as an empty
list, or `Languages' specified without `"Ada"' in the list)
        for Source_Dirs use ();
        for Source_Files use ();
        for Languages use ("C", "C++");

a project must contain at least one immediate source.

   Projects with no source files are useful as template packages (see
*Note Packages in Project Files::) for other projects; in particular to
define a package `Naming' (see *Note Naming Schemes::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Importing Projects,  Next: Project Extension,  Prev: Objects and Sources in Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.5 Importing Projects
=======================

An immediate source of a project P may depend on source files that are
neither immediate sources of P nor in the predefined library.  To get
this effect, P must _import_ the projects that contain the needed
source files.

       with "project1", "utilities.gpr";
       with "/namings/apex.gpr";
       project Main is
         ...

As can be seen in this example, the syntax for importing projects is
similar to the syntax for importing compilation units in Ada. However,
project files use literal strings instead of names, and the `with'
clause identifies project files rather than packages.

   Each literal string is the file name or path name (absolute or
relative) of a project file. If a string is simply a file name, with no
path, then its location is determined by the _project path_:

   * If the environment variable `ADA_PROJECT_PATH' exists, then the
     project path includes all the directories in this environment
     variable, plus the directory of the project file.

   * If the environment variable `ADA_PROJECT_PATH' does not exist,
     then the project path contains only one directory, namely the one
     where the project file is located.

If a relative pathname is used as in

       with "tests/proj";

then the path is relative to the directory where the importing project
file is located. Any symbolic link will be fully resolved in the
directory of the importing project file before the imported project
file is looked up.

   When the `with''ed project file name does not have an extension, the
default is `.gpr'. If a file with this extension is not found, then the
file name as specified in the `with' clause (no extension) will be
used. In the above example, if a file `project1.gpr' is found, then it
will be used; otherwise, if a file `project1' exists then it will be
used; if neither file exists, this is an error.

   A warning is issued if the name of the project file does not match
the name of the project; this check is case insensitive.

   Any source file that is an immediate source of the imported project
can be used by the immediate sources of the importing project, and
recursively. Thus if `A' imports `B', and `B' imports `C', the immediate
sources of `A' may depend on the immediate sources of `C', even if `A'
does not import `C' explicitly. However, this is not recommended,
because if and when `B' ceases to import `C', some sources in `A' will
no longer compile.

   A side effect of this capability is that cyclic dependences are not
permitted: if `A' imports `B' (directly or indirectly) then `B' is not
allowed to import `A'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project Extension,  Next: External References in Project Files,  Prev: Importing Projects,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.6 Project Extension
======================

During development of a large system, it is sometimes necessary to use
modified versions of some of the source files without changing the
original sources. This can be achieved through a facility known as
_project extension_.

        project Modified_Utilities extends "/baseline/utilities.gpr" is ...

The project file for the project being extended (the _parent_) is
identified by the literal string that follows the reserved word
`extends', which itself follows the name of the extending project (the
_child_).

   By default, a child project inherits all the sources of its parent.
However, inherited sources can be overridden: a unit with the same name
as one in the parent will hide the original unit.  Inherited sources
are considered to be sources (but not immediate sources) of the child
project; see *Note Project File Syntax::.

   An inherited source file retains any switches specified in the
parent project.

   For example if the project `Utilities' contains the specification
and the body of an Ada package `Util_IO', then the project
`Modified_Utilities' can contain a new body for package `Util_IO'.  The
original body of `Util_IO' will not be considered in program builds.
However, the package specification will still be found in the project
`Utilities'.

   A child project can have only one parent but it may import any
number of other projects.

   A project is not allowed to import directly or indirectly at the
same time a child project and any of its ancestors.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: External References in Project Files,  Next: Packages in Project Files,  Prev: Project Extension,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.7 External References in Project Files
=========================================

A project file may contain references to external variables; such
references are called _external references_.

   An external variable is either defined as part of the environment (an
environment variable in Unix, for example) or else specified on the
command line via the `-X_vbl_=_value_' switch. If both, then the
command line value is used.

   An external reference is denoted by the built-in function
`external', which returns a string value.  This function has two forms:
   * `external (external_variable_name)'

   * `external (external_variable_name, default_value)'

Each parameter must be a string literal.  For example:

        external ("USER")
        external ("OS", "Linux")

In the form with one parameter, the function returns the value of the
external variable given as parameter. If this name is not present in the
environment, then the returned value is an empty string.

   In the form with two string parameters, the second parameter is the
value returned when the variable given as the first parameter is not
present in the environment. In the example above, if `"OS"' is not the
name of an environment variable and is not passed on the command line,
then the returned value will be `"Linux"'.

   An external reference may be part of a string expression or of a
string list expression, to define variables or attributes.

        type Mode_Type is ("Debug", "Release");
        Mode : Mode_Type := external ("MODE");
        case Mode is
          when "Debug" =>
             ...


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Packages in Project Files,  Next: Variables from Imported Projects,  Prev: External References in Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.8 Packages in Project Files
==============================

The _package_ is the project file feature that defines the settings for
project-aware tools.  For each such tool you can declare a
corresponding package; the names for these packages are preset (see
*Note Packages::) but are not case sensitive.  A package may contain
variable declarations, attribute declarations, and case constructions.

        project Proj is
           package Builder is  -- used by gnatmake
              for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-v", "-g");
           end Builder;
        end Proj;

A package declaration starts with the reserved word `package', followed
by the package name (case insensitive), followed by the reserved word
`is'. It ends with the reserved word `end', followed by the package
name, finally followed by a semi-colon.

   Most of the packages have an attribute `Default_Switches'.  This
attribute is an associative array, and its value is a string list.  The
index of the associative array is the name of a programming language
(case insensitive). This attribute indicates the switch or switches to
be used with the corresponding tool.

   Some packages also have another attribute, `Switches', an associative
array whose value is a string list. The index is the name of a source
file.  This attribute indicates the switch or switches to be used by
the corresponding tool when dealing with this specific file.

   Further information on these switch-related attributes is found in
*Note Switches and Project Files::.

   A package may be declared as a _renaming_ of another package; e.g.,
from the project file for an imported project.

       with "/global/apex.gpr";
       project Example is
         package Naming renames Apex.Naming;
         ...
       end Example;

Packages that are renamed in other project files often come from
project files that have no sources: they are just used as templates.
Any modification in the template will be reflected automatically in all
the project files that rename a package from the template.

   In addition to the tool-oriented packages, you can also declare a
package named `Naming' to establish specialized source file naming
conventions (see *Note Naming Schemes::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Variables from Imported Projects,  Next: Naming Schemes,  Prev: Packages in Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.9 Variables from Imported Projects
=====================================

An attribute or variable defined in an imported or parent project can
be used in expressions in the importing / extending project.  Such an
attribute or variable is prefixed with the name of the project and (if
relevant) the name of package where it is defined.

       with "imported";
       project Main extends "base" is
          Var1 := Imported.Var;
          Var2 := Base.Var & ".new";

          package Builder is
             for Default_Switches ("Ada") use Imported.Builder.Ada_Switches &
                              "-gnatg" & "-v";
          end Builder;

          package Compiler is
             for Default_Switches ("Ada") use Base.Compiler.Ada_Switches;
          end Compiler;
       end Main;

In this example:

   * `Var1' is a copy of the variable `Var' defined in the project file
     `"imported.gpr"'

   * the value of `Var2' is a copy of the value of variable `Var'
     defined in the project file `base.gpr', concatenated with `".new"'

   * attribute `Default_Switches ("Ada")' in package `Builder' is a
     string list that includes in its value a copy of variable
     `Ada_Switches' defined in the `Builder' package in project file
     `imported.gpr' plus two new elements: `"-gnatg"' and `"-v"';

   * attribute `Default_Switches ("Ada")' in package `Compiler' is a
     copy of the variable `Ada_Switches' defined in the `Compiler'
     package in project file `base.gpr', the project being extended.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Naming Schemes,  Next: Library Projects,  Prev: Variables from Imported Projects,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.10 Naming Schemes
====================

Sometimes an Ada software system is ported from a foreign compilation
environment to GNAT, with file names that do not use the default GNAT
conventions. Instead of changing all the file names (which for a
variety of reasons might not be possible), you can define the relevant
file naming scheme in the `Naming' package in your project file.  For
example, the following package models the Apex file naming rules:

       package Naming is
         for Casing                        use "lowercase";
         for Dot_Replacement               use ".";
         for Specification_Suffix ("Ada")  use ".1.ada";
         for Implementation_Suffix ("Ada") use ".2.ada";
       end Naming;

You can define the following attributes in package `Naming':

`CASING'
     This must be a string with one of the three values `"lowercase"',
     `"uppercase"' or `"mixedcase"'; these strings are case insensitive.

     If CASING is not specified, then the default is `"lowercase"'.

`DOT_REPLACEMENT'
     This must be a string whose value satisfies the following
     conditions:

        * It must not be empty

        * It cannot start or end with an alphanumeric character

        * It cannot be a single underscore

        * It cannot start with an underscore followed by an alphanumeric

        * It cannot contain a dot `'.'' except if it the entire string
          is `"."'

     If `Dot_Replacement' is not specified, then the default is `"-"'.

`SPECIFICATION_SUFFIX'
     This is an associative array (indexed by the programming language
     name, case insensitive) whose value is a string that must satisfy
     the following conditions:

        * It must not be empty

        * It cannot start with an alphanumeric character

        * It cannot start with an underscore followed by an
          alphanumeric character
     If `Specification_Suffix ("Ada")' is not specified, then the
     default is `".ads"'.

`IMPLEMENTATION_SUFFIX'
     This is an associative array (indexed by the programming language
     name, case insensitive) whose value is a string that must satisfy
     the following conditions:

        * It must not be empty

        * It cannot start with an alphanumeric character

        * It cannot start with an underscore followed by an
          alphanumeric character

        * It cannot be a suffix of `Specification_Suffix'
     If `Implementation_Suffix ("Ada")' is not specified, then the
     default is `".adb"'.

`SEPARATE_SUFFIX'
     This must be a string whose value satisfies the same conditions as
     `Implementation_Suffix'.

     If `Separate_Suffix ("Ada")' is not specified, then it defaults to
     same value as `Implementation_Suffix ("Ada")'.

`SPECIFICATION'
     You can use the `Specification' attribute, an associative array,
     to define the source file name for an individual Ada compilation
     unit's spec. The array index must be a string literal that
     identifies the Ada unit (case insensitive).  The value of this
     attribute must be a string that identifies the file that contains
     this unit's spec (case sensitive or insensitive depending on the
     operating system).

             for Specification ("MyPack.MyChild") use "mypack.mychild.spec";

`IMPLEMENTATION'
     You can use the `Implementation' attribute, an associative array,
     to define the source file name for an individual Ada compilation
     unit's body (possibly a subunit).  The array index must be a
     string literal that identifies the Ada unit (case insensitive).
     The value of this attribute must be a string that identifies the
     file that contains this unit's body or subunit (case sensitive or
     insensitive depending on the operating system).

             for Implementation ("MyPack.MyChild") use "mypack.mychild.body";


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Library Projects,  Next: Switches Related to Project Files,  Prev: Naming Schemes,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.11 Library Projects
======================

_Library projects_ are projects whose object code is placed in a
library.  (Note that this facility is not yet supported on all
platforms)

   To create a library project, you need to define in its project file
two project-level attributes: `Library_Name' and `Library_Dir'.
Additionally, you may define the library-related attributes
`Library_Kind', `Library_Version' and `Library_Elaboration'.

   The `Library_Name' attribute has a string value that must start with
a letter and include only letters and digits.

   The `Library_Dir' attribute has a string value that designates the
path (absolute or relative) of the directory where the library will
reside.  It must designate an existing directory, and this directory
needs to be different from the project's object directory. It also
needs to be writable.

   If both `Library_Name' and `Library_Dir' are specified and are
legal, then the project file defines a library project.  The optional
library-related attributes are checked only for such project files.

   The `Library_Kind' attribute has a string value that must be one of
the following (case insensitive): `"static"', `"dynamic"' or
`"relocatable"'. If this attribute is not specified, the library is a
static library. Otherwise, the library may be dynamic or relocatable.
Depending on the operating system, there may or may not be a distinction
between dynamic and relocatable libraries. For example, on Unix there
is no such distinction.

   The `Library_Version' attribute has a string value whose
interpretation is platform dependent. On Unix, it is used only for
dynamic/relocatable libraries as the internal name of the library (the
`"soname"'). If the library file name (built from the `Library_Name')
is different from the `Library_Version', then the library file will be
a symbolic link to the actual file whose name will be `Library_Version'.

   Example (on Unix):

     project Plib is

        Version := "1";

        for Library_Dir use "lib_dir";
        for Library_Name use "dummy";
        for Library_Kind use "relocatable";
        for Library_Version use "libdummy.so." & Version;

     end Plib;

Directory `lib_dir' will contain the internal library file whose name
will be `libdummy.so.1', and `libdummy.so' will be a symbolic link to
`libdummy.so.1'.

   When `gnatmake' detects that a project file (not the main project
file) is a library project file, it will check all immediate sources of
the project and rebuild the library if any of the sources have been
recompiled.  All `ALI' files will also be copied from the object
directory to the library directory. To build executables, `gnatmake'
will use the library rather than the individual object files.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches Related to Project Files,  Next: Tools Supporting Project Files,  Prev: Library Projects,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.12 Switches Related to Project Files
=======================================

The following switches are used by GNAT tools that support project
files:

``-PPROJECT''
     Indicates the name of a project file. This project file will be
     parsed with the verbosity indicated by `-vP_x_', if any, and using
     the external references indicated by `-X' switches, if any.

     There must be only one `-P' switch on the command line.

     Since the Project Manager parses the project file only after all
     the switches on the command line are checked, the order of the
     switches `-P', `-Vp_x_' or `-X' is not significant.

``-XNAME=VALUE''
     Indicates that external variable NAME has the value VALUE.  The
     Project Manager will use this value for occurrences of
     `external(name)' when parsing the project file.

     If NAME or VALUE includes a space, then NAME=VALUE should be put
     between quotes.
            -XOS=NT
            -X"user=John Doe"

     Several `-X' switches can be used simultaneously.  If several `-X'
     switches specify the same NAME, only the last one is used.

     An external variable specified with a `-X' switch takes precedence
     over the value of the same name in the environment.

``-vP_x_''
     Indicates the verbosity of the parsing of GNAT project files.
     `-vP0' means Default (no output for syntactically correct project
     files); `-vP1' means Medium; `-vP2' means High.  The default is
     Default.  If several `-vP_x_' switches are present, only the last
     one is used.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tools Supporting Project Files,  Next: An Extended Example,  Prev: Switches Related to Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.13 Tools Supporting Project Files
====================================

* Menu:

* gnatmake and Project Files::
* The GNAT Driver and Project Files::
* Glide and Project Files::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: gnatmake and Project Files,  Next: The GNAT Driver and Project Files,  Up: Tools Supporting Project Files

11.13.1 gnatmake and Project Files
----------------------------------

This section covers two topics related to `gnatmake' and project files:
defining switches for `gnatmake' and for the tools that it invokes; and
the use of the `Main' attribute.

* Menu:

* Switches and Project Files::
* Project Files and Main Subprograms::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches and Project Files,  Next: Project Files and Main Subprograms,  Up: gnatmake and Project Files

11.13.1.1 Switches and Project Files
....................................

For each of the packages `Builder', `Compiler', `Binder', and `Linker',
you can specify a `Default_Switches' attribute, a `Switches' attribute,
or both; as their names imply, these switch-related attributes affect
which switches are used for which files when `gnatmake' is invoked.  As
will be explained below, these package-contributed switches precede the
switches passed on the `gnatmake' command line.

   The `Default_Switches' attribute is an associative array indexed by
language name (case insensitive) and returning a string list.  For
example:

     package Compiler is
       for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnaty", "-v");
     end Compiler;

The `Switches' attribute is also an associative array, indexed by a file
name (which may or may not be case sensitive, depending on the operating
system) and returning a string list.  For example:

     package Builder is
        for Switches ("main1.adb") use ("-O2");
        for Switches ("main2.adb") use ("-g");
     end Builder;

For the `Builder' package, the file names should designate source files
for main subprograms.  For the `Binder' and `Linker' packages, the file
names should designate `ALI' or source files for main subprograms.  In
each case just the file name (without explicit extension) is acceptable.

   For each tool used in a program build (`gnatmake', the compiler, the
binder, and the linker), its corresponding package "contributes" a set
of switches for each file on which the tool is invoked, based on the
switch-related attributes defined in the package. In particular, the
switches that each of these packages contributes for a given file F
comprise:

   * the value of attribute `Switches (F)', if it is specified in the
     package for the given file,

   * otherwise, the value of `Default_Switches ("Ada")', if it is
     specified in the package.

If neither of these attributes is defined in the package, then the
package does not contribute any switches for the given file.

   When `gnatmake' is invoked on a file, the switches comprise two sets,
in the following order: those contributed for the file by the `Builder'
package; and the switches passed on the command line.

   When `gnatmake' invokes a tool (compiler, binder, linker) on a file,
the switches passed to the tool comprise three sets, in the following
order:

  1. the applicable switches contributed for the file by the `Builder'
     package in the project file supplied on the command line;

  2. those contributed for the file by the package (in the relevant
     project file - see below) corresponding to the tool; and

  3. the applicable switches passed on the command line.

The term _applicable switches_ reflects the fact that `gnatmake'
switches may or may not be passed to individual tools, depending on the
individual switch.

   `gnatmake' may invoke the compiler on source files from different
projects. The Project Manager will use the appropriate project file to
determine the `Compiler' package for each source file being compiled.
Likewise for the `Binder' and `Linker' packages.

   As an example, consider the following package in a project file:

     project Proj1 is
        package Compiler is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-g");
           for Switches ("a.adb") use ("-O1");
           for Switches ("b.adb") use ("-O2", "-gnaty");
        end Compiler;
     end Proj1;

If `gnatmake' is invoked with this project file, and it needs to
compile, say, the files `a.adb', `b.adb', and `c.adb', then `a.adb'
will be compiled with the switch `-O1', `b.adb' with switches `-O2' and
`-gnaty', and `c.adb' with `-g'.

   Another example illustrates the ordering of the switches contributed
by different packages:

     project Proj2 is
        package Builder is
           for Switches ("main.adb") use ("-g", "-O1", "-f");
        end Builder;

        package Compiler is
           for Switches ("main.adb") use ("-O2");
        end Compiler;
     end Proj2;

If you issue the command:

         gnatmake -PProj2 -O0 main

then the compiler will be invoked on `main.adb' with the following
sequence of switches

        -g -O1 -O2 -O0

   with the last `-O' switch having precedence over the earlier ones;
several other switches (such as `-c') are added implicitly.

   The switches `-g' and `-O1' are contributed by package `Builder',
`-O2' is contributed by the package `Compiler' and `-O0' comes from the
command line.

   The `-g' switch will also be passed in the invocation of `gnatlink.'

   A final example illustrates switch contributions from packages in
different project files:

     project Proj3 is
        for Source_Files use ("pack.ads", "pack.adb");
        package Compiler is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnata");
        end Compiler;
     end Proj3;

     with "Proj3";
     project Proj4 is
        for Source_Files use ("foo_main.adb", "bar_main.adb");
        package Builder is
           for Switches ("foo_main.adb") use ("-s", "-g");
        end Builder;
     end Proj4;

     -- Ada source file:
     with Pack;
     procedure Foo_Main is
        ...
     end Foo_Main;

   If the command is
     gnatmake -PProj4 foo_main.adb -cargs -gnato

then the switches passed to the compiler for `foo_main.adb' are `-g'
(contributed by the package `Proj4.Builder') and `-gnato' (passed on
the command line).  When the imported package `Pack' is compiled, the
switches used are `-g' from `Proj4.Builder', `-gnata' (contributed from
package `Proj3.Compiler', and `-gnato' from the command line.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project Files and Main Subprograms,  Prev: Switches and Project Files,  Up: gnatmake and Project Files

11.13.1.2 Project Files and Main Subprograms
............................................

When using a project file, you can invoke `gnatmake' with several main
subprograms, by specifying their source files on the command line.
Each of these needs to be an immediate source file of the project.

         gnatmake -Pprj main1 main2 main3

When using a project file, you can also invoke `gnatmake' without
explicitly specifying any main, and the effect depends on whether you
have defined the `Main' attribute.  This attribute has a string list
value, where each element in the list is the name of a source file (the
file extension is optional) containing a main subprogram.

   If the `Main' attribute is defined in a project file as a non-empty
string list and the switch `-u' is not used on the command line, then
invoking `gnatmake' with this project file but without any main on the
command line is equivalent to invoking `gnatmake' with all the file
names in the `Main' attribute on the command line.

   Example:
        project Prj is
           for Main use ("main1", "main2", "main3");
        end Prj;

With this project file, `"gnatmake -Pprj"' is equivalent to `"gnatmake
-Pprj main1 main2 main3"'.

   When the project attribute `Main' is not specified, or is specified
as an empty string list, or when the switch `-u' is used on the command
line, then invoking `gnatmake' with no main on the command line will
result in all immediate sources of the project file being checked, and
potentially recompiled. Depending on the presence of the switch `-u',
sources from other project files on which the immediate sources of the
main project file depend are also checked and potentially recompiled.
In other words, the `-u' switch is applied to all of the immediate
sources of themain project file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Driver and Project Files,  Next: Glide and Project Files,  Prev: gnatmake and Project Files,  Up: Tools Supporting Project Files

11.13.2 The GNAT Driver and Project Files
-----------------------------------------

A number of GNAT tools, other than `gnatmake' are project-aware:
`gnatbind', `gnatfind', `gnatlink', `gnatls' and `gnatxref'. However,
none of these tools can be invoked directly with a project file switch
(`-P'). They need to be invoke through the `gnat' driver.

   The `gnat' driver is a front-end that accepts a number of commands
and call the corresponding tool. It has been designed initially for VMS
to convert VMS style qualifiers to Unix style switches, but it is now
available to all the GNAT supported platforms.

   On non VMS platforms, the `gnat' driver accepts the following
commands (case insensitive):

   * BIND to invoke `gnatbind'

   * CHOP to invoke `gnatchop'

   * COMP or COMPILE to invoke the compiler

   * ELIM to invoke `gnatelim'

   * FIND to invoke `gnatfind'

   * KR or KRUNCH to invoke `gnatkr'

   * LINK to invoke `gnatlink'

   * LS or LIST to invoke `gnatls'

   * MAKE to invoke `gnatmake'

   * NAME to invoke `gnatname'

   * PREP or PREPROCESS to invoke `gnatprep'

   * PSTA or STANDARD to invoke `gnatpsta'

   * STUB to invoke `gnatstub'

   * XREF to invoke `gnatxref'

Note that the compiler is invoked using the command `gnatmake -f -u'.

Following the command, you may put switches and arguments for the
invoked tool.

       gnat bind -C main.ali
       gnat ls -a main
       gnat chop foo.txt

In addition, for command BIND, FIND, LS or LIST, LINK and XREF, the
project file related switches (`-P', `-X' and `-vPx') may be used in
addition to the switches of the invoking tool.

For each of these command, there is possibly a package in the main
project that corresponds to the invoked tool.

   * package `Binder' for command BIND (invoking `gnatbind')

   * package `Finder' for command FIND (invoking `gnatfind')

   * package `Gnatls' for command LS or LIST (invoking `gnatls')

   * package `Linker' for command LINK (invoking `gnatlink')

   * package `Cross_Reference' for command XREF (invoking `gnatlink')


Package `Gnatls' has a unique attribute `Switches', a simple variable
with a string list value. It contains switches for the invocation of
`gnatls'.

     project Proj1 is
        package gnatls is
           for Switches use ("-a", "-v");
        end gnatls;
     end Proj1;

All other packages contains a switch `Default_Switches', an associative
array, indexed by the programming language (case insensitive) and
having a string list value. `Default_Switches ("Ada")' contains the
switches for the invocation of the tool corresponding to the package.

     project Proj is

        for Source_Dirs use ("./**");

        package gnatls is
           for Switches use ("-a", "-v");
        end gnatls;

        package Binder is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-C", "-e");
        end Binder;

        package Linker is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-C");
        end Linker;

        package Finder is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-a", "-f");
        end Finder;

        package Cross_Reference is
           for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-a", "-f", "-d", "-u");
        end Cross_Reference;
     end Proj;

With the above project file, commands such as

        gnat ls -Pproj main
        gnat xref -Pproj main
        gnat bind -Pproj main.ali

will set up the environment properly and invoke the tool with the
switches found in the package corresponding to the tool.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Glide and Project Files,  Prev: The GNAT Driver and Project Files,  Up: Tools Supporting Project Files

11.13.3 Glide and Project Files
-------------------------------

Glide will automatically recognize the `.gpr' extension for project
files, and will convert them to its own internal format automatically.
However, it doesn't provide a syntax-oriented editor for modifying these
files.  The project file will be loaded as text when you select the
menu item `Ada' => `Project' => `Edit'.  You can edit this text and
save the `gpr' file; when you next select this project file in Glide it
will be automatically reloaded.

   Glide uses the `gnatlist' attribute in the `Ide' package, whose value
is something like `powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gnatls', to compute the
cross-prefix.  From this information the correct location for the GNAT
runtime, and thus also the correct cross-references, can be determined.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: An Extended Example,  Next: Project File Complete Syntax,  Prev: Tools Supporting Project Files,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.14 An Extended Example
=========================

Suppose that we have two programs, PROG1 and PROG2, with the sources in
the respective directories. We would like to build them with a single
`gnatmake' command, and we would like to place their object files into
`.build' subdirectories of the source directories. Furthermore, we would
like to have to have two separate subdirectories in `.build'  -
`release' and `debug' - which will contain the object files compiled
with different set of compilation flags.

   In other words, we have the following structure:

        main
          |- prog1
          |    |- .build
          |         | debug
          |         | release
          |- prog2
               |- .build
                    | debug
                    | release

Here are the project files that we need to create in a directory `main'
to maintain this structure:

  1. We create a `Common' project with a package `Compiler' that
     specifies the compilation switches:

          File "common.gpr":
          project Common is

             for Source_Dirs use (); -- No source files

             type Build_Type is ("release", "debug");
             Build : Build_Type := External ("BUILD", "debug");
             package Compiler is
                case Build is
                   when "release" =>
                     for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2");
                   when "debug"   =>
                     for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-g");
                end case;
             end Compiler;

          end Common;

  2. We create separate projects for the two programs:

          File "prog1.gpr":

          with "common";
          project Prog1 is

              for Source_Dirs use ("prog1");
              for Object_Dir  use "prog1/.build/" & Common.Build;

              package Compiler renames Common.Compiler;

          end Prog1;

          File "prog2.gpr":

          with "common";
          project Prog2 is

              for Source_Dirs use ("prog2");
              for Object_Dir  use "prog2/.build/" & Common.Build;

              package Compiler renames Common.Compiler;
          end Prog2;

  3. We create a wrapping project MAIN:

          File "main.gpr":

          with "common";
          with "prog1";
          with "prog2";
          project Main is

             package Compiler renames Common.Compiler;

          end Main;

  4. Finally we need to create a dummy procedure that `with's (either
     explicitly or implicitly) all the sources of our two programs.


Now we can build the programs using the command

        gnatmake -Pmain dummy

for the Debug mode, or

        gnatmake -Pmain -XBUILD=release

for the Release mode.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project File Complete Syntax,  Prev: An Extended Example,  Up: GNAT Project Manager

11.15 Project File Complete Syntax
==================================

     project ::=
       context_clause project_declaration

     context_clause ::=
       {with_clause}

     with_clause ::=
       with literal_string { , literal_string } ;

     project_declaration ::=
       project <project_>simple_name [ extends literal_string ] is
         {declarative_item}
       end <project_>simple_name;

     declarative_item ::=
       package_declaration |
       typed_string_declaration |
       other_declarative_item

     package_declaration ::=
       package <package_>simple_name package_completion

     package_completion ::=
       package_body | package_renaming

     package body ::=
       is
         {other_declarative_item}
       end <package_>simple_name ;

     package_renaming ::==
       renames <project_>simple_name.<package_>simple_name ;

     typed_string_declaration ::=
       type <typed_string_>_simple_name is
        ( literal_string {, literal_string} );

     other_declarative_item ::=
       attribute_declaration |
       typed_variable_declaration |
       variable_declaration |
       case_construction

     attribute_declaration ::=
       for attribute use expression ;

     attribute ::=
       <simple_attribute_>simple_name |
       <associative_array_attribute_>simple_name ( literal_string )

     typed_variable_declaration ::=
       <typed_variable_>simple_name : <typed_string_>name :=  string_expression ;

     variable_declaration ::=
       <variable_>simple_name := expression;

     expression ::=
       term {& term}

     term ::=
       literal_string |
       string_list |
       <variable_>name |
       external_value |
       attribute_reference

     literal_string ::=
       (same as Ada)

     string_list ::=
       ( <string_>expression { , <string_>expression } )

     external_value ::=
       external ( literal_string [, literal_string] )

     attribute_reference ::=
       attribute_parent ' <simple_attribute_>simple_name [ ( literal_string ) ]

     attribute_parent ::=
       project |
       <project_or_package>simple_name |
       <project_>simple_name . <package_>simple_name

     case_construction ::=
       case <typed_variable_>name is
         {case_item}
       end case ;

     case_item ::=
       when discrete_choice_list => {case_construction | attribute_declaration}

     discrete_choice_list ::=
       literal_string {| literal_string}

     name ::=
       simple_name {. simple_name}

     simple_name ::=
       identifier (same as Ada)


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,  Next: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,  Prev: GNAT Project Manager,  Up: Top

12 Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
*************************************

* Menu:

* Elaboration Code in Ada 95::
* Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95::
* Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95::
* Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls::
* Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls::
* Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety::
* Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks::
* Mixing Elaboration Models::
* What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails::
* Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values::
* Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control::
* Other Elaboration Order Considerations::

This chapter describes the handling of elaboration code in Ada 95 and
in GNAT, and discusses how the order of elaboration of program units can
be controlled in GNAT, either automatically or with explicit programming
features.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Elaboration Code in Ada 95,  Next: Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.1 Elaboration Code in Ada 95
===============================

Ada 95 provides rather general mechanisms for executing code at
elaboration time, that is to say before the main program starts
executing. Such code arises in three contexts:

Initializers for variables.
     Variables declared at the library level, in package specs or
     bodies, can require initialization that is performed at
     elaboration time, as in:
          Sqrt_Half : Float := Sqrt (0.5);

Package initialization code
     Code in a `BEGIN-END' section at the outer level of a package body
     is executed as part of the package body elaboration code.

Library level task allocators
     Tasks that are declared using task allocators at the library level
     start executing immediately and hence can execute at elaboration
     time.

Subprogram calls are possible in any of these contexts, which means that
any arbitrary part of the program may be executed as part of the
elaboration code. It is even possible to write a program which does all
its work at elaboration time, with a null main program, although
stylistically this would usually be considered an inappropriate way to
structure a program.

   An important concern arises in the context of elaboration code: we
have to be sure that it is executed in an appropriate order. What we
have is a series of elaboration code sections, potentially one section
for each unit in the program. It is important that these execute in the
correct order. Correctness here means that, taking the above example of
the declaration of `Sqrt_Half', if some other piece of elaboration code
references `Sqrt_Half', then it must run after the section of
elaboration code that contains the declaration of `Sqrt_Half'.

   There would never be any order of elaboration problem if we made a
rule that whenever you `with' a unit, you must elaborate both the spec
and body of that unit before elaborating the unit doing the `with''ing:

     with Unit_1;
     package Unit_2 is ...

would require that both the body and spec of `Unit_1' be elaborated
before the spec of `Unit_2'. However, a rule like that would be far too
restrictive. In particular, it would make it impossible to have routines
in separate packages that were mutually recursive.

   You might think that a clever enough compiler could look at the
actual elaboration code and determine an appropriate correct order of
elaboration, but in the general case, this is not possible. Consider
the following example.

   In the body of `Unit_1', we have a procedure `Func_1' that references
the variable `Sqrt_1', which is declared in the elaboration code of the
body of `Unit_1':

     Sqrt_1 : Float := Sqrt (0.1);

The elaboration code of the body of `Unit_1' also contains:

     if expression_1 = 1 then
        Q := Unit_2.Func_2;
     end if;

`Unit_2' is exactly parallel, it has a procedure `Func_2' that
references the variable `Sqrt_2', which is declared in the elaboration
code of the body `Unit_2':

     Sqrt_2 : Float := Sqrt (0.1);

The elaboration code of the body of `Unit_2' also contains:

     if expression_2 = 2 then
        Q := Unit_1.Func_1;
     end if;

Now the question is, which of the following orders of elaboration is
acceptable:

     Spec of Unit_1
     Spec of Unit_2
     Body of Unit_1
     Body of Unit_2

or

     Spec of Unit_2
     Spec of Unit_1
     Body of Unit_2
     Body of Unit_1

If you carefully analyze the flow here, you will see that you cannot
tell at compile time the answer to this question.  If `expression_1' is
not equal to 1, and `expression_2' is not equal to 2, then either order
is acceptable, because neither of the function calls is executed. If
both tests evaluate to true, then neither order is acceptable and in
fact there is no correct order.

   If one of the two expressions is true, and the other is false, then
one of the above orders is correct, and the other is incorrect. For
example, if `expression_1' = 1 and `expression_2' /= 2, then the call
to `Func_2' will occur, but not the call to `Func_1.' This means that
it is essential to elaborate the body of `Unit_1' before the body of
`Unit_2', so the first order of elaboration is correct and the second
is wrong.

   By making `expression_1' and `expression_2' depend on input data, or
perhaps the time of day, we can make it impossible for the compiler or
binder to figure out which of these expressions will be true, and hence
it is impossible to guarantee a safe order of elaboration at run time.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Next: Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Prev: Elaboration Code in Ada 95,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.2 Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95
=============================================

In some languages that involve the same kind of elaboration problems,
e.g. Java and C++, the programmer is expected to worry about these
ordering problems himself, and it is common to write a program in which
an incorrect elaboration order  gives surprising results, because it
references variables before they are initialized.  Ada 95 is designed
to be a safe language, and a programmer-beware approach is clearly not
sufficient. Consequently, the language provides three lines of defense:

Standard rules
     Some standard rules restrict the possible choice of elaboration
     order. In particular, if you `with' a unit, then its spec is always
     elaborated before the unit doing the `with'. Similarly, a parent
     spec is always elaborated before the child spec, and finally a
     spec is always elaborated before its corresponding body.

Dynamic elaboration checks
     Dynamic checks are made at run time, so that if some entity is
     accessed before it is elaborated (typically  by means of a
     subprogram call) then the exception (`Program_Error') is raised.

Elaboration control
     Facilities are provided for the programmer to specify the desired
     order of elaboration.

   Let's look at these facilities in more detail. First, the rules for
dynamic checking. One possible rule would be simply to say that the
exception is raised if you access a variable which has not yet been
elaborated. The trouble with this approach is that it could require
expensive checks on every variable reference. Instead Ada 95 has two
rules which are a little more restrictive, but easier to check, and
easier to state:

Restrictions on calls
     A subprogram can only be called at elaboration time if its body
     has been elaborated. The rules for elaboration given above
     guarantee that the spec of the subprogram has been elaborated
     before the call, but not the body. If this rule is violated, then
     the exception `Program_Error' is raised.

Restrictions on instantiations
     A generic unit can only be instantiated if the body of the generic
     unit has been elaborated. Again, the rules for elaboration given
     above guarantee that the spec of the generic unit has been
     elaborated before the instantiation, but not the body. If this
     rule is violated, then the exception `Program_Error' is raised.

The idea is that if the body has been elaborated, then any variables it
references must have been elaborated; by checking for the body being
elaborated we guarantee that none of its references causes any trouble.
As we noted above, this is a little too restrictive, because a
subprogram that has no non-local references in its body may in fact be
safe to call. However, it really would be unsafe to rely on this,
because it would mean that the caller was aware of details of the
implementation in the body. This goes against the basic tenets of Ada.

   A plausible implementation can be described as follows.  A Boolean
variable is associated with each subprogram and each generic unit. This
variable is initialized to False, and is set to True at the point body
is elaborated. Every call or instantiation checks the variable, and
raises `Program_Error' if the variable is False.

   Note that one might think that it would be good enough to have one
Boolean variable for each package, but that would not deal with cases
of trying to call a body in the same package as the call that has not
been elaborated yet.  Of course a compiler may be able to do enough
analysis to optimize away some of the Boolean variables as unnecessary,
and `GNAT' indeed does such optimizations, but still the easiest
conceptual model is to think of there being one variable per subprogram.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Next: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls,  Prev: Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.3 Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95
================================================

In the previous section we discussed the rules in Ada 95 which ensure
that `Program_Error' is raised if an incorrect elaboration order is
chosen. This prevents erroneous executions, but we need mechanisms to
specify a correct execution and avoid the exception altogether.  To
achieve this, Ada 95 provides a number of features for controlling the
order of elaboration. We discuss these features in this section.

   First, there are several ways of indicating to the compiler that a
given unit has no elaboration problems:

packages that do not require a body
     In Ada 95, a library package that does not require a body does not
     permit a body. This means that if we have a such a package, as in:

          package Definitions is
             generic
                type m is new integer;
             package Subp is
                type a is array (1 .. 10) of m;
                type b is array (1 .. 20) of m;
             end Subp;
          end Definitions;

     A package that `with''s `Definitions' may safely instantiate
     `Definitions.Subp' because the compiler can determine that there
     definitely is no package body to worry about in this case

pragma Pure
     Places sufficient restrictions on a unit to guarantee that no call
     to any subprogram in the unit can result in an elaboration
     problem. This means that the compiler does not need to worry about
     the point of elaboration of such units, and in particular, does
     not need to check any calls to any subprograms in this unit.

pragma Preelaborate
     This pragma places slightly less stringent restrictions on a unit
     than does pragma Pure, but these restrictions are still sufficient
     to ensure that there are no elaboration problems with any calls to
     the unit.

pragma Elaborate_Body
     This pragma requires that the body of a unit be elaborated
     immediately after its spec. Suppose a unit `A' has such a pragma,
     and unit `B' does a `with' of unit `A'. Recall that the standard
     rules require the spec of unit `A' to be elaborated before the
     `with''ing unit; given the pragma in `A', we also know that the
     body of `A' will be elaborated before `B', so that calls to `A'
     are safe and do not need a check.

Note that, unlike pragma `Pure' and pragma `Preelaborate', the use of
`Elaborate_Body' does not guarantee that the program is free of
elaboration problems, because it may not be possible to satisfy the
requested elaboration order.  Let's go back to the example with
`Unit_1' and `Unit_2'.  If a programmer marks `Unit_1' as
`Elaborate_Body', and not `Unit_2,' then the order of elaboration will
be:

     Spec of Unit_2
     Spec of Unit_1
     Body of Unit_1
     Body of Unit_2

Now that means that the call to `Func_1' in `Unit_2' need not be
checked, it must be safe. But the call to `Func_2' in `Unit_1' may
still fail if `Expression_1' is equal to 1, and the programmer must
still take responsibility for this not being the case.

   If all units carry a pragma `Elaborate_Body', then all problems are
eliminated, except for calls entirely within a body, which are in any
case fully under programmer control. However, using the pragma
everywhere is not always possible.  In particular, for our
`Unit_1'/`Unit_2' example, if we marked both of them as having pragma
`Elaborate_Body', then clearly there would be no possible elaboration
order.

   The above pragmas allow a server to guarantee safe use by clients,
and clearly this is the preferable approach. Consequently a good rule in
Ada 95 is to mark units as `Pure' or `Preelaborate' if possible, and if
this is not possible, mark them as `Elaborate_Body' if possible.  As we
have seen, there are situations where neither of these three pragmas
can be used.  So we also provide methods for clients to control the
order of elaboration of the servers on which they depend:

pragma Elaborate (unit)
     This pragma is placed in the context clause, after a `with' clause,
     and it requires that the body of the named unit be elaborated
     before the unit in which the pragma occurs. The idea is to use
     this pragma if the current unit calls at elaboration time,
     directly or indirectly, some subprogram in the named unit.

pragma Elaborate_All (unit)
     This is a stronger version of the Elaborate pragma. Consider the
     following example:

          Unit A `with''s unit B and calls B.Func in elab code
          Unit B `with''s unit C, and B.Func calls C.Func

     Now if we put a pragma `Elaborate (B)' in unit `A', this ensures
     that the body of `B' is elaborated before the call, but not the
     body of `C', so the call to `C.Func' could still cause
     `Program_Error' to be raised.

     The effect of a pragma `Elaborate_All' is stronger, it requires
     not only that the body of the named unit be elaborated before the
     unit doing the `with', but also the bodies of all units that the
     named unit uses, following `with' links transitively. For example,
     if we put a pragma `Elaborate_All (B)' in unit `A', then it
     requires not only that the body of `B' be elaborated before `A',
     but also the body of `C', because `B' `with''s `C'.

We are now in a position to give a usage rule in Ada 95 for avoiding
elaboration problems, at least if dynamic dispatching and access to
subprogram values are not used. We will handle these cases separately
later.

   The rule is simple. If a unit has elaboration code that can directly
or indirectly make a call to a subprogram in a `with''ed unit, or
instantiate a generic unit in a `with''ed unit, then if the `with''ed
unit does not have pragma `Pure' or `Preelaborate', then the client
should have a pragma `Elaborate_All' for the `with''ed unit. By
following this rule a client is assured that calls can be made without
risk of an exception.  If this rule is not followed, then a program may
be in one of four states:

No order exists
     No order of elaboration exists which follows the rules, taking into
     account any `Elaborate', `Elaborate_All', or `Elaborate_Body'
     pragmas. In this case, an Ada 95 compiler must diagnose the
     situation at bind time, and refuse to build an executable program.

One or more orders exist, all incorrect
     One or more acceptable elaboration orders exists, and all of them
     generate an elaboration order problem. In this case, the binder
     can build an executable program, but `Program_Error' will be raised
     when the program is run.

Several orders exist, some right, some incorrect
     One or more acceptable elaboration orders exists, and some of them
     work, and some do not. The programmer has not controlled the order
     of elaboration, so the binder may or may not pick one of the
     correct orders, and the program may or may not raise an exception
     when it is run. This is the worst case, because it means that the
     program may fail when moved to another compiler, or even another
     version of the same compiler.

One or more orders exists, all correct
     One ore more acceptable elaboration orders exist, and all of them
     work. In this case the program runs successfully. This state of
     affairs can be guaranteed by following the rule we gave above, but
     may be true even if the rule is not followed.

Note that one additional advantage of following our Elaborate_All rule
is that the program continues to stay in the ideal (all orders OK) state
even if maintenance changes some bodies of some subprograms.
Conversely, if a program that does not follow this rule happens to be
safe at some point, this state of affairs may deteriorate silently as a
result of maintenance changes.

   You may have noticed that the above discussion did not mention the
use of `Elaborate_Body'. This was a deliberate omission. If you `with'
an `Elaborate_Body' unit, it still may be the case that code in the
body makes calls to some other unit, so it is still necessary to use
`Elaborate_All' on such units.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls,  Next: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls,  Prev: Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.4 Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls
=====================================================

In the case of internal calls, i.e. calls within a single package, the
programmer has full control over the order of elaboration, and it is up
to the programmer to elaborate declarations in an appropriate order. For
example writing:

     function One return Float;

     Q : Float := One;

     function One return Float is
     begin
          return 1.0;
     end One;

will obviously raise `Program_Error' at run time, because function One
will be called before its body is elaborated. In this case GNAT will
generate a warning that the call will raise `Program_Error':

      1. procedure y is
      2.    function One return Float;
      3.
      4.    Q : Float := One;
                         |
         >>> warning: cannot call "One" before body is elaborated
         >>> warning: Program_Error will be raised at run time

      5.
      6.    function One return Float is
      7.    begin
      8.         return 1.0;
      9.    end One;
     10.
     11. begin
     12.    null;
     13. end;

Note that in this particular case, it is likely that the call is safe,
because the function `One' does not access any global variables.
Nevertheless in Ada 95, we do not want the validity of the check to
depend on the contents of the body (think about the separate
compilation case), so this is still wrong, as we discussed in the
previous sections.

   The error is easily corrected by rearranging the declarations so
that the body of One appears before the declaration containing the call
(note that in Ada 95, declarations can appear in any order, so there is
no restriction that would prevent this reordering, and if we write:

     function One return Float;

     function One return Float is
     begin
          return 1.0;
     end One;

     Q : Float := One;

then all is well, no warning is generated, and no `Program_Error'
exception will be raised.  Things are more complicated when a chain of
subprograms is executed:

     function A return Integer;
     function B return Integer;
     function C return Integer;

     function B return Integer is begin return A; end;
     function C return Integer is begin return B; end;

     X : Integer := C;

     function A return Integer is begin return 1; end;

Now the call to `C' at elaboration time in the declaration of `X' is
correct, because the body of `C' is already elaborated, and the call to
`B' within the body of `C' is correct, but the call to `A' within the
body of `B' is incorrect, because the body of `A' has not been
elaborated, so `Program_Error' will be raised on the call to `A'.  In
this case GNAT will generate a warning that `Program_Error' may be
raised at the point of the call. Let's look at the warning:

      1. procedure x is
      2.    function A return Integer;
      3.    function B return Integer;
      4.    function C return Integer;
      5.
      6.    function B return Integer is begin return A; end;
                                                         |
         >>> warning: call to "A" before body is elaborated may
                      raise Program_Error
         >>> warning: "B" called at line 7
         >>> warning: "C" called at line 9

      7.    function C return Integer is begin return B; end;
      8.
      9.    X : Integer := C;
     10.
     11.    function A return Integer is begin return 1; end;
     12.
     13. begin
     14.    null;
     15. end;

Note that the message here says "may raise", instead of the direct case,
where the message says "will be raised". That's because whether `A' is
actually called depends in general on run-time flow of control.  For
example, if the body of `B' said

     function B return Integer is
     begin
        if some-condition-depending-on-input-data then
           return A;
        else
           return 1;
        end if;
     end B;

then we could not know until run time whether the incorrect call to A
would actually occur, so `Program_Error' might or might not be raised.
It is possible for a compiler to do a better job of analyzing bodies, to
determine whether or not `Program_Error' might be raised, but it
certainly couldn't do a perfect job (that would require solving the
halting problem and is provably impossible), and because this is a
warning anyway, it does not seem worth the effort to do the analysis.
Cases in which it would be relevant are rare.

   In practice, warnings of either of the forms given above will
usually correspond to real errors, and should be examined carefully and
eliminated.  In the rare case where a warning is bogus, it can be
suppressed by any of the following methods:

   * Compile with the `-gnatws' switch set

   * Suppress `Elaboration_Checks' for the called subprogram

   * Use pragma `Warnings_Off' to turn warnings off for the call

For the internal elaboration check case, GNAT by default generates the
necessary run-time checks to ensure that `Program_Error' is raised if
any call fails an elaboration check. Of course this can only happen if a
warning has been issued as described above. The use of pragma `Suppress
(Elaboration_Checks)' may (but is not guaranteed to) suppress some of
these checks, meaning that it may be possible (but is not guaranteed)
for a program to be able to call a subprogram whose body is not yet
elaborated, without raising a `Program_Error' exception.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls,  Next: Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety,  Prev: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.5 Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls
=====================================================

The previous section discussed the case in which the execution of a
particular thread of elaboration code occurred entirely within a single
unit. This is the easy case to handle, because a programmer has direct
and total control over the order of elaboration, and furthermore,
checks need only be generated in cases which are rare and which the
compiler can easily detect.  The situation is more complex when
separate compilation is taken into account.  Consider the following:

     package Math is
        function Sqrt (Arg : Float) return Float;
     end Math;

     package body Math is
        function Sqrt (Arg : Float) return Float is
        begin
              ...
        end Sqrt;
     end Math;

     with Math;
     package Stuff is
        X : Float := Math.Sqrt (0.5);
     end Stuff;

     with Stuff;
     procedure Main is
     begin
        ...
     end Main;

where `Main' is the main program. When this program is executed, the
elaboration code must first be executed, and one of the jobs of the
binder is to determine the order in which the units of a program are to
be elaborated. In this case we have four units: the spec and body of
`Math', the spec of `Stuff' and the body of `Main').  In what order
should the four separate sections of elaboration code be executed?

   There are some restrictions in the order of elaboration that the
binder can choose. In particular, if unit U has a `with' for a package
`X', then you are assured that the spec of `X' is elaborated before U ,
but you are not assured that the body of `X' is elaborated before U.
This means that in the above case, the binder is allowed to choose the
order:

     spec of Math
     spec of Stuff
     body of Math
     body of Main

but that's not good, because now the call to `Math.Sqrt' that happens
during the elaboration of the `Stuff' spec happens before the body of
`Math.Sqrt' is elaborated, and hence causes `Program_Error' exception
to be raised.  At first glance, one might say that the binder is
misbehaving, because obviously you want to elaborate the body of
something you `with' first, but that is not a general rule that can be
followed in all cases. Consider

     package X is ...

     package Y is ...

     with X;
     package body Y is ...

     with Y;
     package body X is ...

This is a common arrangement, and, apart from the order of elaboration
problems that might arise in connection with elaboration code, this
works fine.  A rule that says that you must first elaborate the body of
anything you `with' cannot work in this case: the body of `X' `with''s
`Y', which means you would have to elaborate the body of `Y' first, but
that `with''s `X', which means you have to elaborate the body of `X'
first, but ... and we have a loop that cannot be broken.

   It is true that the binder can in many cases guess an order of
elaboration that is unlikely to cause a `Program_Error' exception to be
raised, and it tries to do so (in the above example of
`Math/Stuff/Spec', the GNAT binder will by default elaborate the body
of `Math' right after its spec, so all will be well).

   However, a program that blindly relies on the binder to be helpful
can get into trouble, as we discussed in the previous sections, so GNAT
provides a number of facilities for assisting the programmer in
developing programs that are robust with respect to elaboration order.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety,  Next: Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks,  Prev: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.6 Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety
===============================================

The default behavior in GNAT ensures elaboration safety. In its default
mode GNAT implements the rule we previously described as the right
approach. Let's restate it:

   * _If a unit has elaboration code that can directly or indirectly
     make a call to a subprogram in a `with''ed unit, or instantiate a
     generic unit in a `with''ed unit, then if the `with''ed unit does
     not have pragma `Pure' or `Preelaborate', then the client should
     have an `Elaborate_All' for the `with''ed unit._

By following this rule a client is assured that calls and
instantiations can be made without risk of an exception.

   In this mode GNAT traces all calls that are potentially made from
elaboration code, and puts in any missing implicit `Elaborate_All'
pragmas.  The advantage of this approach is that no elaboration problems
are possible if the binder can find an elaboration order that is
consistent with these implicit `Elaborate_All' pragmas. The
disadvantage of this approach is that no such order may exist.

   If the binder does not generate any diagnostics, then it means that
it has found an elaboration order that is guaranteed to be safe.
However, the binder may still be relying on implicitly generated
`Elaborate_All' pragmas so portability to other compilers than GNAT is
not guaranteed.

   If it is important to guarantee portability, then the compilations
should use the `-gnatwl' (warn on elaboration problems) switch. This
will cause warning messages to be generated indicating the missing
`Elaborate_All' pragmas.  Consider the following source program:

     with k;
     package j is
       m : integer := k.r;
     end;

where it is clear that there should be a pragma `Elaborate_All' for
unit `k'. An implicit pragma will be generated, and it is likely that
the binder will be able to honor it. However, it is safer to include
the pragma explicitly in the source. If this unit is compiled with the
`-gnatwl' switch, then the compiler outputs a warning:

     1. with k;
     2. package j is
     3.   m : integer := k.r;
                          |
        >>> warning: call to "r" may raise Program_Error
        >>> warning: missing pragma Elaborate_All for "k"

     4. end;

and these warnings can be used as a guide for supplying manually the
missing pragmas.

   This default mode is more restrictive than the Ada Reference Manual,
and it is possible to construct programs which will compile using the
dynamic model described there, but will run into a circularity using
the safer static model we have described.

   Of course any Ada compiler must be able to operate in a mode
consistent with the requirements of the Ada Reference Manual, and in
particular must have the capability of implementing the standard
dynamic model of elaboration with run-time checks.

   In GNAT, this standard mode can be achieved either by the use of the
`-gnatE' switch on the compiler (`gcc' or `gnatmake') command, or by
the use of the configuration pragma:

     pragma Elaboration_Checks (RM);

Either approach will cause the unit affected to be compiled using the
standard dynamic run-time elaboration checks described in the Ada
Reference Manual. The static model is generally preferable, since it is
clearly safer to rely on compile and link time checks rather than
run-time checks. However, in the case of legacy code, it may be
difficult to meet the requirements of the static model. This issue is
further discussed in *Note What to Do If the Default Elaboration
Behavior Fails::.

   Note that the static model provides a strict subset of the allowed
behavior and programs of the Ada Reference Manual, so if you do adhere
to the static model and no circularities exist, then you are assured
that your program will work using the dynamic model.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks,  Next: Mixing Elaboration Models,  Prev: Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.7 Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks
=========================================

In this section we examine special elaboration issues that arise for
programs that declare library level tasks.

   Generally the model of execution of an Ada program is that all units
are elaborated, and then execution of the program starts. However, the
declaration of library tasks definitely does not fit this model. The
reason for this is that library tasks start as soon as they are declared
(more precisely, as soon as the statement part of the enclosing package
body is reached), that is to say before elaboration of the program is
complete. This means that if such a task calls a subprogram, or an
entry in another task, the callee may or may not be elaborated yet, and
in the standard Reference Manual model of dynamic elaboration checks,
you can even get timing dependent Program_Error exceptions, since there
can be a race between the elaboration code and the task code.

   The static model of elaboration in GNAT seeks to avoid all such
dynamic behavior, by being conservative, and the conservative approach
in this particular case is to assume that all the code in a task body
is potentially executed at elaboration time if a task is declared at
the library level.

   This can definitely result in unexpected circularities. Consider the
following example

     package Decls is
       task Lib_Task is
          entry Start;
       end Lib_Task;

       type My_Int is new Integer;

       function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
     end Decls;

     with Utils;
     package body Decls is
       task body Lib_Task is
       begin
          accept Start;
          Utils.Put_Val (2);
       end Lib_Task;

       function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
       begin
          return M;
       end Ident;
     end Decls;

     with Decls;
     package Utils is
       procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int);
     end Utils;

     with Text_IO;
     package body Utils is
       procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int) is
       begin
          Text_IO.Put_Line (Decls.My_Int'Image (Decls.Ident (Arg)));
       end Put_Val;
     end Utils;

     with Decls;
     procedure Main is
     begin
        Decls.Lib_Task.Start;
     end;

If the above example is compiled in the default static elaboration
mode, then a circularity occurs. The circularity comes from the call
`Utils.Put_Val' in the task body of `Decls.Lib_Task'. Since this call
occurs in elaboration code, we need an implicit pragma `Elaborate_All'
for `Utils'. This means that not only must the spec and body of `Utils'
be elaborated before the body of `Decls', but also the spec and body of
any unit that is `with'ed' by the body of `Utils' must also be
elaborated before the body of `Decls'. This is the transitive
implication of pragma `Elaborate_All' and it makes sense, because in
general the body of `Put_Val' might have a call to something in a
`with'ed' unit.

   In this case, the body of Utils (actually its spec) `with's'
`Decls'. Unfortunately this means that the body of `Decls' must be
elaborated before itself, in case there is a call from the body of
`Utils'.

   Here is the exact chain of events we are worrying about:

  1. In the body of `Decls' a call is made from within the body of a
     library task to a subprogram in the package `Utils'. Since this
     call may occur at elaboration time (given that the task is
     activated at elaboration time), we have to assume the worst, i.e.
     that the call does happen at elaboration time.

  2. This means that the body and spec of `Util' must be elaborated
     before the body of `Decls' so that this call does not cause an
     access before elaboration.

  3. Within the body of `Util', specifically within the body of
     `Util.Put_Val' there may be calls to any unit `with''ed by this
     package.

  4. One such `with''ed package is package `Decls', so there might be a
     call to a subprogram in `Decls' in `Put_Val'.  In fact there is
     such a call in this example, but we would have to assume that
     there was such a call even if it were not there, since we are not
     supposed to write the body of `Decls' knowing what is in the body
     of `Utils'; certainly in the case of the static elaboration model,
     the compiler does not know what is in other bodies and must assume
     the worst.

  5. This means that the spec and body of `Decls' must also be
     elaborated before we elaborate the unit containing the call, but
     that unit is `Decls'! This means that the body of `Decls' must be
     elaborated before itself, and that's a circularity.

Indeed, if you add an explicit pragma Elaborate_All for `Utils' in the
body of `Decls' you will get a true Ada Reference Manual circularity
that makes the program illegal.

   In practice, we have found that problems with the static model of
elaboration in existing code often arise from library tasks, so we must
address this particular situation.

   Note that if we compile and run the program above, using the dynamic
model of elaboration (that is to say use the `-gnatE' switch), then it
compiles, binds, links, and runs, printing the expected result of 2.
Therefore in some sense the circularity here is only apparent, and we
need to capture the properties of this program that  distinguish it
from other library-level tasks that have real elaboration problems.

   We have four possible answers to this question:

   * Use the dynamic model of elaboration.

     If we use the `-gnatE' switch, then as noted above, the program
     works.  Why is this? If we examine the task body, it is apparent
     that the task cannot proceed past the `accept' statement until
     after elaboration has been completed, because the corresponding
     entry call comes from the main program, not earlier.  This is why
     the dynamic model works here. But that's really giving up on a
     precise analysis, and we prefer to take this approach only if we
     cannot solve the problem in any other manner. So let us examine
     two ways to reorganize the program to avoid the potential
     elaboration problem.

   * Split library tasks into separate packages.

     Write separate packages, so that library tasks are isolated from
     other declarations as much as possible. Let us look at a variation
     on the above program.

          package Decls1 is
            task Lib_Task is
               entry Start;
            end Lib_Task;
          end Decls1;

          with Utils;
          package body Decls1 is
            task body Lib_Task is
            begin
               accept Start;
               Utils.Put_Val (2);
            end Lib_Task;
          end Decls1;

          package Decls2 is
            type My_Int is new Integer;
            function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
          end Decls2;

          with Utils;
          package body Decls2 is
            function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
            begin
               return M;
            end Ident;
          end Decls2;

          with Decls2;
          package Utils is
            procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls2.My_Int);
          end Utils;

          with Text_IO;
          package body Utils is
            procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls2.My_Int) is
            begin
               Text_IO.Put_Line (Decls2.My_Int'Image (Decls2.Ident (Arg)));
            end Put_Val;
          end Utils;

          with Decls1;
          procedure Main is
          begin
             Decls1.Lib_Task.Start;
          end;

     All we have done is to split `Decls' into two packages, one
     containing the library task, and one containing everything else.
     Now there is no cycle, and the program compiles, binds, links and
     executes using the default static model of elaboration.

   * Declare separate task types.

     A significant part of the problem arises because of the use of the
     single task declaration form. This means that the elaboration of
     the task type, and the elaboration of the task itself (i.e. the
     creation of the task) happen at the same time. A good rule of
     style in Ada 95 is to always create explicit task types. By
     following the additional step of placing task objects in separate
     packages from the task type declaration, many elaboration problems
     are avoided. Here is another modified example of the example
     program:

          package Decls is
            task type Lib_Task_Type is
               entry Start;
            end Lib_Task_Type;

            type My_Int is new Integer;

            function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
          end Decls;

          with Utils;
          package body Decls is
            task body Lib_Task_Type is
            begin
               accept Start;
               Utils.Put_Val (2);
            end Lib_Task_Type;

            function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
            begin
               return M;
            end Ident;
          end Decls;

          with Decls;
          package Utils is
            procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int);
          end Utils;

          with Text_IO;
          package body Utils is
            procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int) is
            begin
               Text_IO.Put_Line (Decls.My_Int'Image (Decls.Ident (Arg)));
            end Put_Val;
          end Utils;

          with Decls;
          package Declst is
             Lib_Task : Decls.Lib_Task_Type;
          end Declst;

          with Declst;
          procedure Main is
          begin
             Declst.Lib_Task.Start;
          end;

     What we have done here is to replace the `task' declaration in
     package `Decls' with a `task type' declaration. Then we introduce
     a separate package `Declst' to contain the actual task object.
     This separates the elaboration issues for the `task type'
     declaration, which causes no trouble, from the elaboration issues
     of the task object, which is also unproblematic, since it is now
     independent of the elaboration of  `Utils'.  This separation of
     concerns also corresponds to a generally sound engineering
     principle of separating declarations from instances. This version
     of the program also compiles, binds, links, and executes,
     generating the expected output.

   * Use No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code restriction.  

     The previous two approaches described how a program can be
     restructured to avoid the special problems caused by library task
     bodies. in practice, however, such restructuring may be difficult
     to apply to existing legacy code, so we must consider solutions
     that do not require massive rewriting.

     Let us consider more carefully why our original sample program
     works under the dynamic model of elaboration. The reason is that
     the code in the task body blocks immediately on the `accept'
     statement. Now of course there is nothing to prohibit elaboration
     code from making entry calls (for example from another library
     level task), so we cannot tell in isolation that the task will not
     execute the accept statement  during elaboration.

     However, in practice it is very unusual to see elaboration code
     make any entry calls, and the pattern of tasks starting at
     elaboration time and then immediately blocking on `accept' or
     `select' statements is very common. What this means is that the
     compiler is being too pessimistic when it analyzes the whole
     package body as though it might be executed at elaboration time.

     If we know that the elaboration code contains no entry calls, (a
     very safe assumption most of the time, that could almost be made
     the default behavior), then we can compile all units of the
     program under control of the following configuration pragma:

          pragma Restrictions (No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code);

     This pragma can be placed in the `gnat.adc' file in the usual
     manner. If we take our original unmodified program and compile it
     in the presence of a `gnat.adc' containing the above pragma, then
     once again, we can compile, bind, link, and execute, obtaining the
     expected result. In the presence of this pragma, the compiler does
     not trace calls in a task body, that appear after the first
     `accept' or `select' statement, and therefore does not report a
     potential circularity in the original program.

     The compiler will check to the extent it can that the above
     restriction is not violated, but it is not always possible to do a
     complete check at compile time, so it is important to use this
     pragma only if the stated restriction is in fact met, that is to
     say no task receives an entry call before elaboration of all units
     is completed.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Mixing Elaboration Models,  Next: What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails,  Prev: Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.8 Mixing Elaboration Models
==============================

So far, we have assumed that the entire program is either compiled
using the dynamic model or static model, ensuring consistency. It is
possible to mix the two models, but rules have to be followed if this
mixing is done to ensure that elaboration checks are not omitted.

   The basic rule is that _a unit compiled with the static model cannot
be `with'ed' by a unit compiled with the dynamic model_. The reason for
this is that in the static model, a unit assumes that its clients
guarantee to use (the equivalent of) pragma `Elaborate_All' so that no
elaboration checks are required in inner subprograms, and this
assumption is violated if the client is compiled with dynamic checks.

   The precise rule is as follows. A unit that is compiled with dynamic
checks can only `with' a unit that meets at least one of the following
criteria:

   * The `with'ed' unit is itself compiled with dynamic elaboration
     checks (that is with the `-gnatE' switch.

   * The `with'ed' unit is an internal GNAT implementation unit from
     the System, Interfaces, Ada, or GNAT hierarchies.

   * The `with'ed' unit has pragma Preelaborate or pragma Pure.

   * The `with'ing' unit (that is the client) has an explicit pragma
     `Elaborate_All' for the `with'ed' unit.


If this rule is violated, that is if a unit with dynamic elaboration
checks `with's' a unit that does not meet one of the above four
criteria, then the binder (`gnatbind') will issue a warning similar to
that in the following example:

     warning: "x.ads" has dynamic elaboration checks and with's
     warning:   "y.ads" which has static elaboration checks

These warnings indicate that the rule has been violated, and that as a
result elaboration checks may be missed in the resulting executable
file.  This warning may be suppressed using the `-ws' binder switch in
the usual manner.

   One useful application of this mixing rule is in the case of a
subsystem which does not itself `with' units from the remainder of the
application. In this case, the entire subsystem can be compiled with
dynamic checks to resolve a circularity in the subsystem, while
allowing the main application that uses this subsystem to be compiled
using the more reliable default static model.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails,  Next: Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values,  Prev: Mixing Elaboration Models,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.9 What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails
=========================================================

If the binder cannot find an acceptable order, it outputs detailed
diagnostics. For example:
     error: elaboration circularity detected
     info:   "proc (body)" must be elaborated before "pack (body)"
     info:     reason: Elaborate_All probably needed in unit "pack (body)"
     info:     recompile "pack (body)" with -gnatwl
     info:                             for full details
     info:       "proc (body)"
     info:         is needed by its spec:
     info:       "proc (spec)"
     info:         which is withed by:
     info:       "pack (body)"
     info:  "pack (body)" must be elaborated before "proc (body)"
     info:     reason: pragma Elaborate in unit "proc (body)"


In this case we have a cycle that the binder cannot break. On the one
hand, there is an explicit pragma Elaborate in `proc' for `pack'. This
means that the body of `pack' must be elaborated before the body of
`proc'. On the other hand, there is elaboration code in `pack' that
calls a subprogram in `proc'. This means that for maximum safety, there
should really be a pragma Elaborate_All in `pack' for `proc' which
would require that the body of `proc' be elaborated before the body of
`pack'. Clearly both requirements cannot be satisfied.  Faced with a
circularity of this kind, you have three different options.

Fix the program
     The most desirable option from the point of view of long-term
     maintenance is to rearrange the program so that the elaboration
     problems are avoided.  One useful technique is to place the
     elaboration code into separate child packages. Another is to move
     some of the initialization code to explicitly called subprograms,
     where the program controls the order of initialization explicitly.
     Although this is the most desirable option, it may be impractical
     and involve too much modification, especially in the case of
     complex legacy code.

Perform dynamic checks
     If the compilations are done using the `-gnatE' (dynamic
     elaboration check) switch, then GNAT behaves in a quite different
     manner. Dynamic checks are generated for all calls that could
     possibly result in raising an exception. With this switch, the
     compiler does not generate implicit `Elaborate_All' pragmas.  The
     behavior then is exactly as specified in the Ada 95 Reference
     Manual.  The binder will generate an executable program that may
     or may not raise `Program_Error', and then it is the programmer's
     job to ensure that it does not raise an exception. Note that it is
     important to compile all units with the switch, it cannot be used
     selectively.

Suppress checks
     The drawback of dynamic checks is that they generate a significant
     overhead at run time, both in space and time. If you are
     absolutely sure that your program cannot raise any elaboration
     exceptions, and you still want to use the dynamic elaboration
     model, then you can use the configuration pragma `Suppress
     (Elaboration_Checks)' to suppress all such checks. For example
     this pragma could be placed in the `gnat.adc' file.

Suppress checks selectively
     When you know that certain calls in elaboration code cannot
     possibly lead to an elaboration error, and the binder nevertheless
     generates warnings on those calls and inserts Elaborate_All
     pragmas that lead to elaboration circularities, it is possible to
     remove those warnings locally and obtain a program that will bind.
     Clearly this can be unsafe, and it is the responsibility of the
     programmer to make sure that the resulting program has no
     elaboration anomalies. The pragma `Suppress (Elaboration_Check)'
     can be used with different granularity to suppress warnings and
     break elaboration circularities:

        * Place the pragma that names the called subprogram in the
          declarative part that contains the call.

        * Place the pragma in the declarative part, without naming an
          entity. This disables warnings on all calls in the
          corresponding  declarative region.

        * Place the pragma in the package spec that declares the called
          subprogram, and name the subprogram. This disables warnings
          on all elaboration calls to that subprogram.

        * Place the pragma in the package spec that declares the called
          subprogram, without naming any entity. This disables warnings
          on all elaboration calls to all subprograms declared in this
          spec.

     These four cases are listed in order of decreasing safety, and
     therefore require increasing programmer care in their application.
     Consider the following program:

          package Pack1 is
            function F1 return Integer;
            X1 : Integer;
          end Pack1;

          package Pack2 is
            function F2 return Integer;
            function Pure (x : integer) return integer;
            --  pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check, On => Pure);  -- (3)
            --  pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check);              -- (4)
          end Pack2;

          with Pack2;
          package body Pack1 is
            function F1 return Integer is
            begin
              return 100;
            end F1;
            Val : integer := Pack2.Pure (11);    --  Elab. call (1)
          begin
            declare
              --  pragma Suppress(Elaboration_Check, Pack2.F2);   -- (1)
              --  pragma Suppress(Elaboration_Check);             -- (2)
            begin
              X1 := Pack2.F2 + 1;                --  Elab. call (2)
            end;
          end Pack1;

          with Pack1;
          package body Pack2 is
            function F2 return Integer is
            begin
               return Pack1.F1;
            end F2;
            function Pure (x : integer) return integer is
            begin
               return x ** 3 - 3 * x;
            end;
          end Pack2;

          with Pack1, Ada.Text_IO;
          procedure Proc3 is
          begin
            Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line(Pack1.X1'Img); -- 101
          end Proc3;
     In the absence of any pragmas, an attempt to bind this program
     produces the following diagnostics:
          error: elaboration circularity detected
          info:    "pack1 (body)" must be elaborated before "pack1 (body)"
          info:       reason: Elaborate_All probably needed in unit "pack1 (body)"
          info:       recompile "pack1 (body)" with -gnatwl for full details
          info:          "pack1 (body)"
          info:             must be elaborated along with its spec:
          info:          "pack1 (spec)"
          info:             which is withed by:
          info:          "pack2 (body)"
          info:             which must be elaborated along with its spec:
          info:          "pack2 (spec)"
          info:             which is withed by:
          info:          "pack1 (body)"
     The sources of the circularity are the two calls to
     `Pack2.Pure' and `Pack2.F2' in the body of `Pack1'. We can see
     that the call to F2 is safe, even though F2 calls F1, because the
     call appears after the elaboration of the body of F1. Therefore
     the pragma (1) is safe, and will remove the warning on the call.
     It is also possible to use pragma (2) because there are no other
     potentially unsafe calls in the block.

     The call to `Pure' is safe because this function does not depend
     on the state of `Pack2'. Therefore any call to this function is
     safe, and it is correct to place pragma (3) in the corresponding
     package spec.

     Finally, we could place pragma (4) in the spec of `Pack2' to
     disable warnings on all calls to functions declared therein. Note
     that this is not necessarily safe, and requires more detailed
     examination of the subprogram bodies involved. In particular, a
     call to `F2' requires that `F1' be already elaborated.

It is hard to generalize on which of these four approaches should be
taken. Obviously if it is possible to fix the program so that the
default treatment works, this is preferable, but this may not always be
practical.  It is certainly simple enough to use `-gnatE' but the
danger in this case is that, even if the GNAT binder finds a correct
elaboration order, it may not always do so, and certainly a binder from
another Ada compiler might not. A combination of testing and analysis
(for which the warnings generated with the `-gnatwl' switch can be
useful) must be used to ensure that the program is free of errors. One
switch that is useful in this testing is the `-p (pessimistic
elaboration order)' switch for `gnatbind'.  Normally the binder tries
to find an order that has the best chance of of avoiding elaboration
problems. With this switch, the binder plays a devil's advocate role,
and tries to choose the order that has the best chance of failing. If
your program works even with this switch, then it has a better chance
of being error free, but this is still not a guarantee.

   For an example of this approach in action, consider the C-tests
(executable tests) from the ACVC suite. If these are compiled and run
with the default treatment, then all but one of them succeed without
generating any error diagnostics from the binder. However, there is one
test that fails, and this is not surprising, because the whole point of
this test is to ensure that the compiler can handle cases where it is
impossible to determine a correct order statically, and it checks that
an exception is indeed raised at run time.

   This one test must be compiled and run using the `-gnatE' switch,
and then it passes. Alternatively, the entire suite can be run using
this switch. It is never wrong to run with the dynamic elaboration
switch if your code is correct, and we assume that the C-tests are
indeed correct (it is less efficient, but efficiency is not a factor in
running the ACVC tests.)


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values,  Next: Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,  Prev: What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.10 Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values
=================================================

The introduction of access-to-subprogram types in Ada 95 complicates
the handling of elaboration. The trouble is that it becomes impossible
to tell at compile time which procedure is being called. This means
that it is not possible for the binder to analyze the elaboration
requirements in this case.

   If at the point at which the access value is created (i.e., the
evaluation of `P'Access' for a subprogram `P'), the body of the
subprogram is known to have been elaborated, then the access value is
safe, and its use does not require a check. This may be achieved by
appropriate arrangement of the order of declarations if the subprogram
is in the current unit, or, if the subprogram is in another unit, by
using pragma `Pure', `Preelaborate', or `Elaborate_Body' on the
referenced unit.

   If the referenced body is not known to have been elaborated at the
point the access value is created, then any use of the access value
must do a dynamic check, and this dynamic check will fail and raise a
`Program_Error' exception if the body has not been elaborated yet.
GNAT will generate the necessary checks, and in addition, if the
`-gnatwl' switch is set, will generate warnings that such checks are
required.

   The use of dynamic dispatching for tagged types similarly generates
a requirement for dynamic checks, and premature calls to any primitive
operation of a tagged type before the body of the operation has been
elaborated, will result in the raising of `Program_Error'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,  Next: Other Elaboration Order Considerations,  Prev: Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.11 Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control
===================================================

First, compile your program with the default options, using none of the
special elaboration control switches. If the binder successfully binds
your program, then you can be confident that, apart from issues raised
by the use of access-to-subprogram types and dynamic dispatching, the
program is free of elaboration errors. If it is important that the
program be portable, then use the `-gnatwl' switch to generate warnings
about missing `Elaborate_All' pragmas, and supply the missing pragmas.

   If the program fails to bind using the default static elaboration
handling, then you can fix the program to eliminate the binder message,
or recompile the entire program with the `-gnatE' switch to generate
dynamic elaboration checks, and, if you are sure there really are no
elaboration problems, use a global pragma `Suppress
(Elaboration_Checks)'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Other Elaboration Order Considerations,  Prev: Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,  Up: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT

12.12 Other Elaboration Order Considerations
============================================

This section has been entirely concerned with the issue of finding a
valid elaboration order, as defined by the Ada Reference Manual. In a
case where several elaboration orders are valid, the task is to find one
of the possible valid elaboration orders (and the static model in GNAT
will ensure that this is achieved).

   The purpose of the elaboration rules in the Ada Reference Manual is
to make sure that no entity is accessed before it has been elaborated.
For a subprogram, this means that the spec and body must have been
elaborated before the subprogram is called. For an object, this means
that the object must have been elaborated before its value is read or
written. A violation of either of these two requirements is an access
before elaboration order, and this section has been all about avoiding
such errors.

   In the case where more than one order of elaboration is possible, in
the sense that access before elaboration errors are avoided, then any
one of the orders is "correct" in the sense that it meets the
requirements of the Ada Reference Manual, and no such error occurs.

   However, it may be the case for a given program, that there are
constraints on the order of elaboration that come not from consideration
of avoiding elaboration errors, but rather from extra-lingual logic
requirements. Consider this example:

     with Init_Constants;
     package Constants is
        X : Integer := 0;
        Y : Integer := 0;
     end Constants;

     package Init_Constants is
        procedure Calc;
     end Init_Constants;

     with Constants;
     package body Init_Constants is
        procedure Calc is begin null; end;
     begin
        Constants.X := 3;
        Constants.Y := 4;
     end Init_Constants;

     with Constants;
     package Calc is
        Z : Integer := Constants.X + Constants.Y;
     end Calc;

     with Calc;
     with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
     procedure Main is
     begin
        Put_Line (Calc.Z'Img);
     end Main;

In this example, there is more than one valid order of elaboration. For
example both the following are correct orders:

     Init_Constants spec
     Constants spec
     Calc spec
     Main body
     Init_Constants body

       and

     Init_Constants spec
     Init_Constants body
     Constants spec
     Calc spec
     Main body

There is no language rule to prefer one or the other, both are correct
from an order of elaboration point of view. But the programmatic effects
of the two orders are very different. In the first, the elaboration
routine of `Calc' initializes `Z' to zero, and then the main program
runs with this value of zero. But in the second order, the elaboration
routine of `Calc' runs after the body of Init_Constants has set `X' and
`Y' and thus `Z' is set to 7 before `Main' runs.

   One could perhaps by applying pretty clever non-artificial
intelligence to the situation guess that it is more likely that the
second order of elaboration is the one desired, but there is no formal
linguistic reason to prefer one over the other. In fact in this
particular case, GNAT will prefer the second order, because of the rule
that bodies are elaborated as soon as possible, but it's just luck that
this is what was wanted (if indeed the second order was preferred).

   If the program cares about the order of elaboration routines in a
case like this, it is important to specify the order required. In this
particular case, that could have been achieved by adding to the spec of
Calc:

     pragma Elaborate_All (Constants);

which requires that the body (if any) and spec of `Constants', as well
as the body and spec of any unit `with''ed by `Constants' be elaborated
before `Calc' is elaborated.

   Clearly no automatic method can always guess which alternative you
require, and if you are working with legacy code that had constraints
of this kind which were not properly specified by adding `Elaborate' or
`Elaborate_All' pragmas, then indeed it is possible that two different
compilers can choose different orders.

   The `gnatbind' `-p' switch may be useful in smoking out problems.
This switch causes bodies to be elaborated as late as possible instead
of as early as possible. In the example above, it would have forced the
choice of the first elaboration order. If you get different results
when using this switch, and particularly if one set of results is right,
and one is wrong as far as you are concerned, it shows that you have
some missing `Elaborate' pragmas. For the example above, we have the
following output:

     gnatmake -f -q main
     main
      7
     gnatmake -f -q main -bargs -p
     main
      0

It is of course quite unlikely that both these results are correct, so
it is up to you in a case like this to investigate the source of the
difference, by looking at the two elaboration orders that are chosen,
and figuring out which is correct, and then adding the necessary
`Elaborate_All' pragmas to ensure the desired order.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,  Next: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr,  Prev: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,  Up: Top

13 The Cross-Referencing Tools `gnatxref' and `gnatfind'
********************************************************

The compiler generates cross-referencing information (unless you set
the `-gnatx' switch), which are saved in the `.ali' files.  This
information indicates where in the source each entity is declared and
referenced. Note that entities in package Standard are not included, but
entities in all other predefined units are included in the output.

   Before using any of these two tools, you need to compile
successfully your application, so that GNAT gets a chance to generate
the cross-referencing information.

   The two tools `gnatxref' and `gnatfind' take advantage of this
information to provide the user with the capability to easily locate the
declaration and references to an entity. These tools are quite similar,
the difference being that `gnatfind' is intended for locating
definitions and/or references to a specified entity or entities, whereas
`gnatxref' is oriented to generating a full report of all
cross-references.

   To use these tools, you must not compile your application using the
`-gnatx' switch on the `gnatmake' command line (*note (gnat_ug)The GNAT
Make Program gnatmake::). Otherwise, cross-referencing information will
not be generated.

* Menu:

* gnatxref Switches::
* gnatfind Switches::
* Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind::
* Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref::
* Examples of gnatxref Usage::
* Examples of gnatfind Usage::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: gnatxref Switches,  Next: gnatfind Switches,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.1 `gnatxref' Switches
========================

The command lines for `gnatxref' is:
     $ gnatxref [switches] sourcefile1 [sourcefile2 ...]

where

`sourcefile1, sourcefile2'
     identifies the source files for which a report is to be generated.
     The 'with'ed units will be processed too. You must provide at
     least one file.

     These file names are considered to be regular expressions, so for
     instance specifying 'source*.adb' is the same as giving every file
     in the current directory whose name starts with 'source' and whose
     extension is 'adb'.


The switches can be :
`-a'
     If this switch is present, `gnatfind' and `gnatxref' will parse
     the read-only files found in the library search path. Otherwise,
     these files will be ignored. This option can be used to protect
     Gnat sources or your own libraries from being parsed, thus making
     `gnatfind' and `gnatxref' much faster, and their output much
     smaller.

`-aIDIR'
     When looking for source files also look in directory DIR. The
     order in which source file search is undertaken is the same as for
     `gnatmake'.

`-aODIR'
     When searching for library and object files, look in directory
     DIR. The order in which library files are searched is the same as
     for `gnatmake'.

`-nostdinc'
     Do not look for sources in the system default directory.

`-nostdlib'
     Do not look for library files in the system default directory.

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same
     meaning as the equivalent `gnatmake' flag (see *Note Switches for
     gnatmake::).

`-d'
     If this switch is set `gnatxref' will output the parent type
     reference for each matching derived types.

`-f'
     If this switch is set, the output file names will be preceded by
     their directory (if the file was found in the search path). If
     this switch is not set, the directory will not be printed.

`-g'
     If this switch is set, information is output only for library-level
     entities, ignoring local entities. The use of this switch may
     accelerate `gnatfind' and `gnatxref'.

`-IDIR'
     Equivalent to `-aODIR -aIDIR'.

`-pFILE'
     Specify a project file to use *Note Project Files::.  By default,
     `gnatxref' and `gnatfind' will try to locate a project file in the
     current directory.

     If a project file is either specified or found by the tools, then
     the content of the source directory and object directory lines are
     added as if they had been specified respectively by `-aI' and
     `-aO'.

`-u'
     Output only unused symbols. This may be really useful if you give
     your main compilation unit on the command line, as `gnatxref' will
     then display every unused entity and 'with'ed package.

`-v'
     Instead of producing the default output, `gnatxref' will generate a
     `tags' file that can be used by vi. For examples how to use this
     feature, see *Note Examples of gnatxref Usage::. The tags file is
     output to the standard output, thus you will have to redirect it
     to a file.


   All these switches may be in any order on the command line, and may
even appear after the file names. They need not be separated by spaces,
thus you can say `gnatxref -ag' instead of `gnatxref -a -g'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: gnatfind Switches,  Next: Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,  Prev: gnatxref Switches,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.2 `gnatfind' Switches
========================

The command line for `gnatfind' is:

     $ gnatfind [switches] pattern[:sourcefile[:line[:column]]]
           [file1 file2 ...]

where

`pattern'
     An entity will be output only if it matches the regular expression
     found in `pattern', see *Note Regular Expressions in gnatfind and
     gnatxref::.

     Omitting the pattern is equivalent to specifying `*', which will
     match any entity. Note that if you do not provide a pattern, you
     have to provide both a sourcefile and a line.

     Entity names are given in Latin-1, with uppercase/lowercase
     equivalence for matching purposes. At the current time there is no
     support for 8-bit codes other than Latin-1, or for wide characters
     in identifiers.

`sourcefile'
     `gnatfind' will look for references, bodies or declarations of
     symbols referenced in `sourcefile', at line `line' and column
     `column'. See *note Examples of gnatfind Usage:: for syntax
     examples.

`line'
     is a decimal integer identifying the line number containing the
     reference to the entity (or entities) to be located.

`column'
     is a decimal integer identifying the exact location on the line of
     the first character of the identifier for the entity reference.
     Columns are numbered from 1.

`file1 file2 ...'
     The search will be restricted to these files. If none are given,
     then the search will be done for every library file in the search
     path.  These file must appear only after the pattern or sourcefile.

     These file names are considered to be regular expressions, so for
     instance specifying 'source*.adb' is the same as giving every file
     in the current directory whose name starts with 'source' and whose
     extension is 'adb'.

     Not that if you specify at least one file in this part, `gnatfind'
     may sometimes not be able to find the body of the subprograms...


   At least one of 'sourcefile' or 'pattern' has to be present on the
command line.

   The following switches are available:
`-a'
     If this switch is present, `gnatfind' and `gnatxref' will parse
     the read-only files found in the library search path. Otherwise,
     these files will be ignored. This option can be used to protect
     Gnat sources or your own libraries from being parsed, thus making
     `gnatfind' and `gnatxref' much faster, and their output much
     smaller.

`-aIDIR'
     When looking for source files also look in directory DIR. The
     order in which source file search is undertaken is the same as for
     `gnatmake'.

`-aODIR'
     When searching for library and object files, look in directory
     DIR. The order in which library files are searched is the same as
     for `gnatmake'.

`-nostdinc'
     Do not look for sources in the system default directory.

`-nostdlib'
     Do not look for library files in the system default directory.

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same
     meaning as the equivalent `gnatmake' flag (see *Note Switches for
     gnatmake::).

`-d'
     If this switch is set, then `gnatfind' will output the parent type
     reference for each matching derived types.

`-e'
     By default, `gnatfind' accept the simple regular expression set for
     `pattern'. If this switch is set, then the pattern will be
     considered as full Unix-style regular expression.

`-f'
     If this switch is set, the output file names will be preceded by
     their directory (if the file was found in the search path). If
     this switch is not set, the directory will not be printed.

`-g'
     If this switch is set, information is output only for library-level
     entities, ignoring local entities. The use of this switch may
     accelerate `gnatfind' and `gnatxref'.

`-IDIR'
     Equivalent to `-aODIR -aIDIR'.

`-pFILE'
     Specify a project file (*note Project Files::) to use.  By
     default, `gnatxref' and `gnatfind' will try to locate a project
     file in the current directory.

     If a project file is either specified or found by the tools, then
     the content of the source directory and object directory lines are
     added as if they had been specified respectively by `-aI' and
     `-aO'.

`-r'
     By default, `gnatfind' will output only the information about the
     declaration, body or type completion of the entities. If this
     switch is set, the `gnatfind' will locate every reference to the
     entities in the files specified on the command line (or in every
     file in the search path if no file is given on the command line).

`-s'
     If this switch is set, then `gnatfind' will output the content of
     the Ada source file lines were the entity was found.

`-t'
     If this switch is set, then `gnatfind' will output the type
     hierarchy for the specified type. It act like -d option but
     recursively from parent type to parent type. When this switch is
     set it is not possible to specify more than one file.


   All these switches may be in any order on the command line, and may
even appear after the file names. They need not be separated by spaces,
thus you can say `gnatxref -ag' instead of `gnatxref -a -g'.

   As stated previously, gnatfind will search in every directory in the
search path. You can force it to look only in the current directory if
you specify `*' at the end of the command line.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,  Next: Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,  Prev: gnatfind Switches,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.3 Project Files for `gnatxref' and `gnatfind'
================================================

Project files allow a programmer to specify how to compile its
application, where to find sources,... These files are used primarily by
the Glide Ada mode, but they can also be used by the two tools
`gnatxref' and `gnatfind'.

   A project file name must end with `.adp'. If a single one is present
in the current directory, then `gnatxref' and `gnatfind' will extract
the information from it. If multiple project files are found, none of
them is read, and you have to use the `-p' switch to specify the one
you want to use.

   The following lines can be included, even though most of them have
default values which can be used in most cases.  The lines can be
entered in any order in the file.  Except for `src_dir' and `obj_dir',
you can only have one instance of each line. If you have multiple
instances, only the last one is taken into account.

`src_dir=DIR         [default: "./"]'
     specifies a directory where to look for source files. Multiple
     src_dir lines can be specified and they will be searched in the
     order they are specified.

`obj_dir=DIR         [default: "./"]'
     specifies a directory where to look for object and library files.
     Multiple obj_dir lines can be specified and they will be searched
     in the order they are specified

`comp_opt=SWITCHES   [default: ""]'
     creates a variable which can be referred to subsequently by using
     the `${comp_opt}' notation. This is intended to store the default
     switches given to `gnatmake' and `gcc'.

`bind_opt=SWITCHES   [default: ""]'
     creates a variable which can be referred to subsequently by using
     the `${bind_opt}' notation. This is intended to store the default
     switches given to `gnatbind'.

`link_opt=SWITCHES   [default: ""]'
     creates a variable which can be referred to subsequently by using
     the `${link_opt}' notation. This is intended to store the default
     switches given to `gnatlink'.

`main=EXECUTABLE     [default: ""]'
     specifies the name of the executable for the application. This
     variable can be referred to in the following lines by using the
     `${main}' notation.

`comp_cmd=COMMAND    [default: "gcc -c -I${src_dir} -g -gnatq"]'
     specifies the command used to compile a single file in the
     application.

`make_cmd=COMMAND    [default: "gnatmake ${main} -aI${src_dir} -aO${obj_dir} -g -gnatq -cargs ${comp_opt} -bargs ${bind_opt} -largs ${link_opt}"]'
     specifies the command used to recompile the whole application.

`run_cmd=COMMAND     [default: "${main}"]'
     specifies the command used to run the application.

`debug_cmd=COMMAND   [default: "gdb ${main}"]'
     specifies the command used to debug the application


   `gnatxref' and `gnatfind' only take into account the `src_dir' and
`obj_dir' lines, and ignore the others.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,  Next: Examples of gnatxref Usage,  Prev: Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.4 Regular Expressions in `gnatfind' and `gnatxref'
=====================================================

As specified in the section about `gnatfind', the pattern can be a
regular expression. Actually, there are to set of regular expressions
which are recognized by the program :

`globbing patterns'
     These are the most usual regular expression. They are the same
     that you generally used in a Unix shell command line, or in a DOS
     session.

     Here is a more formal grammar :
          regexp ::= term
          term   ::= elmt            -- matches elmt
          term   ::= elmt elmt       -- concatenation (elmt then elmt)
          term   ::= *               -- any string of 0 or more characters
          term   ::= ?               -- matches any character
          term   ::= [char {char}] -- matches any character listed
          term   ::= [char - char]   -- matches any character in range

`full regular expression'
     The second set of regular expressions is much more powerful. This
     is the type of regular expressions recognized by utilities such a
     `grep'.

     The following is the form of a regular expression, expressed in Ada
     reference manual style BNF is as follows

          regexp ::= term {| term} -- alternation (term or term ...)

          term ::= item {item}     -- concatenation (item then item)

          item ::= elmt              -- match elmt
          item ::= elmt *            -- zero or more elmt's
          item ::= elmt +            -- one or more elmt's
          item ::= elmt ?            -- matches elmt or nothing
          elmt ::= nschar            -- matches given character
          elmt ::= [nschar {nschar}]   -- matches any character listed
          elmt ::= [^ nschar {nschar}] -- matches any character not listed
          elmt ::= [char - char]     -- matches chars in given range
          elmt ::= \ char            -- matches given character
          elmt ::= .                 -- matches any single character
          elmt ::= ( regexp )        -- parens used for grouping

          char ::= any character, including special characters
          nschar ::= any character except ()[].*+?^

     Following are a few examples :

    `abcde|fghi'
          will match any of the two strings 'abcde' and 'fghi'.

    `abc*d'
          will match any string like 'abd', 'abcd', 'abccd', 'abcccd',
          and so on

    `[a-z]+'
          will match any string which has only lowercase characters in
          it (and at least one character



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatxref Usage,  Next: Examples of gnatfind Usage,  Prev: Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.5 Examples of `gnatxref' Usage
=================================

13.5.1 General Usage
--------------------

For the following examples, we will consider the following units :

     main.ads:
     1: with Bar;
     2: package Main is
     3:     procedure Foo (B : in Integer);
     4:     C : Integer;
     5: private
     6:     D : Integer;
     7: end Main;

     main.adb:
     1: package body Main is
     2:     procedure Foo (B : in Integer) is
     3:     begin
     4:        C := B;
     5:        D := B;
     6:        Bar.Print (B);
     7:        Bar.Print (C);
     8:     end Foo;
     9: end Main;

     bar.ads:
     1: package Bar is
     2:     procedure Print (B : Integer);
     3: end bar;

     The first thing to do is to recompile your application (for
     instance, in that case just by doing a `gnatmake main', so that
     GNAT generates the cross-referencing information.  You can then
     issue any of the following commands:

`gnatxref main.adb'
     `gnatxref' generates cross-reference information for main.adb and
     every unit 'with'ed by main.adb.

     The output would be:
          B                                                      Type: Integer
            Decl: bar.ads           2:22
          B                                                      Type: Integer
            Decl: main.ads          3:20
            Body: main.adb          2:20
            Ref:  main.adb          4:13     5:13     6:19
          Bar                                                    Type: Unit
            Decl: bar.ads           1:9
            Ref:  main.adb          6:8      7:8
                 main.ads           1:6
          C                                                      Type: Integer
            Decl: main.ads          4:5
            Modi: main.adb          4:8
            Ref:  main.adb          7:19
          D                                                      Type: Integer
            Decl: main.ads          6:5
            Modi: main.adb          5:8
          Foo                                                    Type: Unit
            Decl: main.ads          3:15
            Body: main.adb          2:15
          Main                                                    Type: Unit
            Decl: main.ads          2:9
            Body: main.adb          1:14
          Print                                                   Type: Unit
            Decl: bar.ads           2:15
            Ref:  main.adb          6:12     7:12

     that is the entity `Main' is declared in main.ads, line 2, column
     9, its body is in main.adb, line 1, column 14 and is not
     referenced any where.

     The entity `Print' is declared in bar.ads, line 2, column 15 and it
     it referenced in main.adb, line 6 column 12 and line 7 column 12.

`gnatxref package1.adb package2.ads'
     `gnatxref' will generates cross-reference information for
     package1.adb, package2.ads and any other package 'with'ed by any
     of these.


13.5.2 Using gnatxref with vi
-----------------------------

`gnatxref' can generate a tags file output, which can be used directly
from `vi'. Note that the standard version of `vi' will not work
properly with overloaded symbols. Consider using another free
implementation of `vi', such as `vim'.

     $ gnatxref -v gnatfind.adb > tags

will generate the tags file for `gnatfind' itself (if the sources are
in the search path!).

   From `vi', you can then use the command `:tag entity' (replacing
entity by whatever you are looking for), and vi will display a new file
with the corresponding declaration of entity.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatfind Usage,  Prev: Examples of gnatxref Usage,  Up: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind

13.6 Examples of `gnatfind' Usage
=================================

`gnatfind -f xyz:main.adb'
     Find declarations for all entities xyz referenced at least once in
     main.adb. The references are search in every library file in the
     search path.

     The directories will be printed as well (as the `-f' switch is set)

     The output will look like:
          directory/main.ads:106:14: xyz <= declaration
          directory/main.adb:24:10: xyz <= body
          directory/foo.ads:45:23: xyz <= declaration

     that is to say, one of the entities xyz found in main.adb is
     declared at line 12 of main.ads (and its body is in main.adb), and
     another one is declared at line 45 of foo.ads

`gnatfind -fs xyz:main.adb'
     This is the same command as the previous one, instead `gnatfind'
     will display the content of the Ada source file lines.

     The output will look like:

          directory/main.ads:106:14: xyz <= declaration
             procedure xyz;
          directory/main.adb:24:10: xyz <= body
             procedure xyz is
          directory/foo.ads:45:23: xyz <= declaration
             xyz : Integer;

     This can make it easier to find exactly the location your are
     looking for.

`gnatfind -r "*x*":main.ads:123 foo.adb'
     Find references to all entities containing an x that are
     referenced on line 123 of main.ads.  The references will be
     searched only in main.adb and foo.adb.

`gnatfind main.ads:123'
     Find declarations and bodies for all entities that are referenced
     on line 123 of main.ads.

     This is the same as `gnatfind "*":main.adb:123'.

`gnatfind mydir/main.adb:123:45'
     Find the declaration for the entity referenced at column 45 in
     line 123 of file main.adb in directory mydir. Note that it is
     usual to omit the identifier name when the column is given, since
     the column position identifies a unique reference.

     The column has to be the beginning of the identifier, and should
     not point to any character in the middle of the identifier.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr,  Next: Preprocessing Using gnatprep,  Prev: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,  Up: Top

14 File Name Krunching Using `gnatkr'
*************************************

This chapter discusses the method used by the compiler to shorten the
default file names chosen for Ada units so that they do not exceed the
maximum length permitted. It also describes the `gnatkr' utility that
can be used to determine the result of applying this shortening.

* Menu:

* About gnatkr::
* Using gnatkr::
* Krunching Method::
* Examples of gnatkr Usage::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: About gnatkr,  Next: Using gnatkr,  Up: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr

14.1 About `gnatkr'
===================

The default file naming rule in GNAT is that the file name must be
derived from the unit name. The exact default rule is as follows:
   * Take the unit name and replace all dots by hyphens.

   * If such a replacement occurs in the second character position of a
     name, and the first character is a, g, s, or i then replace the
     dot by the character ~ (tilde) instead of a minus.
   The reason for this exception is to avoid clashes with the standard
names for children of System, Ada, Interfaces, and GNAT, which use the
prefixes s- a- i- and g- respectively.

   The `-gnatkNN' switch of the compiler activates a "krunching"
circuit that limits file names to nn characters (where nn is a decimal
integer). For example, using OpenVMS, where the maximum file name
length is 39, the value of nn is usually set to 39, but if you want to
generate a set of files that would be usable if ported to a system with
some different maximum file length, then a different value can be
specified.  The default value of 39 for OpenVMS need not be specified.

   The `gnatkr' utility can be used to determine the krunched name for
a given file, when krunched to a specified maximum length.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using gnatkr,  Next: Krunching Method,  Prev: About gnatkr,  Up: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr

14.2 Using `gnatkr'
===================

The `gnatkr' command has the form

     $ gnatkr NAME [LENGTH]

NAME can be an Ada name with dots or the GNAT name of the unit, where
the dots representing child units or subunit are replaced by hyphens.
The only confusion arises if a name ends in `.ads' or `.adb'. `gnatkr'
takes this to be an extension if there are no other dots in the name
and the whole name is in lowercase.

   LENGTH represents the length of the krunched name. The default when
no argument is given is 8 characters. A length of zero stands for
unlimited, in other words do not chop except for system files which are
always 8.

The output is the krunched name. The output has an extension only if the
original argument was a file name with an extension.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Krunching Method,  Next: Examples of gnatkr Usage,  Prev: Using gnatkr,  Up: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr

14.3 Krunching Method
=====================

The initial file name is determined by the name of the unit that the
file contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of
the unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and using
lowercase for all letters, except that a hyphen in the second character
position is replaced by a tilde if the first character is a, i, g, or s.
The extension is `.ads' for a specification and `.adb' for a body.
Krunching does not affect the extension, but the file name is shortened
to the specified length by following these rules:

   * The name is divided into segments separated by hyphens, tildes or
     underscores and all hyphens, tildes, and underscores are
     eliminated. If this leaves the name short enough, we are done.

   * If the name is too long, the longest segment is located (left-most
     if there are two of equal length), and shortened by dropping its
     last character. This is repeated until the name is short enough.

     As an example, consider the krunching of
     `our-strings-wide_fixed.adb' to fit the name into 8 characters as
     required by some operating systems.

          our-strings-wide_fixed 22
          our strings wide fixed 19
          our string  wide fixed 18
          our strin   wide fixed 17
          our stri    wide fixed 16
          our stri    wide fixe  15
          our str     wide fixe  14
          our str     wid  fixe  13
          our str     wid  fix   12
          ou  str     wid  fix   11
          ou  st      wid  fix   10
          ou  st      wi   fix   9
          ou  st      wi   fi    8
          Final file name: oustwifi.adb

   * The file names for all predefined units are always krunched to
     eight characters. The krunching of these predefined units uses the
     following special prefix replacements:

    `ada-'
          replaced by `a-'

    `gnat-'
          replaced by `g-'

    `interfaces-'
          replaced by `i-'

    `system-'
          replaced by `s-'

     These system files have a hyphen in the second character position.
     That is why normal user files replace such a character with a
     tilde, to avoid confusion with system file names.

     As an example of this special rule, consider
     `ada-strings-wide_fixed.adb', which gets krunched as follows:

          ada-strings-wide_fixed 22
          a-  strings wide fixed 18
          a-  string  wide fixed 17
          a-  strin   wide fixed 16
          a-  stri    wide fixed 15
          a-  stri    wide fixe  14
          a-  str     wide fixe  13
          a-  str     wid  fixe  12
          a-  str     wid  fix   11
          a-  st      wid  fix   10
          a-  st      wi   fix   9
          a-  st      wi   fi    8
          Final file name: a-stwifi.adb

   Of course no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over
all possible unit names, and if file name krunching is used then it is
your responsibility to ensure that no name clashes occur. The utility
program `gnatkr' is supplied for conveniently determining the krunched
name of a file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatkr Usage,  Prev: Krunching Method,  Up: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr

14.4 Examples of `gnatkr' Usage
===============================

     $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads      --> velounna.ads
     $ gnatkr grandparent-parent-child.ads --> grparchi.ads
     $ gnatkr Grandparent.Parent.Child     --> grparchi
     $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=6 --> vlunna.ads
     $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=0 --> very_long_unit_name.ads


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Preprocessing Using gnatprep,  Next: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,  Prev: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr,  Up: Top

15 Preprocessing Using `gnatprep'
*********************************

The `gnatprep' utility provides a simple preprocessing capability for
Ada programs.  It is designed for use with GNAT, but is not dependent
on any special features of GNAT.

* Menu:

* Using gnatprep::
* Switches for gnatprep::
* Form of Definitions File::
* Form of Input Text for gnatprep::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using gnatprep,  Next: Switches for gnatprep,  Up: Preprocessing Using gnatprep

15.1 Using `gnatprep'
=====================

To call `gnatprep' use

     $ gnatprep [-bcrsu] [-Dsymbol=value] infile outfile [deffile]

where
`infile'
     is the full name of the input file, which is an Ada source file
     containing preprocessor directives.

`outfile'
     is the full name of the output file, which is an Ada source in
     standard Ada form. When used with GNAT, this file name will
     normally have an ads or adb suffix.

`deffile'
     is the full name of a text file containing definitions of symbols
     to be referenced by the preprocessor. This argument is optional,
     and can be replaced by the use of the `-D' switch.

`switches'
     is an optional sequence of switches as described in the next
     section.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatprep,  Next: Form of Definitions File,  Prev: Using gnatprep,  Up: Preprocessing Using gnatprep

15.2 Switches for `gnatprep'
============================

`-b'
     Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by
     preprocessing to be replaced by blank lines in the output source
     file, preserving line numbers in the output file.

`-c'
     Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by
     preprocessing to be retained in the output source as comments
     marked with the special string "-! ". This option will result in
     line numbers being preserved in the output file.

`-Dsymbol=value'
     Defines a new symbol, associated with value. If no value is given
     on the command line, then symbol is considered to be `True'. This
     switch can be used in place of a definition file.

`-r'
     Causes a `Source_Reference' pragma to be generated that references
     the original input file, so that error messages will use the file
     name of this original file. The use of this switch implies that
     preprocessor lines are not to be removed from the file, so its use
     will force `-b' mode if `-c' has not been specified explicitly.

     Note that if the file to be preprocessed contains multiple units,
     then it will be necessary to `gnatchop' the output file from
     `gnatprep'. If a `Source_Reference' pragma is present in the
     preprocessed file, it will be respected by `gnatchop -r' so that
     the final chopped files will correctly refer to the original input
     source file for `gnatprep'.

`-s'
     Causes a sorted list of symbol names and values to be listed on
     the standard output file.

`-u'
     Causes undefined symbols to be treated as having the value FALSE
     in the context of a preprocessor test. In the absence of this
     option, an undefined symbol in a `#if' or `#elsif' test will be
     treated as an error.


Note: if neither `-b' nor `-c' is present, then preprocessor lines and
deleted lines are completely removed from the output, unless -r is
specified, in which case -b is assumed.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Form of Definitions File,  Next: Form of Input Text for gnatprep,  Prev: Switches for gnatprep,  Up: Preprocessing Using gnatprep

15.3 Form of Definitions File
=============================

The definitions file contains lines of the form

     symbol := value

where symbol is an identifier, following normal Ada (case-insensitive)
rules for its syntax, and value is one of the following:

   * Empty, corresponding to a null substitution

   * A string literal using normal Ada syntax

   * Any sequence of characters from the set (letters, digits, period,
     underline).

Comment lines may also appear in the definitions file, starting with
the usual `--', and comments may be added to the definitions lines.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Form of Input Text for gnatprep,  Prev: Form of Definitions File,  Up: Preprocessing Using gnatprep

15.4 Form of Input Text for `gnatprep'
======================================

The input text may contain preprocessor conditional inclusion lines, as
well as general symbol substitution sequences.

   The preprocessor conditional inclusion commands have the form

     #if expression [then]
        lines
     #elsif expression [then]
        lines
     #elsif expression [then]
        lines
     ...
     #else
        lines
     #end if;

In this example, expression is defined by the following grammar:
     expression ::=  <symbol>
     expression ::=  <symbol> = "<value>"
     expression ::=  <symbol> = <symbol>
     expression ::=  <symbol> 'Defined
     expression ::=  not expression
     expression ::=  expression and expression
     expression ::=  expression or expression
     expression ::=  expression and then expression
     expression ::=  expression or else expression
     expression ::=  ( expression )

For the first test (expression ::= <symbol>) the symbol must have
either the value true or false, that is to say the right-hand of the
symbol definition must be one of the (case-insensitive) literals `True'
or `False'. If the value is true, then the corresponding lines are
included, and if the value is false, they are excluded.

   The test (expression ::= <symbol> `'Defined') is true only if the
symbol has been defined in the definition file or by a `-D' switch on
the command line. Otherwise, the test is false.

   The equality tests are case insensitive, as are all the preprocessor
lines.

   If the symbol referenced is not defined in the symbol definitions
file, then the effect depends on whether or not switch `-u' is
specified. If so, then the symbol is treated as if it had the value
false and the test fails. If this switch is not specified, then it is
an error to reference an undefined symbol. It is also an error to
reference a symbol that is defined with a value other than `True' or
`False'.

   The use of the `not' operator inverts the sense of this logical
test, so that the lines are included only if the symbol is not defined.
The `then' keyword is optional as shown

   The `#' must be the first non-blank character on a line, but
otherwise the format is free form. Spaces or tabs may appear between
the `#' and the keyword. The keywords and the symbols are case
insensitive as in normal Ada code. Comments may be used on a
preprocessor line, but other than that, no other tokens may appear on a
preprocessor line. Any number of `elsif' clauses can be present,
including none at all. The `else' is optional, as in Ada.

   The `#' marking the start of a preprocessor line must be the first
non-blank character on the line, i.e. it must be preceded only by
spaces or horizontal tabs.

   Symbol substitution outside of preprocessor lines is obtained by
using the sequence

     $symbol

anywhere within a source line, except in a comment or within a string
literal. The identifier following the `$' must match one of the symbols
defined in the symbol definition file, and the result is to substitute
the value of the symbol in place of `$symbol' in the output file.

   Note that although the substitution of strings within a string
literal is not possible, it is possible to have a symbol whose defined
value is a string literal. So instead of setting XYZ to `hello' and
writing:

     Header : String := "$XYZ";

you should set XYZ to `"hello"' and write:

     Header : String := $XYZ;

and then the substitution will occur as desired.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,  Next: GNAT and Libraries,  Prev: Preprocessing Using gnatprep,  Up: Top

16 The GNAT Library Browser `gnatls'
************************************

`gnatls' is a tool that outputs information about compiled units. It
gives the relationship between objects, unit names and source files. It
can also be used to check the source dependencies of a unit as well as
various characteristics.

* Menu:

* Running gnatls::
* Switches for gnatls::
* Examples of gnatls Usage::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatls,  Next: Switches for gnatls,  Up: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls

16.1 Running `gnatls'
=====================

The `gnatls' command has the form

     $ gnatls switches OBJECT_OR_ALI_FILE

The main argument is the list of object or `ali' files (*note The Ada
Library Information Files::) for which information is requested.

   In normal mode, without additional option, `gnatls' produces a
four-column listing. Each line represents information for a specific
object. The first column gives the full path of the object, the second
column gives the name of the principal unit in this object, the third
column gives the status of the source and the fourth column gives the
full path of the source representing this unit.  Here is a simple
example of use:

     $ gnatls *.o
     ./demo1.o            demo1            DIF demo1.adb
     ./demo2.o            demo2             OK demo2.adb
     ./hello.o            h1                OK hello.adb
     ./instr-child.o      instr.child      MOK instr-child.adb
     ./instr.o            instr             OK instr.adb
     ./tef.o              tef              DIF tef.adb
     ./text_io_example.o  text_io_example   OK text_io_example.adb
     ./tgef.o             tgef             DIF tgef.adb

The first line can be interpreted as follows: the main unit which is
contained in object file `demo1.o' is demo1, whose main source is in
`demo1.adb'. Furthermore, the version of the source used for the
compilation of demo1 has been modified (DIF). Each source file has a
status qualifier which can be:

`OK (unchanged)'
     The version of the source file used for the compilation of the
     specified unit corresponds exactly to the actual source file.

`MOK (slightly modified)'
     The version of the source file used for the compilation of the
     specified unit differs from the actual source file but not enough
     to require recompilation. If you use gnatmake with the qualifier
     `-m (minimal recompilation)', a file marked MOK will not be
     recompiled.

`DIF (modified)'
     No version of the source found on the path corresponds to the
     source used to build this object.

`??? (file not found)'
     No source file was found for this unit.

`HID (hidden,  unchanged version not first on PATH)'
     The version of the source that corresponds exactly to the source
     used for compilation has been found on the path but it is hidden
     by another version of the same source that has been modified.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatls,  Next: Examples of gnatls Usage,  Prev: Running gnatls,  Up: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls

16.2 Switches for `gnatls'
==========================

`gnatls' recognizes the following switches:

`-a'
     Consider all units, including those of the predefined Ada library.
     Especially useful with `-d'.

`-d'
     List sources from which specified units depend on.

`-h'
     Output the list of options.

`-o'
     Only output information about object files.

`-s'
     Only output information about source files.

`-u'
     Only output information about compilation units.

`-aODIR'
`-aIDIR'
`-IDIR'
`-I-'
`-nostdinc'
     Source path manipulation. Same meaning as the equivalent
     `gnatmake' flags (see *Note Switches for gnatmake::).

`--RTS=RTS-PATH'
     Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same
     meaning as the equivalent `gnatmake' flag (see *Note Switches for
     gnatmake::).

`-v'
     Verbose mode. Output the complete source and object paths. Do not
     use the default column layout but instead use long format giving
     as much as information possible on each requested units, including
     special characteristics such as:

    `Preelaborable'
          The unit is preelaborable in the Ada 95 sense.

    `No_Elab_Code'
          No elaboration code has been produced by the compiler for
          this unit.

    `Pure'
          The unit is pure in the Ada 95 sense.

    `Elaborate_Body'
          The unit contains a pragma Elaborate_Body.

    `Remote_Types'
          The unit contains a pragma Remote_Types.

    `Shared_Passive'
          The unit contains a pragma Shared_Passive.

    `Predefined'
          This unit is part of the predefined environment and cannot be
          modified by the user.

    `Remote_Call_Interface'
          The unit contains a pragma Remote_Call_Interface.




File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Examples of gnatls Usage,  Prev: Switches for gnatls,  Up: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls

16.3 Example of `gnatls' Usage
==============================

Example of using the verbose switch. Note how the source and object
paths are affected by the -I switch.

     $ gnatls -v -I.. demo1.o

     GNATLS 3.10w (970212) Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

     Source Search Path:
        <Current_Directory>
        ../
        /home/comar/local/adainclude/

     Object Search Path:
        <Current_Directory>
        ../
        /home/comar/local/lib/gcc-lib/mips-sni-sysv4/2.7.2/adalib/

     ./demo1.o
        Unit =>
          Name   => demo1
          Kind   => subprogram body
          Flags  => No_Elab_Code
          Source => demo1.adb    modified

The following is an example of use of the dependency list.  Note the
use of the -s switch which gives a straight list of source files. This
can be useful for building specialized scripts.

     $ gnatls -d demo2.o
     ./demo2.o   demo2        OK demo2.adb
                              OK gen_list.ads
                              OK gen_list.adb
                              OK instr.ads
                              OK instr-child.ads

     $ gnatls -d -s -a demo1.o
     demo1.adb
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/ada.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-finali.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-filico.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-stream.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-tags.ads
     gen_list.ads
     gen_list.adb
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/gnat.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/g-io.ads
     instr.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/system.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-exctab.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finimp.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finroo.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-secsta.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stalib.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stoele.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stratt.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-tasoli.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-unstyp.ads
     /home/comar/local/adainclude/unchconv.ads


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: GNAT and Libraries,  Next: Using the GNU make Utility,  Prev: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,  Up: Top

17 GNAT and Libraries
*********************

This chapter addresses some of the issues related to building and using
a library with GNAT. It also shows how the GNAT run-time library can be
recompiled.

* Menu:

* Creating an Ada Library::
* Installing an Ada Library::
* Using an Ada Library::
* Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context::
* Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Creating an Ada Library,  Next: Installing an Ada Library,  Up: GNAT and Libraries

17.1 Creating an Ada Library
============================

In the GNAT environment, a library has two components:
   * Source files.

   * Compiled code and Ali files. See *Note The Ada Library Information
     Files::.

In order to use other packages *Note The GNAT Compilation Model::
requires a certain number of sources to be available to the compiler.
The minimal set of sources required includes the specs of all the
packages that make up the visible part of the library as well as all
the sources upon which they depend. The bodies of all visible generic
units must also be provided.  Although it is not strictly mandatory, it
is recommended that all sources needed to recompile the library be
provided, so that the user can make full use of inter-unit inlining and
source-level debugging. This can also make the situation easier for
users that need to upgrade their compilation toolchain and thus need to
recompile the library from sources.

The compiled code can be provided in different ways. The simplest way is
to provide directly the set of objects produced by the compiler during
the compilation of the library. It is also possible to group the objects
into an archive using whatever commands are provided by the operating
system. Finally, it is also possible to create a shared library (see
option -shared in the GCC manual).

There are various possibilities for compiling the units that make up the
library: for example with a Makefile *Note Using the GNU make Utility::,
or with a conventional script.  For simple libraries, it is also
possible to create a dummy main program which depends upon all the
packages that comprise the interface of the library. This dummy main
program can then be given to gnatmake, in order to build all the
necessary objects. Here is an example of such a dummy program and the
generic commands used to build an archive or a shared library.

     with My_Lib.Service1;
     with My_Lib.Service2;
     with My_Lib.Service3;
     procedure My_Lib_Dummy is
     begin
        null;
     end;

     # compiling the library
     $ gnatmake -c my_lib_dummy.adb

     # we don't need the dummy object itself
     $ rm my_lib_dummy.o my_lib_dummy.ali

     # create an archive with the remaining objects
     $ ar rc libmy_lib.a *.o
     # some systems may require "ranlib" to be run as well

     # or create a shared library
     $ gcc -shared -o libmy_lib.so *.o
     # some systems may require the code to have been compiled with -fPIC

When the objects are grouped in an archive or a shared library, the user
needs to specify the desired library at link time, unless a pragma
linker_options has been used in one of the sources:
     pragma Linker_Options ("-lmy_lib");


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Installing an Ada Library,  Next: Using an Ada Library,  Prev: Creating an Ada Library,  Up: GNAT and Libraries

17.2 Installing an Ada Library
==============================

In the GNAT model, installing a library consists in copying into a
specific location the files that make up this library. It is possible
to install the sources in a different directory from the other files
(ALI, objects, archives) since the source path and the object path can
easily be specified separately.

For general purpose libraries, it is possible for the system
administrator to put those libraries in the default compiler paths. To
achieve this, he must specify their location in the configuration files
"ada_source_path" and "ada_object_path" that must be located in the GNAT
installation tree at the same place as the gcc spec file. The location
of the gcc spec file can be determined as follows:
     $ gcc -v

The configuration files mentioned above have simple format: each line
in them must contain one unique directory name. Those names are added
to the corresponding path in their order of appearance in the file. The
names can be either absolute or relative, in the latter case, they are
relative to where theses files are located.

"ada_source_path" and "ada_object_path" might actually not be present
in a GNAT installation, in which case, GNAT will look for its run-time
library in the directories "adainclude" for the sources and "adalib"
for the objects and ALI files. When the files exist, the compiler does
not look in "adainclude" and "adalib" at all, and thus the
"ada_source_path" file must contain the location for the GNAT run-time
sources (which can simply be "adainclude"). In the same way, the
"ada_object_path" file must contain the location for the GNAT run-time
objects (which can simply be "adalib").

You can also specify a new default path to the runtime library at
compilation time with the switch "-RTS=RTS-PATH". You can easily choose
and change the runtime you want your program to be compiled with. This
switch is recognized by gcc, gnatmake, gnatbind, gnatls, gnatfind and
gnatxref.

It is possible to install a library before or after the standard GNAT
library, by reordering the lines in the configuration files. In
general, a library must be installed before the GNAT library if it
redefines any part of it.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using an Ada Library,  Next: Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context,  Prev: Installing an Ada Library,  Up: GNAT and Libraries

17.3 Using an Ada Library
=========================

In order to use a Ada library, you need to make sure that this library
is on both your source and object path *Note Search Paths and the
Run-Time Library (RTL):: and *Note Search Paths for gnatbind::. For
instance, you can use the library "mylib" installed in "/dir/my_lib_src"
and "/dir/my_lib_obj" with the following commands:

     $ gnatmake -aI/dir/my_lib_src -aO/dir/my_lib_obj my_appl \
       -largs -lmy_lib

This can be simplified down to the following:
     $ gnatmake my_appl
   when the following conditions are met:
   * "/dir/my_lib_src" has been added by the user to the environment
     variable "ADA_INCLUDE_PATH", or by the administrator to the file
     "ada_source_path"

   * "/dir/my_lib_obj" has been added by the user to the environment
     variable "ADA_OBJECTS_PATH", or by the administrator to the file
     "ada_object_path"

   * a pragma linker_options, as mentioned in *Note Creating an Ada
     Library:: as been added to the sources.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context,  Next: Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library,  Prev: Using an Ada Library,  Up: GNAT and Libraries

17.4 Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context
============================================================

The previous sections detailed how to create and install a library that
was usable from an Ada main program. Using this library in a non-Ada
context is not possible, because the elaboration of the library is
automatically done as part of the main program elaboration.

   GNAT also provides the ability to build libraries that can be used
both in an Ada and non-Ada context.  This section describes how to
build such a library, and then how to use it from a C program. The
method for interfacing with the library from other languages such as
Fortran for instance remains the same.

17.4.1 Creating the Library
---------------------------

   * Identify the units representing the interface of the library.

     Here is an example of simple library interface:

          package Interface is

             procedure Do_Something;

             procedure Do_Something_Else;

          end Interface;

   * Use `pragma Export' or `pragma Convention' for the exported
     entities.

     Our package `Interface' is then updated as follow:
          package Interface is

             procedure Do_Something;
             pragma Export (C, Do_Something, "do_something");

             procedure Do_Something_Else;
             pragma Export (C, Do_Something_Else, "do_something_else");

          end Interface;

   * Compile all the units composing the library.

   * Bind the library objects.

     This step is performed by invoking gnatbind with the `-L<prefix>'
     switch. `gnatbind' will then generate the library elaboration
     procedure (named `<prefix>init') and the run-time finalization
     procedure (named `<prefix>final').

          # generate the binder file in Ada
          $ gnatbind -Lmylib interface

          # generate the binder file in C
          $ gnatbind -C -Lmylib interface

   * Compile the files generated by the binder

          $ gcc -c b~interface.adb

   * Create the library;

     The procedure is identical to the procedure explained in *Note
     Creating an Ada Library::, except that `b~interface.o' needs to be
     added to the list of objects.

          # create an archive file
          $ ar cr libmylib.a b~interface.o <other object files>

          # create a shared library
          $ gcc -shared -o libmylib.so b~interface.o <other object files>

   * Provide a "foreign" view of the library interface;

     The example below shows the content of `mylib_interface.h' (note
     that there is no rule for the naming of this file, any name can be
     used)
          /* the library elaboration procedure */
          extern void mylibinit (void);

          /* the library finalization procedure */
          extern void mylibfinal (void);

          /* the interface exported by the library */
          extern void do_something (void);
          extern void do_something_else (void);

17.4.2 Using the Library
------------------------

Libraries built as explained above can be used from any program,
provided that the elaboration procedures (named `mylibinit' in the
previous example) are called before the library services are used. Any
number of libraries can be used simultaneously, as long as the
elaboration procedure of each library is called.

   Below is an example of C program that uses our `mylib' library.

     #include "mylib_interface.h"

     int
     main (void)
     {
        /* First, elaborate the library before using it */
        mylibinit ();

        /* Main program, using the library exported entities */
        do_something ();
        do_something_else ();

        /* Library finalization at the end of the program */
        mylibfinal ();
        return 0;
     }

Note that this same library can be used from an equivalent Ada main
program. In addition, if the libraries are installed as detailed in
*Note Installing an Ada Library::, it is not necessary to invoke the
library elaboration and finalization routines. The binder will ensure
that this is done as part of the main program elaboration and
finalization phases.

17.4.3 The Finalization Phase
-----------------------------

Invoking any library finalization procedure generated by `gnatbind'
shuts down the Ada run time permanently. Consequently, the finalization
of all Ada libraries must be performed at the end of the program. No
call to these libraries nor the Ada run time should be made past the
finalization phase.

17.4.4 Restrictions in Libraries
--------------------------------

The pragmas listed below should be used with caution inside libraries,
as they can create incompatibilities with other Ada libraries:
   * pragma `Locking_Policy'

   * pragma `Queuing_Policy'

   * pragma `Task_Dispatching_Policy'

   * pragma `Unreserve_All_Interrupts'
   When using a library that contains such pragmas, the user must make
sure that all libraries use the same pragmas with the same values.
Otherwise, a `Program_Error' will be raised during the elaboration of
the conflicting libraries. The usage of these pragmas and its
consequences for the user should therefore be well documented.

   Similarly, the traceback in exception occurrences mechanism should be
enabled or disabled in a consistent manner across all libraries.
Otherwise, a Program_Error will be raised during the elaboration of the
conflicting libraries.

   If the `'Version' and `'Body_Version' attributes are used inside a
library, then it is necessary to perform a `gnatbind' step that
mentions all ali files in all libraries, so that version identifiers
can be properly computed.  In practice these attributes are rarely
used, so this is unlikely to be a consideration.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library,  Prev: Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context,  Up: GNAT and Libraries

17.5 Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library
=========================================

It may be useful to recompile the GNAT library in various contexts, the
most important one being the use of partition-wide configuration pragmas
such as Normalize_Scalar. A special Makefile called `Makefile.adalib'
is provided to that effect and can be found in the directory containing
the GNAT library. The location of this directory depends on the way the
GNAT environment has been installed and can be determined by means of
the command:

     $ gnatls -v

The last entry in the object search path usually contains the gnat
library. This Makefile contains its own documentation and in particular
the set of instructions needed to rebuild a new library and to use it.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using the GNU make Utility,  Next: Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool,  Prev: GNAT and Libraries,  Up: Top

18 Using the GNU `make' Utility
*******************************

This chapter offers some examples of makefiles that solve specific
problems. It does not explain how to write a makefile (see the GNU make
documentation), nor does it try to replace the `gnatmake' utility
(*note The GNAT Make Program gnatmake::).

   All the examples in this section are specific to the GNU version of
make. Although `make' is a standard utility, and the basic language is
the same, these examples use some advanced features found only in `GNU
make'.

* Menu:

* Using gnatmake in a Makefile::
* Automatically Creating a List of Directories::
* Generating the Command Line Switches::
* Overcoming Command Line Length Limits::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using gnatmake in a Makefile,  Next: Automatically Creating a List of Directories,  Up: Using the GNU make Utility

18.1 Using gnatmake in a Makefile
=================================

Complex project organizations can be handled in a very powerful way by
using GNU make combined with gnatmake. For instance, here is a Makefile
which allows you to build each subsystem of a big project into a
separate shared library. Such a makefile allows you to significantly
reduce the link time of very big applications while maintaining full
coherence at each step of the build process.

   The list of dependencies are handled automatically by `gnatmake'.
The Makefile is simply used to call gnatmake in each of the appropriate
directories.

   Note that you should also read the example on how to automatically
create the list of directories (*note Automatically Creating a List of
Directories::) which might help you in case your project has a lot of
subdirectories.

     ## This Makefile is intended to be used with the following directory
     ## configuration:
     ##  - The sources are split into a series of csc (computer software components)
     ##    Each of these csc is put in its own directory.
     ##    Their name are referenced by the directory names.
     ##    They will be compiled into shared library (although this would also work
     ##    with static libraries
     ##  - The main program (and possibly other packages that do not belong to any
     ##    csc is put in the top level directory (where the Makefile is).
     ##       toplevel_dir __ first_csc  (sources) __ lib (will contain the library)
     ##                    \_ second_csc (sources) __ lib (will contain the library)
     ##                    \_ ...
     ## Although this Makefile is build for shared library, it is easy to modify
     ## to build partial link objects instead (modify the lines with -shared and
     ## gnatlink below)
     ##
     ## With this makefile, you can change any file in the system or add any new
     ## file, and everything will be recompiled correctly (only the relevant shared
     ## objects will be recompiled, and the main program will be re-linked).

     # The list of computer software component for your project. This might be
     # generated automatically.
     CSC_LIST=aa bb cc

     # Name of the main program (no extension)
     MAIN=main

     # If we need to build objects with -fPIC, uncomment the following line
     #NEED_FPIC=-fPIC

     # The following variable should give the directory containing libgnat.so
     # You can get this directory through 'gnatls -v'. This is usually the last
     # directory in the Object_Path.
     GLIB=...

     # The directories for the libraries
     # (This macro expands the list of CSC to the list of shared libraries, you
     # could simply use the expanded form :
     # LIB_DIR=aa/lib/libaa.so bb/lib/libbb.so cc/lib/libcc.so
     LIB_DIR=${foreach dir,${CSC_LIST},${dir}/lib/lib${dir}.so}

     ${MAIN}: objects ${LIB_DIR}
         gnatbind ${MAIN} ${CSC_LIST:%=-aO%/lib} -shared
         gnatlink ${MAIN} ${CSC_LIST:%=-l%}

     objects::
         # recompile the sources
         gnatmake -c -i ${MAIN}.adb ${NEED_FPIC} ${CSC_LIST:%=-I%}

     # Note: In a future version of GNAT, the following commands will be simplified
     # by a new tool, gnatmlib
     ${LIB_DIR}:
         mkdir -p ${dir $@ }
         cd ${dir $@ }; gcc -shared -o ${notdir $@ } ../*.o -L${GLIB} -lgnat
         cd ${dir $@ }; cp -f ../*.ali .

     # The dependencies for the modules
     # Note that we have to force the expansion of *.o, since in some cases make won't
     # be able to do it itself.
     aa/lib/libaa.so: ${wildcard aa/*.o}
     bb/lib/libbb.so: ${wildcard bb/*.o}
     cc/lib/libcc.so: ${wildcard cc/*.o}

     # Make sure all of the shared libraries are in the path before starting the
     # program
     run::
         LD_LIBRARY_PATH=`pwd`/aa/lib:`pwd`/bb/lib:`pwd`/cc/lib ./${MAIN}

     clean::
         ${RM} -rf ${CSC_LIST:%=%/lib}
         ${RM} ${CSC_LIST:%=%/*.ali}
         ${RM} ${CSC_LIST:%=%/*.o}
         ${RM} *.o *.ali ${MAIN}


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Automatically Creating a List of Directories,  Next: Generating the Command Line Switches,  Prev: Using gnatmake in a Makefile,  Up: Using the GNU make Utility

18.2 Automatically Creating a List of Directories
=================================================

In most makefiles, you will have to specify a list of directories, and
store it in a variable. For small projects, it is often easier to
specify each of them by hand, since you then have full control over what
is the proper order for these directories, which ones should be
included...

   However, in larger projects, which might involve hundreds of
subdirectories, it might be more convenient to generate this list
automatically.

   The example below presents two methods. The first one, although less
general, gives you more control over the list. It involves wildcard
characters, that are automatically expanded by `make'. Its shortcoming
is that you need to explicitly specify some of the organization of your
project, such as for instance the directory tree depth, whether some
directories are found in a separate tree,...

   The second method is the most general one. It requires an external
program, called `find', which is standard on all Unix systems. All the
directories found under a given root directory will be added to the
list.

     # The examples below are based on the following directory hierarchy:
     # All the directories can contain any number of files
     # ROOT_DIRECTORY ->  a  ->  aa  ->  aaa
     #                       ->  ab
     #                       ->  ac
     #                ->  b  ->  ba  ->  baa
     #                       ->  bb
     #                       ->  bc
     # This Makefile creates a variable called DIRS, that can be reused any time
     # you need this list (see the other examples in this section)

     # The root of your project's directory hierarchy
     ROOT_DIRECTORY=.

     ####
     # First method: specify explicitly the list of directories
     # This allows you to specify any subset of all the directories you need.
     ####

     DIRS := a/aa/ a/ab/ b/ba/

     ####
     # Second method: use wildcards
     # Note that the argument(s) to wildcard below should end with a '/'.
     # Since wildcards also return file names, we have to filter them out
     # to avoid duplicate directory names.
     # We thus use make's `dir' and `sort' functions.
     # It sets DIRs to the following value (note that the directories aaa and baa
     # are not given, unless you change the arguments to wildcard).
     # DIRS= ./a/a/ ./b/ ./a/aa/ ./a/ab/ ./a/ac/ ./b/ba/ ./b/bb/ ./b/bc/
     ####

     DIRS := ${sort ${dir ${wildcard ${ROOT_DIRECTORY}/*/ ${ROOT_DIRECTORY}/*/*/}}}

     ####
     # Third method: use an external program
     # This command is much faster if run on local disks, avoiding NFS slowdowns.
     # This is the most complete command: it sets DIRs to the following value:
     # DIRS= ./a ./a/aa ./a/aa/aaa ./a/ab ./a/ac ./b ./b/ba ./b/ba/baa ./b/bb ./b/bc
     ####

     DIRS := ${shell find ${ROOT_DIRECTORY} -type d -print}


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Generating the Command Line Switches,  Next: Overcoming Command Line Length Limits,  Prev: Automatically Creating a List of Directories,  Up: Using the GNU make Utility

18.3 Generating the Command Line Switches
=========================================

Once you have created the list of directories as explained in the
previous section (*note Automatically Creating a List of Directories::),
you can easily generate the command line arguments to pass to gnatmake.

   For the sake of completeness, this example assumes that the source
path is not the same as the object path, and that you have two separate
lists of directories.

     # see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create
     # these variables
     SOURCE_DIRS=
     OBJECT_DIRS=

     GNATMAKE_SWITCHES := ${patsubst %,-aI%,${SOURCE_DIRS}}
     GNATMAKE_SWITCHES += ${patsubst %,-aO%,${OBJECT_DIRS}}

     all:
             gnatmake ${GNATMAKE_SWITCHES} main_unit


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Overcoming Command Line Length Limits,  Prev: Generating the Command Line Switches,  Up: Using the GNU make Utility

18.4 Overcoming Command Line Length Limits
==========================================

One problem that might be encountered on big projects is that many
operating systems limit the length of the command line. It is thus hard
to give gnatmake the list of source and object directories.

   This example shows how you can set up environment variables, which
will make `gnatmake' behave exactly as if the directories had been
specified on the command line, but have a much higher length limit (or
even none on most systems).

   It assumes that you have created a list of directories in your
Makefile, using one of the methods presented in *Note Automatically
Creating a List of Directories::.  For the sake of completeness, we
assume that the object path (where the ALI files are found) is
different from the sources patch.

   Note a small trick in the Makefile below: for efficiency reasons, we
create two temporary variables (SOURCE_LIST and OBJECT_LIST), that are
expanded immediately by `make'. This way we overcome the standard make
behavior which is to expand the variables only when they are actually
used.

     # In this example, we create both ADA_INCLUDE_PATH and ADA_OBJECT_PATH.
     # This is the same thing as putting the -I arguments on the command line.
     # (the equivalent of using -aI on the command line would be to define
     #  only ADA_INCLUDE_PATH, the equivalent of -aO is ADA_OBJECT_PATH).
     # You can of course have different values for these variables.
     #
     # Note also that we need to keep the previous values of these variables, since
     # they might have been set before running 'make' to specify where the GNAT
     # library is installed.

     # see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create these
     # variables
     SOURCE_DIRS=
     OBJECT_DIRS=

     empty:=
     space:=${empty} ${empty}
     SOURCE_LIST := ${subst ${space},:,${SOURCE_DIRS}}
     OBJECT_LIST := ${subst ${space},:,${OBJECT_DIRS}}
     ADA_INCLUDE_PATH += ${SOURCE_LIST}
     ADA_OBJECT_PATH += ${OBJECT_LIST}
     export ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
     export ADA_OBJECT_PATH

     all:
             gnatmake main_unit


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool,  Next: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub,  Prev: Using the GNU make Utility,  Up: Top

19 Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool
***********************************************

The use of unchecked deallocation and unchecked conversion can easily
lead to incorrect memory references. The problems generated by such
references are usually difficult to tackle because the symptoms can be
very remote from the origin of the problem. In such cases, it is very
helpful to detect the problem as early as possible. This is the purpose
of the Storage Pool provided by `GNAT.Debug_Pools'.

In order to use the GNAT specific debugging pool, the user must
associate a debug pool object with each of the access types that may be
related to suspected memory problems. See Ada Reference Manual 13.11.
     type Ptr is access Some_Type;
     Pool : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool;
     for Ptr'Storage_Pool use Pool;

   `GNAT.Debug_Pools' is derived from of a GNAT-specific kind of pool:
the Checked_Pool. Such pools, like standard Ada storage pools, allow
the user to redefine allocation and deallocation strategies. They also
provide a checkpoint for each dereference, through the use of the
primitive operation `Dereference' which is implicitly called at each
dereference of an access value.

   Once an access type has been associated with a debug pool,
operations on values of the type may raise four distinct exceptions,
which correspond to four potential kinds of memory corruption:
   * `GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Not_Allocated_Storage'

   * `GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Deallocated_Storage'

   * `GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Not_Allocated_Storage'

   * `GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Deallocated_Storage '

For types associated with a Debug_Pool, dynamic allocation is performed
using the standard GNAT allocation routine. References to all allocated
chunks of memory are kept in an internal dictionary. The deallocation
strategy consists in not releasing the memory to the underlying system
but rather to fill it with a memory pattern easily recognizable during
debugging sessions: The memory pattern is the old IBM hexadecimal
convention: 16#DEADBEEF#.  Upon each dereference, a check is made that
the access value denotes a properly allocated memory location. Here is
a complete example of use of `Debug_Pools', that includes typical
instances of  memory corruption:
     with Gnat.Io; use Gnat.Io;
     with Unchecked_Deallocation;
     with Unchecked_Conversion;
     with GNAT.Debug_Pools;
     with System.Storage_Elements;
     with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions;
     procedure Debug_Pool_Test is

        type T is access Integer;
        type U is access all T;

        P : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool;
        for T'Storage_Pool use P;

        procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Integer, T);
        function UC is new Unchecked_Conversion (U, T);
        A, B : aliased T;

        procedure Info is new GNAT.Debug_Pools.Print_Info(Put_Line);

     begin
        Info (P);
        A := new Integer;
        B := new Integer;
        B := A;
        Info (P);
        Free (A);
        begin
           Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all));
        exception
           when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
        end;
        begin
           Free (B);
        exception
           when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
        end;
        B := UC(A'Access);
        begin
           Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all));
        exception
           when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
        end;
        begin
           Free (B);
        exception
           when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
        end;
        Info (P);
     end Debug_Pool_Test;
   The debug pool mechanism provides the following precise diagnostics
on the execution of this erroneous program:
     Debug Pool info:
       Total allocated bytes :  0
       Total deallocated bytes :  0
       Current Water Mark:  0
       High Water Mark:  0

     Debug Pool info:
       Total allocated bytes :  8
       Total deallocated bytes :  0
       Current Water Mark:  8
       High Water Mark:  8

     raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE
     raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE
     raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE
     raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE
     Debug Pool info:
       Total allocated bytes :  8
       Total deallocated bytes :  4
       Current Water Mark:  4
       High Water Mark:  8


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub,  Next: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim,  Prev: Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool,  Up: Top

20 Creating Sample Bodies Using `gnatstub'
******************************************

`gnatstub' creates body stubs, that is, empty but compilable bodies for
library unit declarations.

   To create a body stub, `gnatstub' has to compile the library unit
declaration. Therefore, bodies can be created only for legal library
units. Moreover, if a library unit depends semantically upon units
located outside the current directory, you have to provide the source
search path when calling `gnatstub', see the description of `gnatstub'
switches below.

* Menu:

* Running gnatstub::
* Switches for gnatstub::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatstub,  Next: Switches for gnatstub,  Up: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub

20.1 Running `gnatstub'
=======================

`gnatstub' has the command-line interface of the form

     $ gnatstub [switches] filename [directory]

where
`filename'
     is the name of the source file that contains a library unit
     declaration for which a body must be created. This name should
     follow the GNAT file name conventions. No crunching is allowed for
     this file name. The file name may contain the path information.

`directory'
     indicates the directory to place a body stub (default is the
     current directory)

`switches'
     is an optional sequence of switches as described in the next
     section


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Switches for gnatstub,  Prev: Running gnatstub,  Up: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub

20.2 Switches for `gnatstub'
============================

`-f'
     If the destination directory already contains a file with a name
     of the body file for the argument spec file, replace it with the
     generated body stub.

`-hs'
     Put the comment header (i.e. all the comments preceding the
     compilation unit) from the source of the library unit declaration
     into the body stub.

`-hg'
     Put a sample comment header into the body stub.

`-IDIR'
`-I-'
     These switches have the same meaning as in calls to gcc.  They
     define the source search path in the call to gcc issued by
     `gnatstub' to compile an argument source file.

`-iN'
     (N is a decimal natural number). Set the indentation level in the
     generated body sample to n, '-i0' means "no indentation", the
     default indentation is 3.

`-k'
     Do not remove the tree file (i.e. the snapshot of the compiler
     internal structures used by `gnatstub') after creating the body
     stub.

`-lN'
     (N is a decimal positive number) Set the maximum line length in the
     body stub to n, the default is 78.

`-q'
     Quiet mode: do not generate a confirmation when a body is
     successfully created or a message when a body is not required for
     an argument unit.

`-r'
     Reuse the tree file (if it exists) instead of creating it: instead
     of creating the tree file for the library unit declaration,
     gnatstub tries to find it in the current directory and use it for
     creating a body. If the tree file is not found, no body is
     created. `-r' also implies `-k', whether or not `-k' is set
     explicitly.

`-t'
     Overwrite the existing tree file: if the current directory already
     contains the file which, according to the GNAT file name rules
     should be considered as a tree file for the argument source file,
     gnatstub will refuse to create the tree file needed to create a
     body sampler, unless `-t' option is set

`-v'
     Verbose mode: generate version information.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim,  Next: Other Utility Programs,  Prev: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub,  Up: Top

21 Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with `gnatelim'
*******************************************************

* Menu:

* About gnatelim::
* Eliminate Pragma::
* Tree Files::
* Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim::
* Running gnatelim::
* Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas::
* Making Your Executables Smaller::
* Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: About gnatelim,  Next: Eliminate Pragma,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.1 About `gnatelim'
=====================

When a program shares a set of Ada packages with other programs, it may
happen that this program uses only a fraction of the subprograms
defined in these packages. The code created for these unused
subprograms increases the size of the executable.

   `gnatelim' tracks unused subprograms in an Ada program and outputs a
list of GNAT-specific `Eliminate' pragmas (see next section) marking
all the subprograms that are declared but never called.  By placing the
list of `Eliminate' pragmas in the GNAT configuration file `gnat.adc'
and recompiling your program, you may decrease the size of its
executable, because the compiler will not generate the code for
'eliminated' subprograms.

   `gnatelim' needs as its input data a set of tree files (see *Note
Tree Files::) representing all the components of a program to process
and a bind file for a main subprogram (see *Note Preparing Tree and
Bind Files for gnatelim::).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Eliminate Pragma,  Next: Tree Files,  Prev: About gnatelim,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.2 `Eliminate' Pragma
=======================

The simplified syntax of the Eliminate pragma used by `gnatelim' is:

     pragma Eliminate (Library_Unit_Name, Subprogram_Name);

where
`Library_Unit_Name'
     full expanded Ada name of a library unit

`Subprogram_Name'
     a simple or expanded name of a subprogram declared within this
     compilation unit


The effect of an `Eliminate' pragma placed in the GNAT configuration
file `gnat.adc' is:

   * If the subprogram `Subprogram_Name' is declared within the library
     unit `Library_Unit_Name', the compiler will not generate code for
     this subprogram. This applies to all overloaded subprograms denoted
     by `Subprogram_Name'.

   * If a subprogram marked by the pragma `Eliminate' is used (called)
     in a program, the compiler will produce an error message in the
     place where it is called.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tree Files,  Next: Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim,  Prev: Eliminate Pragma,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.3 Tree Files
===============

A tree file stores a snapshot of the compiler internal data structures
at the very end of a successful compilation. It contains all the
syntactic and semantic information for the compiled unit and all the
units upon which it depends semantically.  To use tools that make use
of tree files, you need to first produce the right set of tree files.

   GNAT produces correct tree files when -gnatt -gnatc options are set
in a gcc call. The tree files have an .adt extension.  Therefore, to
produce a tree file for the compilation unit contained in a file named
`foo.adb', you must use the command

     $ gcc -c -gnatc -gnatt foo.adb

and you will get the tree file `foo.adt'.  compilation.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim,  Next: Running gnatelim,  Prev: Tree Files,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.4 Preparing Tree and Bind Files for `gnatelim'
=================================================

A set of tree files covering the program to be analyzed with `gnatelim'
and the bind file for the main subprogram does not have to be in the
current directory.  '-T' gnatelim option may be used to provide the
search path for tree files, and '-b' option may be used to point to the
bind file to process (see *Note Running gnatelim::)

   If you do not have the appropriate set of tree files and the right
bind file, you may create them in the current directory using the
following procedure.

   Let `Main_Prog' be the name of a main subprogram, and suppose this
subprogram is in a file named `main_prog.adb'.

   To create a bind file for `gnatelim', run `gnatbind' for the main
subprogram. `gnatelim' can work with both Ada and C bind files; when
both are present, it uses the Ada bind file.  The following commands
will build the program and create the bind file:

     $ gnatmake -c Main_Prog
     $ gnatbind main_prog

To create a minimal set of tree files covering the whole program, call
`gnatmake' for this program as follows:

     $ gnatmake -f -c -gnatc -gnatt Main_Prog

The `-c' gnatmake option turns off the bind and link steps, that are
useless anyway because the sources are compiled with `-gnatc' option
which turns off code generation.

   The `-f' gnatmake option forces recompilation of all the needed
sources.

   This sequence of actions will create all the data needed by
`gnatelim' from scratch and therefore guarantee its consistency. If you
would like to use some existing set of files as `gnatelim' output, you
must make sure that the set of files is complete and consistent. You
can use the `-m' switch to check if there are missed tree files

   Note, that `gnatelim' needs neither object nor ALI files.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running gnatelim,  Next: Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas,  Prev: Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.5 Running `gnatelim'
=======================

`gnatelim' has the following command-line interface:

     $ gnatelim [options] name

`name' should be a full expanded Ada name of a main subprogram of a
program (partition).

   `gnatelim' options:

`-q'
     Quiet mode: by default `gnatelim' generates to the standard error
     stream a trace of the source file names of the compilation units
     being processed. This option turns this trace off.

`-v'
     Verbose mode: `gnatelim' version information is printed as Ada
     comments to the standard output stream.

`-a'
     Also look for subprograms from the GNAT run time that can be
     eliminated.

`-m'
     Check if any tree files are missing for an accurate result.

`-TDIR'
     When looking for tree files also look in directory DIR

`-bBIND_FILE'
     Specifies BIND_FILE as the bind file to process. If not set, the
     name of the bind file is computed from the full expanded Ada name
     of a main subprogram.

`-dX'
     Activate internal debugging switches. X is a letter or digit, or
     string of letters or digits, which specifies the type of debugging
     mode desired.  Normally these are used only for internal
     development or system debugging purposes. You can find full
     documentation for these switches in the body of the
     `Gnatelim.Options' unit in the compiler source file
     `gnatelim-options.adb'.

`gnatelim' sends its output to the standard output stream, and all the
tracing and debug information is sent to the standard error stream.  In
order to produce a proper GNAT configuration file `gnat.adc',
redirection must be used:

     $ gnatelim Main_Prog > gnat.adc

or

     $ gnatelim Main_Prog >> gnat.adc

In order to append the `gnatelim' output to the existing contents of
`gnat.adc'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas,  Next: Making Your Executables Smaller,  Prev: Running gnatelim,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.6 Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas
=============================================

In some rare cases it may happen that `gnatelim' will try to eliminate
subprograms which are actually called in the program. In this case, the
compiler will generate an error message of the form:

     file.adb:106:07: cannot call eliminated subprogram "My_Prog"

You will need to manually remove the wrong `Eliminate' pragmas from the
`gnat.adc' file. It is advised that you recompile your program from
scratch after that because you need a consistent `gnat.adc' file during
the entire compilation.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Making Your Executables Smaller,  Next: Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle,  Prev: Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.7 Making Your Executables Smaller
====================================

In order to get a smaller executable for your program you now have to
recompile the program completely with the new `gnat.adc' file created
by `gnatelim' in your current directory:

     $ gnatmake -f Main_Prog

(you will need `-f' option for gnatmake to recompile everything with
the set of pragmas `Eliminate' you have obtained with `gnatelim').

   Be aware that the set of `Eliminate' pragmas is specific to each
program. It is not recommended to merge sets of `Eliminate' pragmas
created for different programs in one `gnat.adc' file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle,  Prev: Making Your Executables Smaller,  Up: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim

21.8 Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle
========================================

Here is a quick summary of the steps to be taken in order to reduce the
size of your executables with `gnatelim'. You may use other GNAT
options to control the optimization level, to produce the debugging
information, to set search path, etc.

  1. Produce a bind file and a set of tree files

          $ gnatmake -c Main_Prog
          $ gnatbind main_prog
          $ gnatmake -f -c -gnatc -gnatt Main_Prog

  2. Generate a list of `Eliminate' pragmas
          $ gnatelim Main_Prog >[>] gnat.adc

  3. Recompile the application

          $ gnatmake -f Main_Prog



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Other Utility Programs,  Next: Running and Debugging Ada Programs,  Prev: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim,  Up: Top

22 Other Utility Programs
*************************

This chapter discusses some other utility programs available in the Ada
environment.

* Menu:

* Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT::
* The gnatpsta Utility Program::
* The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT::
* Ada Mode for Glide::
* Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml::
* Installing gnathtml::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT,  Next: The gnatpsta Utility Program,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.1 Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT
===========================================

The object files generated by GNAT are in standard system format and in
particular the debugging information uses this format. This means
programs generated by GNAT can be used with existing utilities that
depend on these formats.

   In general, any utility program that works with C will also often
work with Ada programs generated by GNAT. This includes software
utilities such as gprof (a profiling program), `gdb' (the FSF
debugger), and utilities such as Purify.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The gnatpsta Utility Program,  Next: The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT,  Prev: Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.2 The `gnatpsta' Utility Program
===================================

Many of the definitions in package Standard are
implementation-dependent.  However, the source of this package does not
exist as an Ada source file, so these values cannot be determined by
inspecting the source.  They can be determined by examining in detail
the coding of `cstand.adb' which creates the image of Standard in the
compiler, but this is awkward and requires a great deal of internal
knowledge about the system.

   The `gnatpsta' utility is designed to deal with this situation.  It
is an Ada program that dynamically determines the values of all the
relevant parameters in Standard, and prints them out in the form of an
Ada source listing for Standard, displaying all the values of interest.
This output is generated to `stdout'.

   To determine the value of any parameter in package Standard, simply
run `gnatpsta' with no qualifiers or arguments, and examine the output.
This is preferable to consulting documentation, because you know that
the values you are getting are the actual ones provided by the
executing system.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT,  Next: Ada Mode for Glide,  Prev: The gnatpsta Utility Program,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.3 The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT
==============================================

In order to interpret the output from GNAT, when using tools that are
originally intended for use with other languages, it is useful to
understand the conventions used to generate link names from the Ada
entity names.

   All link names are in all lowercase letters. With the exception of
library procedure names, the mechanism used is simply to use the full
expanded Ada name with dots replaced by double underscores. For
example, suppose we have the following package spec:

     package QRS is
        MN : Integer;
     end QRS;

The variable `MN' has a full expanded Ada name of `QRS.MN', so the
corresponding link name is `qrs__mn'.  Of course if a `pragma Export'
is used this may be overridden:

     package Exports is
        Var1 : Integer;
        pragma Export (Var1, C, External_Name => "var1_name");
        Var2 : Integer;
        pragma Export (Var2, C, Link_Name => "var2_link_name");
     end Exports;

In this case, the link name for VAR1 is whatever link name the C
compiler would assign for the C function VAR1_NAME. This typically
would be either VAR1_NAME or _VAR1_NAME, depending on operating system
conventions, but other possibilities exist. The link name for VAR2 is
VAR2_LINK_NAME, and this is not operating system dependent.

   One exception occurs for library level procedures. A potential
ambiguity arises between the required name `_main' for the C main
program, and the name we would otherwise assign to an Ada library level
procedure called `Main' (which might well not be the main program).

   To avoid this ambiguity, we attach the prefix `_ada_' to such names.
So if we have a library level procedure such as

     procedure Hello (S : String);

the external name of this procedure will be _ADA_HELLO.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Ada Mode for Glide,  Next: Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml,  Prev: The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.4 Ada Mode for `Glide'
=========================

The Glide mode for programming in Ada (both, Ada83 and Ada95) helps the
user in understanding existing code and facilitates writing new code. It
furthermore provides some utility functions for easier integration of
standard Emacs features when programming in Ada.

22.4.1 General Features:
------------------------

   * Full Integrated Development Environment :

        * support of 'project files' for the configuration (directories,
          compilation options,...)

        * compiling and stepping through error messages.

        * running and debugging your applications within Glide.

   * easy to use for beginners by pull-down menus,

   * user configurable by many user-option variables.

22.4.2 Ada Mode Features That Help Understanding Code:
------------------------------------------------------

   * functions for easy and quick stepping through Ada code,

   * getting cross reference information for identifiers (e.g. find the
     defining place by a keystroke),

   * displaying an index menu of types and subprograms and move point to
     the chosen one,

   * automatic color highlighting of the various entities in Ada code.

22.4.3 Glide Support for Writing Ada Code:
------------------------------------------

   * switching between spec and body files with possible autogeneration
     of body files,

   * automatic formating of subprograms parameter lists.

   * automatic smart indentation according to Ada syntax,

   * automatic completion of identifiers,

   * automatic casing of identifiers, keywords, and attributes,

   * insertion of statement templates,

   * filling comment paragraphs like filling normal text,

   For more information, please refer to the online Glide documentation
available in the Glide -> Help Menu.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml,  Next: Installing gnathtml,  Prev: Ada Mode for Glide,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.5 Converting Ada Files to html with `gnathtml'
=================================================

This `Perl' script allows Ada source files to be browsed using standard
Web browsers. For installation procedure, see the section *Note
Installing gnathtml::.

   Ada reserved keywords are highlighted in a bold font and Ada
comments in a blue font. Unless your program was compiled with the gcc
`-gnatx' switch to suppress the generation of cross-referencing
information, user defined variables and types will appear in a
different color; you will be able to click on any identifier and go to
its declaration.

   The command line is as follow:
     $ perl gnathtml.pl [switches] ada-files

   You can pass it as many Ada files as you want. `gnathtml' will
generate an html file for every ada file, and a global file called
`index.htm'.  This file is an index of every identifier defined in the
files.

   The available switches are the following ones :

`-83'
     Only the subset on the Ada 83 keywords will be highlighted, not
     the full Ada 95 keywords set.

`-cc COLOR'
     This option allows you to change the color used for comments. The
     default value is green. The color argument can be any name
     accepted by html.

`-d'
     If the ada files depend on some other files (using for instance the
     `with' command, the latter will also be converted to html.  Only
     the files in the user project will be converted to html, not the
     files in the run-time library itself.

`-D'
     This command is the same as -d above, but `gnathtml' will also look
     for files in the run-time library, and generate html files for
     them.

`-f'
     By default, gnathtml will generate html links only for global
     entities ('with'ed units, global variables and types,...). If you
     specify the `-f' on the command line, then links will be generated
     for local entities too.

`-l NUMBER'
     If this switch is provided and NUMBER is not 0, then `gnathtml'
     will number the html files every NUMBER line.

`-I DIR'
     Specify a directory to search for library files (`.ali' files) and
     source files. You can provide several -I switches on the command
     line, and the directories will be parsed in the order of the
     command line.

`-o DIR'
     Specify the output directory for html files. By default, gnathtml
     will saved the generated html files in a subdirectory named
     `html/'.

`-p FILE'
     If you are using Emacs and the most recent Emacs Ada mode, which
     provides a full Integrated Development Environment for compiling,
     checking, running and debugging applications, you may be using
     `.adp' files to give the directories where Emacs can find sources
     and object files.

     Using this switch, you can tell gnathtml to use these files. This
     allows you to get an html version of your application, even if it
     is spread over multiple directories.

`-sc COLOR'
     This option allows you to change the color used for symbol
     definitions.  The default value is red. The color argument can be
     any name accepted by html.

`-t FILE'
     This switch provides the name of a file. This file contains a list
     of file names to be converted, and the effect is exactly as though
     they had appeared explicitly on the command line. This is the
     recommended way to work around the command line length limit on
     some systems.



File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Installing gnathtml,  Prev: Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml,  Up: Other Utility Programs

22.6 Installing `gnathtml'
==========================

`Perl' needs to be installed on your machine to run this script.
`Perl' is freely available for almost every architecture and Operating
System via the Internet.

   On Unix systems, you  may want to modify  the  first line of  the
script `gnathtml',  to explicitly  tell  the Operating  system  where
Perl is. The syntax of this line is :
     #!full_path_name_to_perl

Alternatively, you may run the script using the following command line:

     $ perl gnathtml.pl [switches] files


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running and Debugging Ada Programs,  Next: Inline Assembler,  Prev: Other Utility Programs,  Up: Top

23 Running and Debugging Ada Programs
*************************************

This chapter discusses how to debug Ada programs. An incorrect Ada
program may be handled in three ways by the GNAT compiler:

  1. The illegality may be a violation of the static semantics of Ada.
     In that case GNAT diagnoses the constructs in the program that are
     illegal.  It is then a straightforward matter for the user to
     modify those parts of the program.

  2. The illegality may be a violation of the dynamic semantics of Ada.
     In that case the program compiles and executes, but may generate
     incorrect results, or may terminate abnormally with some exception.

  3. When presented with a program that contains convoluted errors, GNAT
     itself may terminate abnormally without providing full diagnostics
     on the incorrect user program.

* Menu:

* The GNAT Debugger GDB::
* Running GDB::
* Introduction to GDB Commands::
* Using Ada Expressions::
* Calling User-Defined Subprograms::
* Using the Next Command in a Function::
* Ada Exceptions::
* Ada Tasks::
* Debugging Generic Units::
* GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate::
* Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files::
* Getting Internal Debugging Information::
* Stack Traceback::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Debugger GDB,  Next: Running GDB,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.1 The GNAT Debugger GDB
==========================

`GDB' is a general purpose, platform-independent debugger that can be
used to debug mixed-language programs compiled with `GCC', and in
particular is capable of debugging Ada programs compiled with GNAT. The
latest versions of `GDB' are Ada-aware and can handle complex Ada data
structures.

   The manual `Debugging with GDB' contains full details on the usage
of `GDB', including a section on its usage on programs. This manual
should be consulted for full details. The section that follows is a
brief introduction to the philosophy and use of `GDB'.

   When GNAT programs are compiled, the compiler optionally writes
debugging information into the generated object file, including
information on line numbers, and on declared types and variables. This
information is separate from the generated code. It makes the object
files considerably larger, but it does not add to the size of the
actual executable that will be loaded into memory, and has no impact on
run-time performance. The generation of debug information is triggered
by the use of the -g switch in the gcc or gnatmake command used to
carry out the compilations. It is important to emphasize that the use
of these options does not change the generated code.

   The debugging information is written in standard system formats that
are used by many tools, including debuggers and profilers. The format
of the information is typically designed to describe C types and
semantics, but GNAT implements a translation scheme which allows full
details about Ada types and variables to be encoded into these standard
C formats. Details of this encoding scheme may be found in the file
exp_dbug.ads in the GNAT source distribution. However, the details of
this encoding are, in general, of no interest to a user, since `GDB'
automatically performs the necessary decoding.

   When a program is bound and linked, the debugging information is
collected from the object files, and stored in the executable image of
the program. Again, this process significantly increases the size of
the generated executable file, but it does not increase the size of the
executable program itself. Furthermore, if this program is run in the
normal manner, it runs exactly as if the debug information were not
present, and takes no more actual memory.

   However, if the program is run under control of `GDB', the debugger
is activated.  The image of the program is loaded, at which point it is
ready to run.  If a run command is given, then the program will run
exactly as it would have if `GDB' were not present. This is a crucial
part of the `GDB' design philosophy.  `GDB' is entirely non-intrusive
until a breakpoint is encountered.  If no breakpoint is ever hit, the
program will run exactly as it would if no debugger were present. When
a breakpoint is hit, `GDB' accesses the debugging information and can
respond to user commands to inspect variables, and more generally to
report on the state of execution.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Running GDB,  Next: Introduction to GDB Commands,  Prev: The GNAT Debugger GDB,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.2 Running GDB
================

Please refer to the debugging section of the chapter specific to your
cross environment at the end of this manual.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Introduction to GDB Commands,  Next: Using Ada Expressions,  Prev: Running GDB,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.3 Introduction to GDB Commands
=================================

`GDB' contains a large repertoire of commands. The manual `Debugging
with GDB' includes extensive documentation on the use of these
commands, together with examples of their use. Furthermore, the command
HELP invoked from within `GDB' activates a simple help facility which
summarizes the available commands and their options.  In this section
we summarize a few of the most commonly used commands to give an idea
of what `GDB' is about. You should create a simple program with
debugging information and experiment with the use of these `GDB'
commands on the program as you read through the following section.

`set args ARGUMENTS'
     The ARGUMENTS list above is a list of arguments to be passed to
     the program on a subsequent run command, just as though the
     arguments had been entered on a normal invocation of the program.
     The `set args' command is not needed if the program does not
     require arguments.

`run'
     The `run' command causes execution of the program to start from
     the beginning. If the program is already running, that is to say if
     you are currently positioned at a breakpoint, then a prompt will
     ask for confirmation that you want to abandon the current
     execution and restart.

`breakpoint LOCATION'
     The breakpoint command sets a breakpoint, that is to say a point
     at which execution will halt and `GDB' will await further
     commands. LOCATION is either a line number within a file, given in
     the format `file:linenumber', or it is the name of a subprogram.
     If you request that a breakpoint be set on a subprogram that is
     overloaded, a prompt will ask you to specify on which of those
     subprograms you want to breakpoint. You can also specify that all
     of them should be breakpointed. If the program is run and
     execution encounters the breakpoint, then the program stops and
     `GDB' signals that the breakpoint was encountered by printing the
     line of code before which the program is halted.

`breakpoint exception NAME'
     A special form of the breakpoint command which breakpoints whenever
     exception NAME is raised.  If NAME is omitted, then a breakpoint
     will occur when any exception is raised.

`print EXPRESSION'
     This will print the value of the given expression. Most simple Ada
     expression formats are properly handled by `GDB', so the expression
     can contain function calls, variables, operators, and attribute
     references.

`continue'
     Continues execution following a breakpoint, until the next
     breakpoint or the termination of the program.

`step'
     Executes a single line after a breakpoint. If the next statement
     is a subprogram call, execution continues into (the first
     statement of) the called subprogram.

`next'
     Executes a single line. If this line is a subprogram call,
     executes and returns from the call.

`list'
     Lists a few lines around the current source location. In practice,
     it is usually more convenient to have a separate edit window open
     with the relevant source file displayed. Successive applications
     of this command print subsequent lines. The command can be given
     an argument which is a line number, in which case it displays a
     few lines around the specified one.

`backtrace'
     Displays a backtrace of the call chain. This command is typically
     used after a breakpoint has occurred, to examine the sequence of
     calls that leads to the current breakpoint. The display includes
     one line for each activation record (frame) corresponding to an
     active subprogram.

`up'
     At a breakpoint, `GDB' can display the values of variables local
     to the current frame. The command `up' can be used to examine the
     contents of other active frames, by moving the focus up the stack,
     that is to say from callee to caller, one frame at a time.

`down'
     Moves the focus of `GDB' down from the frame currently being
     examined to the frame of its callee (the reverse of the previous
     command),

`frame N'
     Inspect the frame with the given number. The value 0 denotes the
     frame of the current breakpoint, that is to say the top of the
     call stack.


   The above list is a very short introduction to the commands that
`GDB' provides. Important additional capabilities, including conditional
breakpoints, the ability to execute command sequences on a breakpoint,
the ability to debug at the machine instruction level and many other
features are described in detail in `Debugging with GDB'.  Note that
most commands can be abbreviated (for example, c for continue, bt for
backtrace).


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using Ada Expressions,  Next: Calling User-Defined Subprograms,  Prev: Introduction to GDB Commands,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.4 Using Ada Expressions
==========================

`GDB' supports a fairly large subset of Ada expression syntax, with some
extensions. The philosophy behind the design of this subset is

   * That `GDB' should provide basic literals and access to operations
     for arithmetic, dereferencing, field selection, indexing, and
     subprogram calls, leaving more sophisticated computations to
     subprograms written into the program (which therefore may be
     called from `GDB').

   * That type safety and strict adherence to Ada language restrictions
     are not particularly important to the `GDB' user.

   * That brevity is important to the `GDB' user.

   Thus, for brevity, the debugger acts as if there were implicit
`with' and `use' clauses in effect for all user-written packages, thus
making it unnecessary to fully qualify most names with their packages,
regardless of context. Where this causes ambiguity, `GDB' asks the
user's intent.

   For details on the supported Ada syntax, see `Debugging with GDB'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Calling User-Defined Subprograms,  Next: Using the Next Command in a Function,  Prev: Using Ada Expressions,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.5 Calling User-Defined Subprograms
=====================================

An important capability of `GDB' is the ability to call user-defined
subprograms while debugging. This is achieved simply by entering a
subprogram call statement in the form:

     call subprogram-name (parameters)

The keyword `call' can be omitted in the normal case where the
`subprogram-name' does not coincide with any of the predefined `GDB'
commands.

   The effect is to invoke the given subprogram, passing it the list of
parameters that is supplied. The parameters can be expressions and can
include variables from the program being debugged. The subprogram must
be defined at the library level within your program, and `GDB' will
call the subprogram within the environment of your program execution
(which means that the subprogram is free to access or even modify
variables within your program).

   The most important use of this facility is in allowing the inclusion
of debugging routines that are tailored to particular data structures
in your program. Such debugging routines can be written to provide a
suitably high-level description of an abstract type, rather than a
low-level dump of its physical layout. After all, the standard `GDB
print' command only knows the physical layout of your types, not their
abstract meaning. Debugging routines can provide information at the
desired semantic level and are thus enormously useful.

   For example, when debugging GNAT itself, it is crucial to have
access to the contents of the tree nodes used to represent the program
internally.  But tree nodes are represented simply by an integer value
(which in turn is an index into a table of nodes).  Using the `print'
command on a tree node would simply print this integer value, which is
not very useful. But the PN routine (defined in file treepr.adb in the
GNAT sources) takes a tree node as input, and displays a useful high
level representation of the tree node, which includes the syntactic
category of the node, its position in the source, the integers that
denote descendant nodes and parent node, as well as varied semantic
information. To study this example in more detail, you might want to
look at the body of the PN procedure in the stated file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using the Next Command in a Function,  Next: Ada Exceptions,  Prev: Calling User-Defined Subprograms,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.6 Using the Next Command in a Function
=========================================

When you use the `next' command in a function, the current source
location will advance to the next statement as usual. A special case
arises in the case of a `return' statement.

   Part of the code for a return statement is the "epilog" of the
function.  This is the code that returns to the caller. There is only
one copy of this epilog code, and it is typically associated with the
last return statement in the function if there is more than one return.
In some implementations, this epilog is associated with the first
statement of the function.

   The result is that if you use the `next' command from a return
statement that is not the last return statement of the function you may
see a strange apparent jump to the last return statement or to the
start of the function. You should simply ignore this odd jump.  The
value returned is always that from the first return statement that was
stepped through.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Ada Exceptions,  Next: Ada Tasks,  Prev: Using the Next Command in a Function,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.7 Breaking on Ada Exceptions
===============================

You can set breakpoints that trip when your program raises selected
exceptions.

`break exception'
     Set a breakpoint that trips whenever (any task in the) program
     raises any exception.

`break exception NAME'
     Set a breakpoint that trips whenever (any task in the) program
     raises the exception NAME.

`break exception unhandled'
     Set a breakpoint that trips whenever (any task in the) program
     raises an exception for which there is no handler.

`info exceptions'
`info exceptions REGEXP'
     The `info exceptions' command permits the user to examine all
     defined exceptions within Ada programs. With a regular expression,
     REGEXP, as argument, prints out only those exceptions whose name
     matches REGEXP.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Ada Tasks,  Next: Debugging Generic Units,  Prev: Ada Exceptions,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.8 Ada Tasks
==============

`GDB' allows the following task-related commands:

`info tasks'
     This command shows a list of current Ada tasks, as in the
     following example:

          (gdb) info tasks
            ID       TID P-ID   Thread Pri State                 Name
             1   8088000   0   807e000  15 Child Activation Wait main_task
             2   80a4000   1   80ae000  15 Accept/Select Wait    b
             3   809a800   1   80a4800  15 Child Activation Wait a
          *  4   80ae800   3   80b8000  15 Running               c

     In this listing, the asterisk before the first task indicates it
     to be the currently running task. The first column lists the task
     ID that is used to refer to tasks in the following commands.

`break LINESPEC task TASKID'
`break LINESPEC task TASKID if ...'
     These commands are like the `break ... thread ...'.  LINESPEC
     specifies source lines.

     Use the qualifier `task TASKID' with a breakpoint command to
     specify that you only want `GDB' to stop the program when a
     particular Ada task reaches this breakpoint. TASKID is one of the
     numeric task identifiers assigned by `GDB', shown in the first
     column of the `info tasks' display.

     If you do not specify `task TASKID' when you set a breakpoint, the
     breakpoint applies to _all_ tasks of your program.

     You can use the `task' qualifier on conditional breakpoints as
     well; in this case, place `task TASKID' before the breakpoint
     condition (before the `if').

`task TASKNO'
     This command allows to switch to the task referred by TASKNO. In
     particular, This allows to browse the backtrace of the specified
     task. It is advised to switch back to the original task before
     continuing execution otherwise the scheduling of the program may be
     perturbated.

For more detailed information on the tasking support, see `Debugging
with GDB'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging Generic Units,  Next: GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,  Prev: Ada Tasks,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.9 Debugging Generic Units
============================

GNAT always uses code expansion for generic instantiation. This means
that each time an instantiation occurs, a complete copy of the original
code is made, with appropriate substitutions of formals by actuals.

   It is not possible to refer to the original generic entities in
`GDB', but it is always possible to debug a particular instance of a
generic, by using the appropriate expanded names. For example, if we
have

     procedure g is

        generic package k is
           procedure kp (v1 : in out integer);
        end k;

        package body k is
           procedure kp (v1 : in out integer) is
           begin
              v1 := v1 + 1;
           end kp;
        end k;

        package k1 is new k;
        package k2 is new k;

        var : integer := 1;

     begin
        k1.kp (var);
        k2.kp (var);
        k1.kp (var);
        k2.kp (var);
     end;

Then to break on a call to procedure kp in the k2 instance, simply use
the command:

     (gdb) break g.k2.kp

When the breakpoint occurs, you can step through the code of the
instance in the normal manner and examine the values of local
variables, as for other units.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,  Next: Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,  Prev: Debugging Generic Units,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.10 GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate
=======================================================

When presented with programs that contain serious errors in syntax or
semantics, GNAT may on rare occasions  experience problems in
operation, such as aborting with a segmentation fault or illegal memory
access, raising an internal exception, terminating abnormally, or
failing to terminate at all.  In such cases, you can activate various
features of GNAT that can help you pinpoint the construct in your
program that is the likely source of the problem.

   The following strategies are presented in increasing order of
difficulty, corresponding to your experience in using GNAT and your
familiarity with compiler internals.

  1. Run `gcc' with the `-gnatf'. This first switch causes all errors
     on a given line to be reported. In its absence, only the first
     error on a line is displayed.

     The `-gnatdO' switch causes errors to be displayed as soon as they
     are encountered, rather than after compilation is terminated. If
     GNAT terminates prematurely or goes into an infinite loop, the
     last error message displayed may help to pinpoint the culprit.

  2. Run `gcc' with the `-v (verbose)' switch. In this mode, `gcc'
     produces ongoing information about the progress of the compilation
     and provides the name of each procedure as code is generated. This
     switch allows you to find which Ada procedure was being compiled
     when it encountered a code generation problem.

  3. Run `gcc' with the `-gnatdc' switch. This is a GNAT specific
     switch that does for the front-end what `-v' does for the back end.
     The system prints the name of each unit, either a compilation unit
     or nested unit, as it is being analyzed.

  4. Finally, you can start `gdb' directly on the `gnat1' executable.
     `gnat1' is the front-end of GNAT, and can be run independently
     (normally it is just called from `gcc'). You can use `gdb' on
     `gnat1' as you would on a C program (but *note The GNAT Debugger
     GDB:: for caveats). The `where' command is the first line of
     attack; the variable `lineno' (seen by `print lineno'), used by
     the second phase of `gnat1' and by the `gcc' backend, indicates
     the source line at which the execution stopped, and `input_file
     name' indicates the name of the source file.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,  Next: Getting Internal Debugging Information,  Prev: GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.11 Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files
==============================================

In order to examine the workings of the GNAT system, the following
brief description of its organization may be helpful:

   * Files with prefix `sc' contain the lexical scanner.

   * All files prefixed with `par' are components of the parser. The
     numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada 95 Reference Manual. For
     example, parsing of select statements can be found in
     `par-ch9.adb'.

   * All files prefixed with `sem' perform semantic analysis. The
     numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada standard. For example,
     all issues involving context clauses can be found in
     `sem_ch10.adb'. In addition, some features of the language require
     sufficient special processing to justify their own semantic files:
     sem_aggr for aggregates, sem_disp for dynamic dispatching, etc.

   * All files prefixed with `exp' perform normalization and expansion
     of the intermediate representation (abstract syntax tree, or AST).
     these files use the same numbering scheme as the parser and
     semantics files.  For example, the construction of record
     initialization procedures is done in `exp_ch3.adb'.

   * The files prefixed with `bind' implement the binder, which
     verifies the consistency of the compilation, determines an order of
     elaboration, and generates the bind file.

   * The files `atree.ads' and `atree.adb' detail the low-level data
     structures used by the front-end.

   * The files `sinfo.ads' and `sinfo.adb' detail the structure of the
     abstract syntax tree as produced by the parser.

   * The files `einfo.ads' and `einfo.adb' detail the attributes of all
     entities, computed during semantic analysis.

   * Library management issues are dealt with in files with prefix
     `lib'.

   * Ada files with the prefix `a-' are children of `Ada', as defined
     in Annex A.

   * Files with prefix `i-' are children of `Interfaces', as defined in
     Annex B.

   * Files with prefix `s-' are children of `System'. This includes
     both language-defined children and GNAT run-time routines.

   * Files with prefix `g-' are children of `GNAT'. These are useful
     general-purpose packages, fully documented in their
     specifications. All the other `.c' files are modifications of
     common `gcc' files.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Getting Internal Debugging Information,  Next: Stack Traceback,  Prev: Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.12 Getting Internal Debugging Information
============================================

Most compilers have internal debugging switches and modes. GNAT does
also, except GNAT internal debugging switches and modes are not secret.
A summary and full description of all the compiler and binder debug
flags are in the file `debug.adb'. You must obtain the sources of the
compiler to see the full detailed effects of these flags.

   The switches that print the source of the program (reconstructed from
the internal tree) are of general interest for user programs, as are the
options to print the full internal tree, and the entity table (the
symbol table information). The reconstructed source provides a readable
version of the program after the front-end has completed analysis and
expansion, and is useful when studying the performance of specific
constructs. For example, constraint checks are indicated, complex
aggregates are replaced with loops and assignments, and tasking
primitives are replaced with run-time calls.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Stack Traceback,  Prev: Getting Internal Debugging Information,  Up: Running and Debugging Ada Programs

23.13 Stack Traceback
=====================

Traceback is a mechanism to display the sequence of subprogram calls
that leads to a specified execution point in a program. Often (but not
always) the execution point is an instruction at which an exception has
been raised.  This mechanism is also known as stack unwinding because
it obtains its information by scanning the run-time stack and
recovering the activation records of all active subprograms. Stack
unwinding is one of the most important tools for program debugging.

The first entry stored in traceback corresponds to the deepest calling
level, that is to say the subprogram currently executing the instruction
from which we want to obtain the traceback.

Note that there is no runtime performance penalty when stack traceback
is enabled and no exception are raised during program execution.

* Menu:

* Non-Symbolic Traceback::
* Symbolic Traceback::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Non-Symbolic Traceback,  Next: Symbolic Traceback,  Up: Stack Traceback

23.13.1 Non-Symbolic Traceback
------------------------------

Note: this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
`GNAT.Traceback spec in g-traceb.ads' for a complete list of supported
platforms.

* Menu:

* Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception::
* Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (non-symbolic)::
* Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (non-symbolic)::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception,  Next: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (non-symbolic),  Up: Non-Symbolic Traceback

23.13.1.1 Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception
................................................

A runtime non-symbolic traceback is a list of addresses of call
instructions.  To enable this feature you must use the `-E'
`gnatbind''s option. With this option a stack traceback is stored as
part of exception information. It is possible to retrieve this
information using the standard `Ada.Exception.Exception_Information'
routine.

Let's have a look at a simple example:

     procedure STB is

        procedure P1 is
        begin
           raise Constraint_Error;
        end P1;

        procedure P2 is
        begin
           P1;
        end P2;

     begin
        P2;
     end STB;

     $ gnatmake stb -bargs -E
     $ stb

     Execution terminated by unhandled exception
     Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
     Message: stb.adb:5
     Call stack traceback locations:
     0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4

As we see the traceback lists a sequence of addresses for the unhandled
exception `CONSTAINT_ERROR' raised in procedure P1. It is easy to guess
that this exception come from procedure P1. To translate these
addresses into the source lines where the calls appear, the `addr2line'
tool, described below, is invaluable. The use of this tool requires the
program to be compiled with debug information.

     $ gnatmake -g stb -bargs -E
     $ stb

     Execution terminated by unhandled exception
     Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
     Message: stb.adb:5
     Call stack traceback locations:
     0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4

     $ addr2line --exe=stb 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4
        0x4011f1 0x77e892a4

     00401373 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5
     0040138B at d:/stb/stb.adb:10
     0040139C at d:/stb/stb.adb:14
     00401335 at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104
     004011C4 at /build/.../crt1.c:200
     004011F1 at /build/.../crt1.c:222
     77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0

`addr2line' has a number of other useful options:

`--functions'
     to get the function name corresponding to any location

`--demangle=gnat'
     to use the gnat decoding mode for the function names. Note that
     for binutils version 2.9.x the option is simply `--demangle'.

     $ addr2line --exe=stb --functions --demangle=gnat 0x401373 0x40138b
        0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1

     00401373 in stb.p1 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5
     0040138B in stb.p2 at d:/stb/stb.adb:10
     0040139C in stb at d:/stb/stb.adb:14
     00401335 in main at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104
     004011C4 in <__mingw_CRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:200
     004011F1 in <mainCRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:222

From this traceback we can see that the exception was raised in
`stb.adb' at line 5, which was reached from a procedure call in
`stb.adb' at line 10, and so on. The `b~std.adb' is the binder file,
which contains the call to the main program.  *note Running gnatbind::.
The remaining entries are assorted runtime routines, and the output
will vary from platform to platform.

It is also possible to use `GDB' with these traceback addresses to debug
the program. For example, we can break at a given code location, as
reported in the stack traceback:

     $ gdb -nw stb

     (gdb) break *0x401373
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x401373: file stb.adb, line 5.

It is important to note that the stack traceback addresses do not
change when debug information is included. This is particularly useful
because it makes it possible to release software without debug
information (to minimize object size), get a field report that includes
a stack traceback whenever an internal bug occurs, and then be able to
retrieve the sequence of calls with the same program compiled with
debug information.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (non-symbolic),  Next: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (non-symbolic),  Prev: Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception,  Up: Non-Symbolic Traceback

23.13.1.2 Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences
...............................................

Non-symbolic tracebacks are obtained by using the `-E' binder argument.
The stack traceback is attached to the exception information string,
and can be retrieved in an exception handler within the Ada program, by
means of the Ada95 facilities defined in `Ada.Exceptions'. Here is a
simple example:

     with Ada.Text_IO;
     with Ada.Exceptions;

     procedure STB is

        use Ada;
        use Ada.Exceptions;

        procedure P1 is
           K : Positive := 1;
        begin
           K := K - 1;
        exception
           when E : others =>
              Text_IO.Put_Line (Exception_Information (E));
        end P1;

        procedure P2 is
        begin
           P1;
        end P2;

     begin
        P2;
     end STB;

This program will output:

     $ stb

     Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
     Message: stb.adb:12
     Call stack traceback locations:
     0x4015e4 0x401633 0x401644 0x401461 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (non-symbolic),  Prev: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (non-symbolic),  Up: Non-Symbolic Traceback

23.13.1.3 Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program
...............................................

It is also possible to retrieve a stack traceback from anywhere in a
program. For this you need to use the `GNAT.Traceback' API. This
package includes a procedure called `Call_Chain' that computes a
complete stack traceback, as well as useful display procedures
described below. It is not necessary to use the `-E gnatbind' option in
this case, because the stack traceback mechanism is invoked explicitly.

In the following example we compute a traceback at a specific location
in the program, and we display it using `GNAT.Debug_Utilities.Image' to
convert addresses to strings:

     with Ada.Text_IO;
     with GNAT.Traceback;
     with GNAT.Debug_Utilities;

     procedure STB is

        use Ada;
        use GNAT;
        use GNAT.Traceback;

        procedure P1 is
           TB  : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10);
           --  We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames.
           Len : Natural;
           --  Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned.
        begin
           Call_Chain (TB, Len);

           Text_IO.Put ("In STB.P1 : ");

           for K in 1 .. Len loop
              Text_IO.Put (Debug_Utilities.Image (TB (K)));
              Text_IO.Put (' ');
           end loop;

           Text_IO.New_Line;
        end P1;

        procedure P2 is
        begin
           P1;
        end P2;

     begin
        P2;
     end STB;

     $ gnatmake stb
     $ stb

     In STB.P1 : 16#0040_F1E4# 16#0040_14F2# 16#0040_170B# 16#0040_171C#
     16#0040_1461# 16#0040_11C4# 16#0040_11F1# 16#77E8_92A4#


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Symbolic Traceback,  Prev: Non-Symbolic Traceback,  Up: Stack Traceback

23.13.2 Symbolic Traceback
--------------------------

A symbolic traceback is a stack traceback in which procedure names are
associated with each code location.

Note that this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
`GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic spec in g-trasym.ads' for a complete list of
currently supported platforms.

Note that the symbolic traceback requires that the program be compiled
with debug information. If it is not compiled with debug information
only the non-symbolic information will be valid.

* Menu:

* Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (symbolic)::
* Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (symbolic)::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (symbolic),  Next: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (symbolic),  Up: Symbolic Traceback

23.13.2.1 Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences
...............................................

     with Ada.Text_IO;
     with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;

     procedure STB is

        procedure P1 is
        begin
           raise Constraint_Error;
        end P1;

        procedure P2 is
        begin
           P1;
        end P2;

        procedure P3 is
        begin
           P2;
        end P3;

     begin
        P3;
     exception
        when E : others =>
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic.Symbolic_Traceback (E));
     end STB;

     $ gnatmake -g stb -bargs -E -largs -lgnat -laddr2line -lintl
     $ stb

     0040149F in stb.p1 at stb.adb:8
     004014B7 in stb.p2 at stb.adb:13
     004014CF in stb.p3 at stb.adb:18
     004015DD in ada.stb at stb.adb:22
     00401461 in main at b~stb.adb:168
     004011C4 in __mingw_CRTStartup at crt1.c:200
     004011F1 in mainCRTStartup at crt1.c:222
     77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0

The exact sequence of linker options may vary from platform to platform.
The above `-largs' section is for Windows platforms. By contrast, under
Unix there is no need for the `-largs' section.  Differences across
platforms are due to details of linker implementation.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (symbolic),  Prev: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (symbolic),  Up: Symbolic Traceback

23.13.2.2 Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program
...............................................

It is possible to get a symbolic stack traceback from anywhere in a
program, just as for non-symbolic tracebacks.  The first step is to
obtain a non-symbolic traceback, and then call `Symbolic_Traceback' to
compute the symbolic information. Here is an example:

     with Ada.Text_IO;
     with GNAT.Traceback;
     with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;

     procedure STB is

        use Ada;
        use GNAT.Traceback;
        use GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;

        procedure P1 is
           TB  : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10);
           --  We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames.
           Len : Natural;
           --  Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned.
        begin
           Call_Chain (TB, Len);
           Text_IO.Put_Line (Symbolic_Traceback (TB (1 .. Len)));
        end P1;

        procedure P2 is
        begin
           P1;
        end P2;

     begin
        P2;
     end STB;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Inline Assembler,  Next: VxWorks Topics,  Prev: Running and Debugging Ada Programs,  Up: Top

24 Inline Assembler
*******************

If you need to write low-level software that interacts directly with
the hardware, Ada provides two ways to incorporate assembly language
code into your program.  First, you can import and invoke external
routines written in assembly language, an Ada feature fully supported
by GNAT.  However, for small sections of code it may be simpler or more
efficient to include assembly language statements directly in your Ada
source program, using the facilities of the implementation-defined
package `System.Machine_Code', which incorporates the gcc Inline
Assembler.  The Inline Assembler approach offers a number of
advantages, including the following:

   * No need to use non-Ada tools

   * Consistent interface over different targets

   * Automatic usage of the proper calling conventions

   * Access to Ada constants and variables

   * Definition of intrinsic routines

   * Possibility of inlining a subprogram comprising assembler code

   * Code optimizer can take Inline Assembler code into account

   This chapter presents a series of examples to show you how to use
the Inline Assembler.  Although it focuses on the Intel x86, the
general approach applies also to other processors.  It is assumed that
you are familiar with Ada and with assembly language programming.

* Menu:

* Basic Assembler Syntax::
* A Simple Example of Inline Assembler::
* Output Variables in Inline Assembler::
* Input Variables in Inline Assembler::
* Inlining Inline Assembler Code::
* Other Asm Functionality::
* A Complete Example::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Basic Assembler Syntax,  Next: A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.1 Basic Assembler Syntax
===========================

The assembler used by GNAT and gcc is based not on the Intel assembly
language, but rather on a language that descends from the AT&T Unix
assembler _as_ (and which is often referred to as "AT&T syntax").  The
following table summarizes the main features of _as_ syntax and points
out the differences from the Intel conventions.  See the gcc _as_ and
_gas_ (an _as_ macro pre-processor) documentation for further
information.

Register names
     gcc / _as_: Prefix with "%"; for example `%eax'
     Intel: No extra punctuation; for example `eax'

Immediate operand
     gcc / _as_: Prefix with "$"; for example `$4'
     Intel: No extra punctuation; for example `4'

Address
     gcc / _as_: Prefix with "$"; for example `$loc'
     Intel: No extra punctuation; for example `loc'

Memory contents
     gcc / _as_: No extra punctuation; for example `loc'
     Intel: Square brackets; for example `[loc]'

Register contents
     gcc / _as_: Parentheses; for example `(%eax)'
     Intel: Square brackets; for example `[eax]'

Hexadecimal numbers
     gcc / _as_: Leading "0x" (C language syntax); for example `0xA0'
     Intel: Trailing "h"; for example `A0h'

Operand size
     gcc / _as_: Explicit in op code; for example `movw' to move a
     16-bit word
     Intel: Implicit, deduced by assembler; for example `mov'

Instruction repetition
     gcc / _as_: Split into two lines; for example
     `rep'
     `stosl'
     Intel: Keep on one line; for example `rep stosl'

Order of operands
     gcc / _as_: Source first; for example `movw $4, %eax'
     Intel: Destination first; for example `mov eax, 4'


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,  Next: Output Variables in Inline Assembler,  Prev: Basic Assembler Syntax,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.2 A Simple Example of Inline Assembler
=========================================

The following example will generate a single assembly language
statement, `nop', which does nothing.  Despite its lack of run-time
effect, the example will be useful in illustrating the basics of the
Inline Assembler facility.

     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Nothing is
     begin
        Asm ("nop");
     end Nothing;

   `Asm' is a procedure declared in package `System.Machine_Code'; here
it takes one parameter, a _template string_ that must be a static
expression and that will form the generated instruction.  `Asm' may be
regarded as a compile-time procedure that parses the template string
and additional parameters (none here), from which it generates a
sequence of assembly language instructions.

   The examples in this chapter will illustrate several of the forms
for invoking `Asm'; a complete specification of the syntax is found in
the `GNAT Reference Manual'.

   Under the standard GNAT conventions, the `Nothing' procedure should
be in a file named `nothing.adb'.  You can build the executable in the
usual way:
     gnatmake nothing
   However, the interesting aspect of this example is not its run-time
behavior but rather the generated assembly code.  To see this output,
invoke the compiler as follows:
        gcc -c -S -fomit-frame-pointer -gnatp `nothing.adb'
   where the options are:

`-c'
     compile only (no bind or link)

`-S'
     generate assembler listing

`-fomit-frame-pointer'
     do not set up separate stack frames

`-gnatp'
     do not add runtime checks

   This gives a human-readable assembler version of the code. The
resulting file will have the same name as the Ada source file, but with
a `.s' extension.  In our example, the file `nothing.s' has the
following contents:

     .file "nothing.adb"
     gcc2_compiled.:
     ___gnu_compiled_ada:
     .text
        .align 4
     .globl __ada_nothing
     __ada_nothing:
     #APP
        nop
     #NO_APP
        jmp L1
        .align 2,0x90
     L1:
        ret

   The assembly code you included is clearly indicated by the compiler,
between the `#APP' and `#NO_APP' delimiters. The character before the
'APP' and 'NOAPP' can differ on different targets. For example, Linux
uses '#APP' while on NT you will see '/APP'.

   If you make a mistake in your assembler code (such as using the
wrong size modifier, or using a wrong operand for the instruction) GNAT
will report this error in a temporary file, which will be deleted when
the compilation is finished.  Generating an assembler file will help in
such cases, since you can assemble this file separately using the _as_
assembler that comes with gcc.

   Assembling the file using the command

     as `nothing.s'
   will give you error messages whose lines correspond to the assembler
input file, so you can easily find and correct any mistakes you made.
If there are no errors, _as_ will generate an object file `nothing.out'.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Output Variables in Inline Assembler,  Next: Input Variables in Inline Assembler,  Prev: A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.3 Output Variables in Inline Assembler
=========================================

The examples in this section, showing how to access the processor
flags, illustrate how to specify the destination operands for assembly
language statements.

     with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Get_Flags is
        Flags : Unsigned_32;
        use ASCII;
     begin
        Asm ("pushfl"          & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
             "popl %%eax"      & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags
             "movl %%eax, %0",             -- store flags in variable
             Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
        Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
     end Get_Flags;

   In order to have a nicely aligned assembly listing, we have separated
multiple assembler statements in the Asm template string with linefeed
(ASCII.LF) and horizontal tab (ASCII.HT) characters.  The resulting
section of the assembly output file is:

     #APP
        pushfl
        popl %eax
        movl %eax, -40(%ebp)
     #NO_APP

   It would have been legal to write the Asm invocation as:

     Asm ("pushfl popl %%eax movl %%eax, %0")

   but in the generated assembler file, this would come out as:

     #APP
        pushfl popl %eax movl %eax, -40(%ebp)
     #NO_APP

   which is not so convenient for the human reader.

   We use Ada comments at the end of each line to explain what the
assembler instructions actually do.  This is a useful convention.

   When writing Inline Assembler instructions, you need to precede each
register and variable name with a percent sign.  Since the assembler
already requires a percent sign at the beginning of a register name,
you need two consecutive percent signs for such names in the Asm
template string, thus `%%eax'.  In the generated assembly code, one of
the percent signs will be stripped off.

   Names such as `%0', `%1', `%2', etc., denote input or output
variables: operands you later define using `Input' or `Output'
parameters to `Asm'.  An output variable is illustrated in the third
statement in the Asm template string:
     movl %%eax, %0
   The intent is to store the contents of the eax register in a
variable that can be accessed in Ada.  Simply writing `movl %%eax,
Flags' would not necessarily work, since the compiler might optimize by
using a register to hold Flags, and the expansion of the `movl'
instruction would not be aware of this optimization.  The solution is
not to store the result directly but rather to advise the compiler to
choose the correct operand form; that is the purpose of the `%0' output
variable.

   Information about the output variable is supplied in the `Outputs'
parameter to `Asm':
     Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));

   The output is defined by the `Asm_Output' attribute of the target
type; the general format is
     Type'Asm_Output (constraint_string, variable_name)

   The constraint string directs the compiler how to store/access the
associated variable.  In the example
     Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=m", Flags);
   the `"m"' (memory) constraint tells the compiler that the variable
`Flags' should be stored in a memory variable, thus preventing the
optimizer from keeping it in a register.  In contrast,
     Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=r", Flags);
   uses the `"r"' (register) constraint, telling the compiler to store
the variable in a register.

   If the constraint is preceded by the equal character (*=*), it tells
the compiler that the variable will be used to store data into it.

   In the `Get_Flags' example, we used the "g" (global) constraint,
allowing the optimizer to choose whatever it deems best.

   There are a fairly large number of constraints, but the ones that
are most useful (for the Intel x86 processor) are the following:

`='
     output constraint

`g'
     global (i.e. can be stored anywhere)

`m'
     in memory

`I'
     a constant

`a'
     use eax

`b'
     use ebx

`c'
     use ecx

`d'
     use edx

`S'
     use esi

`D'
     use edi

`r'
     use one of eax, ebx, ecx or edx

`q'
     use one of eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi or edi

   The full set of constraints is described in the gcc and _as_
documentation; note that it is possible to combine certain constraints
in one constraint string.

   You specify the association of an output variable with an assembler
operand through the `%'_n_ notation, where _n_ is a non-negative
integer.  Thus in
     Asm ("pushfl"          & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
          "popl %%eax"      & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags
          "movl %%eax, %0",             -- store flags in variable
          Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
`%0' will be replaced in the expanded code by the appropriate
operand, whatever the compiler decided for the `Flags' variable.

   In general, you may have any number of output variables:
   * Count the operands starting at 0; thus `%0', `%1', etc.

   * Specify the `Outputs' parameter as a parenthesized comma-separated
     list of `Asm_Output' attributes

   For example:
     Asm ("movl %%eax, %0" & LF & HT &
          "movl %%ebx, %1" & LF & HT &
          "movl %%ecx, %2",
          Outputs => (Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_A),   --  %0 = Var_A
                      Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_B),   --  %1 = Var_B
                      Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_C))); --  %2 = Var_C
where `Var_A', `Var_B', and `Var_C' are variables in the Ada
program.

   As a variation on the `Get_Flags' example, we can use the
constraints string to direct the compiler to store the eax register
into the `Flags' variable, instead of including the store instruction
explicitly in the `Asm' template string:

     with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Get_Flags_2 is
        Flags : Unsigned_32;
        use ASCII;
     begin
        Asm ("pushfl"      & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
             "popl %%eax",             -- save flags in eax
             Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Flags));
        Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
     end Get_Flags_2;

The `"a"' constraint tells the compiler that the `Flags' variable will
come from the eax register. Here is the resulting code:

     #APP
        pushfl
        popl %eax
     #NO_APP
        movl %eax,-40(%ebp)

The compiler generated the store of eax into Flags after expanding the
assembler code.

   Actually, there was no need to pop the flags into the eax register;
more simply, we could just pop the flags directly into the program
variable:

     with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Get_Flags_3 is
        Flags : Unsigned_32;
        use ASCII;
     begin
        Asm ("pushfl"  & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
             "pop %0",             -- save flags in Flags
             Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
        Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
     end Get_Flags_3;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Input Variables in Inline Assembler,  Next: Inlining Inline Assembler Code,  Prev: Output Variables in Inline Assembler,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.4 Input Variables in Inline Assembler
========================================

The example in this section illustrates how to specify the source
operands for assembly language statements.  The program simply
increments its input value by 1:

     with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Increment is

        function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is
           Result : Unsigned_32;
        begin
           Asm ("incl %0",
                Inputs  => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value),
                Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result));
           return Result;
        end Incr;

        Value : Unsigned_32;

     begin
        Value := 5;
        Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img);
        Value := Incr (Value);
        Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img);
     end Increment;

   The `Outputs' parameter to `Asm' specifies that the result will be
in the eax register and that it is to be stored in the `Result'
variable.

   The `Inputs' parameter looks much like the `Outputs' parameter, but
with an `Asm_Input' attribute. The `"="' constraint, indicating an
output value, is not present.

   You can have multiple input variables, in the same way that you can
have more than one output variable.

   The parameter count (%0, %1) etc, now starts at the first input
statement, and continues with the output statements.  When both
parameters use the same variable, the compiler will treat them as the
same %n operand, which is the case here.

   Just as the `Outputs' parameter causes the register to be stored
into the target variable after execution of the assembler statements,
so does the `Inputs' parameter cause its variable to be loaded into the
register before execution of the assembler statements.

   Thus the effect of the `Asm' invocation is:
  1. load the 32-bit value of `Value' into eax

  2. execute the `incl %eax' instruction

  3. store the contents of eax into the `Result' variable

   The resulting assembler file (with `-O2' optimization) contains:
     _increment__incr.1:
        subl $4,%esp
        movl 8(%esp),%eax
     #APP
        incl %eax
     #NO_APP
        movl %eax,%edx
        movl %ecx,(%esp)
        addl $4,%esp
        ret


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Inlining Inline Assembler Code,  Next: Other Asm Functionality,  Prev: Input Variables in Inline Assembler,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.5 Inlining Inline Assembler Code
===================================

For a short subprogram such as the `Incr' function in the previous
section, the overhead of the call and return (creating / deleting the
stack frame) can be significant, compared to the amount of code in the
subprogram body.  A solution is to apply Ada's `Inline' pragma to the
subprogram, which directs the compiler to expand invocations of the
subprogram at the point(s) of call, instead of setting up a stack frame
for out-of-line calls.  Here is the resulting program:

     with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
     procedure Increment_2 is

        function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is
           Result : Unsigned_32;
        begin
           Asm ("incl %0",
                Inputs  => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value),
                Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result));
           return Result;
        end Incr;
        pragma Inline (Increment);

        Value : Unsigned_32;

     begin
        Value := 5;
        Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img);
        Value := Increment (Value);
        Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img);
     end Increment_2;

   Compile the program with both optimization (`-O2') and inlining
enabled (`-gnatpn' instead of `-gnatp').

   The `Incr' function is still compiled as usual, but at the point in
`Increment' where our function used to be called:

     pushl %edi
     call _increment__incr.1

the code for the function body directly appears:

     movl %esi,%eax
     #APP
        incl %eax
     #NO_APP
        movl %eax,%edx

thus saving the overhead of stack frame setup and an out-of-line call.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Other Asm Functionality,  Next: A Complete Example,  Prev: Inlining Inline Assembler Code,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.6 Other `Asm' Functionality
==============================

This section describes two important parameters to the `Asm' procedure:
`Clobber', which identifies register usage; and `Volatile', which
inhibits unwanted optimizations.

* Menu:

* The Clobber Parameter::
* The Volatile Parameter::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The Clobber Parameter,  Next: The Volatile Parameter,  Up: Other Asm Functionality

24.6.1 The `Clobber' Parameter
------------------------------

One of the dangers of intermixing assembly language and a compiled
language such as Ada is that the compiler needs to be aware of which
registers are being used by the assembly code.  In some cases, such as
the earlier examples, the constraint string is sufficient to indicate
register usage (e.g. "a" for the eax register).  But more generally, the
compiler needs an explicit identification of the registers that are
used by the Inline Assembly statements.

   Using a register that the compiler doesn't know about could be a
side effect of an instruction (like `mull' storing its result in both
eax and edx).  It can also arise from explicit register usage in your
assembly code; for example:
     Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
          "movl %%ebx, %1",
          Inputs  => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input  ("g", Var_In),
          Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out));
where the compiler (since it does not analyze the `Asm' template
string) does not know you are using the ebx register.

   In such cases you need to supply the `Clobber' parameter to `Asm',
to identify the registers that will be used by your assembly code:

     Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
          "movl %%ebx, %1",
          Inputs  => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input  ("g", Var_In),
          Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out),
          Clobber => "ebx");

   The Clobber parameter is a static string expression specifying the
register(s) you are using.  Note that register names are _not_ prefixed
by a percent sign.  Also, if more than one register is used then their
names are separated by commas; e.g., `"eax, ebx"'

   The `Clobber' parameter has several additional uses:
  1. Use the "register" name `cc' to indicate that flags might have
     changed

  2. Use the "register" name `memory' if you changed a memory location


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The Volatile Parameter,  Prev: The Clobber Parameter,  Up: Other Asm Functionality

24.6.2 The `Volatile' Parameter
-------------------------------

Compiler optimizations in the presence of Inline Assembler may
sometimes have unwanted effects.  For example, when an `Asm' invocation
with an input variable is inside a loop, the compiler might move the
loading of the input variable outside the loop, regarding it as a
one-time initialization.

   If this effect is not desired, you can disable such optimizations by
setting the `Volatile' parameter to `True'; for example:

     Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
          "movl %%ebx, %1",
          Inputs   => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input  ("g", Var_In),
          Outputs  => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out),
          Clobber  => "ebx",
          Volatile => True);

   By default, `Volatile' is set to `False' unless there is no `Outputs'
parameter.

   Although setting `Volatile' to `True' prevents unwanted
optimizations, it will also disable other optimizations that might be
important for efficiency.  In general, you should set `Volatile' to
`True' only if the compiler's optimizations have created problems.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: A Complete Example,  Prev: Other Asm Functionality,  Up: Inline Assembler

24.7 A Complete Example
=======================

This section contains a complete program illustrating a realistic usage
of GNAT's Inline Assembler capabilities.  It comprises a main procedure
`Check_CPU' and a package `Intel_CPU'.  The package declares a
collection of functions that detect the properties of the 32-bit x86
processor that is running the program.  The main procedure invokes
these functions and displays the information.

   The Intel_CPU package could be enhanced by adding functions to
detect the type of x386 co-processor, the processor caching options and
special operations such as the SIMD extensions.

   Although the Intel_CPU package has been written for 32-bit Intel
compatible CPUs, it is OS neutral. It has been tested on DOS,
Windows/NT and Linux.

* Menu:

* Check_CPU Procedure::
* Intel_CPU Package Specification::
* Intel_CPU Package Body::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Check_CPU Procedure,  Next: Intel_CPU Package Specification,  Up: A Complete Example

24.7.1 `Check_CPU' Procedure
----------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     --                                                                 --
     --  Uses the Intel_CPU package to identify the CPU the program is  --
     --  running on, and some of the features it supports.              --
     --                                                                 --
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     with Intel_CPU;                     --  Intel CPU detection functions
     with Ada.Text_IO;                   --  Standard text I/O
     with Ada.Command_Line;              --  To set the exit status

     procedure Check_CPU is

        Type_Found : Boolean := False;
        --  Flag to indicate that processor was identified

        Features   : Intel_CPU.Processor_Features;
        --  The processor features

        Signature  : Intel_CPU.Processor_Signature;
        --  The processor type signature

     begin

        -----------------------------------
        --  Display the program banner.  --
        -----------------------------------

        Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (Ada.Command_Line.Command_Name &
                              ": check Intel CPU version and features, v1.0");
        Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("distribute freely, but no warranty whatsoever");
        Ada.Text_IO.New_Line;

        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        --  We can safely start with the assumption that we are on at least  --
        --  a x386 processor. If the CPUID instruction is present, then we   --
        --  have a later processor type.                                     --
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        if Intel_CPU.Has_CPUID = False then

           --  No CPUID instruction, so we assume this is indeed a x386
           --  processor. We can still check if it has a FP co-processor.
           if Intel_CPU.Has_FPU then
              Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
                ("x386-type processor with a FP co-processor");
           else
              Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
                ("x386-type processor without a FP co-processor");
           end if;  --  check for FPU

           --  Program done
           Ada.Command_Line.Set_Exit_Status (Ada.Command_Line.Success);
           return;

        end if;  --  check for CPUID

        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        --  If CPUID is supported, check if this is a true Intel processor,  --
        --  if it is not, display a warning.                                 --
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        if Intel_CPU.Vendor_ID /= Intel_CPU.Intel_Processor then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("*** This is a Intel compatible processor");
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("*** Some information may be incorrect");
        end if;  --  check if Intel

        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        --  With the CPUID instruction present, we can assume at least a    --
        --  x486 processor. If the CPUID support level is < 1 then we have  --
        --  to leave it at that.                                            --
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------

        if Intel_CPU.CPUID_Level < 1 then

           --  Ok, this is a x486 processor. we still can get the Vendor ID
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("x486-type processor");
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Vendor ID is " & Intel_CPU.Vendor_ID);

           --  We can also check if there is a FPU present
           if Intel_CPU.Has_FPU then
              Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Floating-Point support");
           else
              Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("No Floating-Point support");
           end if;  --  check for FPU

           --  Program done
           Ada.Command_Line.Set_Exit_Status (Ada.Command_Line.Success);
           return;

        end if;  --  check CPUID level

        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        --  With a CPUID level of 1 we can use the processor signature to  --
        --  determine it's exact type.                                     --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------

        Signature := Intel_CPU.Signature;

        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        --  Ok, now we go into a lot of messy comparisons to get the        --
        --  processor type. For clarity, no attememt to try to optimize the --
        --  comparisons has been made. Note that since Intel_CPU does not   --
        --  support getting cache info, we cannot distinguish between P5    --
        --  and Celeron types yet.                                          --
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------

        --  x486SL
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0100# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0100# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("x486SL processor");
        end if;

        --  x486DX2 Write-Back
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0100# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0111# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Write-Back Enhanced x486DX2 processor");
        end if;

        --  x486DX4
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0100# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#1000# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("x486DX4 processor");
        end if;

        --  x486DX4 Overdrive
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0100# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#1000# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("x486DX4 OverDrive processor");
        end if;

        --  Pentium (60, 66)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0001# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Pentium processor (60, 66)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium (75, 90, 100, 120, 133, 150, 166, 200)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0010# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium processor (75, 90, 100, 120, 133, 150, 166, 200)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium OverDrive (60, 66)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0001# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Pentium OverDrive processor (60, 66)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium OverDrive (75, 90, 100, 120, 133, 150, 166, 200)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0010# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium OverDrive cpu (75, 90, 100, 120, 133, 150, 166, 200)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium OverDrive processor for x486 processor-based systems
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0011# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium OverDrive processor for x486 processor-based systems");
        end if;

        --  Pentium processor with MMX technology (166, 200)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0100# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium processor with MMX technology (166, 200)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium OverDrive with MMX for Pentium (75, 90, 100, 120, 133)
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0101# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0100# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium OverDrive processor with MMX " &
              "technology for Pentium processor (75, 90, 100, 120, 133)");
        end if;

        --  Pentium Pro processor
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0110# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0001# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Pentium Pro processor");
        end if;

        --  Pentium II processor, model 3
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0110# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0011# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Pentium II processor, model 3");
        end if;

        --  Pentium II processor, model 5 or Celeron processor
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#00#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0110# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0101# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("Pentium II processor, model 5 or Celeron processor");
        end if;

        --  Pentium Pro OverDrive processor
        if Signature.Processor_Type = 2#01#   and
          Signature.Family          = 2#0110# and
          Signature.Model           = 2#0011# then
           Type_Found := True;
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Pentium Pro OverDrive processor");
        end if;

        --  If no type recognized, we have an unknown. Display what
        --  we _do_ know
        if Type_Found = False then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Unknown processor");
        end if;

        -----------------------------------------
        --  Display processor stepping level.  --
        -----------------------------------------

        Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Stepping level:" & Signature.Stepping'Img);

        ---------------------------------
        --  Display vendor ID string.  --
        ---------------------------------

        Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Vendor ID: " & Intel_CPU.Vendor_ID);

        ------------------------------------
        --  Get the processors features.  --
        ------------------------------------

        Features := Intel_CPU.Features;

        -----------------------------
        --  Check for a FPU unit.  --
        -----------------------------

        if Features.FPU = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Floating-Point unit available");
        else
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("no Floating-Point unit");
        end if;  --  check for FPU

        --------------------------------
        --  List processor features.  --
        --------------------------------

        Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Supported features: ");

        --  Virtual Mode Extension
        if Features.VME = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    VME    - Virtual Mode Extension");
        end if;

        --  Debugging Extension
        if Features.DE = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    DE     - Debugging Extension");
        end if;

        --  Page Size Extension
        if Features.PSE = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    PSE    - Page Size Extension");
        end if;

        --  Time Stamp Counter
        if Features.TSC = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    TSC    - Time Stamp Counter");
        end if;

        --  Model Specific Registers
        if Features.MSR = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    MSR    - Model Specific Registers");
        end if;

        --  Physical Address Extension
        if Features.PAE = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    PAE    - Physical Address Extension");
        end if;

        --  Machine Check Extension
        if Features.MCE = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    MCE    - Machine Check Extension");
        end if;

        --  CMPXCHG8 instruction supported
        if Features.CX8 = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    CX8    - CMPXCHG8 instruction");
        end if;

        --  on-chip APIC hardware support
        if Features.APIC = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    APIC   - on-chip APIC hardware support");
        end if;

        --  Fast System Call
        if Features.SEP = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    SEP    - Fast System Call");
        end if;

        --  Memory Type Range Registers
        if Features.MTRR = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    MTTR   - Memory Type Range Registers");
        end if;

        --  Page Global Enable
        if Features.PGE = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    PGE    - Page Global Enable");
        end if;

        --  Machine Check Architecture
        if Features.MCA = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    MCA    - Machine Check Architecture");
        end if;

        --  Conditional Move Instruction Supported
        if Features.CMOV = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line
             ("    CMOV   - Conditional Move Instruction Supported");
        end if;

        --  Page Attribute Table
        if Features.PAT = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    PAT    - Page Attribute Table");
        end if;

        --  36-bit Page Size Extension
        if Features.PSE_36 = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    PSE_36 - 36-bit Page Size Extension");
        end if;

        --  MMX technology supported
        if Features.MMX = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    MMX    - MMX technology supported");
        end if;

        --  Fast FP Save and Restore
        if Features.FXSR = True then
           Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("    FXSR   - Fast FP Save and Restore");
        end if;

        ---------------------
        --  Program done.  --
        ---------------------

        Ada.Command_Line.Set_Exit_Status (Ada.Command_Line.Success);

     exception

        when others =>
           Ada.Command_Line.Set_Exit_Status (Ada.Command_Line.Failure);
           raise;

     end Check_CPU;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Intel_CPU Package Specification,  Next: Intel_CPU Package Body,  Prev: Check_CPU Procedure,  Up: A Complete Example

24.7.2 `Intel_CPU' Package Specification
----------------------------------------

     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     --                                                                     --
     --  file: intel_cpu.ads                                                --
     --                                                                     --
     --           *********************************************             --
     --           * WARNING: for 32-bit Intel processors only *             --
     --           *********************************************             --
     --                                                                     --
     --  This package contains a number of subprograms that are useful in   --
     --  determining the Intel x86 CPU (and the features it supports) on    --
     --  which the program is running.                                      --
     --                                                                     --
     --  The package is based upon the information given in the Intel       --
     --  Application Note AP-485: "Intel Processor Identification and the   --
     --  CPUID Instruction" as of April 1998. This application note can be  --
     --  found on www.intel.com.                                            --
     --                                                                     --
     --  It currently deals with 32-bit processors only, will not detect    --
     --  features added after april 1998, and does not guarantee proper     --
     --  results on Intel-compatible processors.                            --
     --                                                                     --
     --  Cache info and x386 fpu type detection are not supported.          --
     --                                                                     --
     --  This package does not use any privileged instructions, so should   --
     --  work on any OS running on a 32-bit Intel processor.                --
     --                                                                     --
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------

     with Interfaces;             use Interfaces;
     --  for using unsigned types

     with System.Machine_Code;    use System.Machine_Code;
     --  for using inline assembler code

     with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
     --  for inserting control characters

     package Intel_CPU is

        ----------------------
        --  Processor bits  --
        ----------------------

        subtype Num_Bits is Natural range 0 .. 31;
        --  the number of processor bits (32)

        --------------------------
        --  Processor register  --
        --------------------------

        --  define a processor register type for easy access to
        --  the individual bits

        type Processor_Register is array (Num_Bits) of Boolean;
        pragma Pack (Processor_Register);
        for Processor_Register'Size use 32;

        -------------------------
        --  Unsigned register  --
        -------------------------

        --  define a processor register type for easy access to
        --  the individual bytes

        type Unsigned_Register is
           record
              L1 : Unsigned_8;
              H1 : Unsigned_8;
              L2 : Unsigned_8;
              H2 : Unsigned_8;
           end record;

        for Unsigned_Register use
           record
              L1 at 0 range  0 ..  7;
              H1 at 0 range  8 .. 15;
              L2 at 0 range 16 .. 23;
              H2 at 0 range 24 .. 31;
           end record;

        for Unsigned_Register'Size use 32;

        ---------------------------------
        --  Intel processor vendor ID  --
        ---------------------------------

        Intel_Processor : constant String (1 .. 12) := "GenuineIntel";
        --  indicates an Intel manufactured processor

        ------------------------------------
        --  Processor signature register  --
        ------------------------------------

        --  a register type to hold the processor signature

        type Processor_Signature is
           record
              Stepping       : Natural range 0 .. 15;
              Model          : Natural range 0 .. 15;
              Family         : Natural range 0 .. 15;
              Processor_Type : Natural range 0 .. 3;
              Reserved       : Natural range 0 .. 262143;
           end record;

        for Processor_Signature use
           record
              Stepping       at 0 range  0 ..  3;
              Model          at 0 range  4 ..  7;
              Family         at 0 range  8 .. 11;
              Processor_Type at 0 range 12 .. 13;
              Reserved       at 0 range 14 .. 31;
           end record;

        for Processor_Signature'Size use 32;

        -----------------------------------
        --  Processor features register  --
        -----------------------------------

        --  a processor register to hold the processor feature flags

        type Processor_Features is
           record
              FPU    : Boolean;                --  floating point unit on chip
              VME    : Boolean;                --  virtual mode extension
              DE     : Boolean;                --  debugging extension
              PSE    : Boolean;                --  page size extension
              TSC    : Boolean;                --  time stamp counter
              MSR    : Boolean;                --  model specific registers
              PAE    : Boolean;                --  physical address extension
              MCE    : Boolean;                --  machine check extension
              CX8    : Boolean;                --  cmpxchg8 instruction
              APIC   : Boolean;                --  on-chip apic hardware
              Res_1  : Boolean;                --  reserved for extensions
              SEP    : Boolean;                --  fast system call
              MTRR   : Boolean;                --  memory type range registers
              PGE    : Boolean;                --  page global enable
              MCA    : Boolean;                --  machine check architecture
              CMOV   : Boolean;                --  conditional move supported
              PAT    : Boolean;                --  page attribute table
              PSE_36 : Boolean;                --  36-bit page size extension
              Res_2  : Natural range 0 .. 31;  --  reserved for extensions
              MMX    : Boolean;                --  MMX technology supported
              FXSR   : Boolean;                --  fast FP save and restore
              Res_3  : Natural range 0 .. 127; --  reserved for extensions
           end record;

        for Processor_Features use
           record
              FPU    at 0 range  0 ..  0;
              VME    at 0 range  1 ..  1;
              DE     at 0 range  2 ..  2;
              PSE    at 0 range  3 ..  3;
              TSC    at 0 range  4 ..  4;
              MSR    at 0 range  5 ..  5;
              PAE    at 0 range  6 ..  6;
              MCE    at 0 range  7 ..  7;
              CX8    at 0 range  8 ..  8;
              APIC   at 0 range  9 ..  9;
              Res_1  at 0 range 10 .. 10;
              SEP    at 0 range 11 .. 11;
              MTRR   at 0 range 12 .. 12;
              PGE    at 0 range 13 .. 13;
              MCA    at 0 range 14 .. 14;
              CMOV   at 0 range 15 .. 15;
              PAT    at 0 range 16 .. 16;
              PSE_36 at 0 range 17 .. 17;
              Res_2  at 0 range 18 .. 22;
              MMX    at 0 range 23 .. 23;
              FXSR   at 0 range 24 .. 24;
              Res_3  at 0 range 25 .. 31;
           end record;

        for Processor_Features'Size use 32;

        -------------------
        --  Subprograms  --
        -------------------

        function Has_FPU return Boolean;
        --  return True if a FPU is found
        --  use only if CPUID is not supported

        function Has_CPUID return Boolean;
        --  return True if the processor supports the CPUID instruction

        function CPUID_Level return Natural;
        --  return the CPUID support level (0, 1 or 2)
        --  can only be called if the CPUID instruction is supported

        function Vendor_ID return String;
        --  return the processor vendor identification string
        --  can only be called if the CPUID instruction is supported

        function Signature return Processor_Signature;
        --  return the processor signature
        --  can only be called if the CPUID instruction is supported

        function Features return Processor_Features;
        --  return the processors features
        --  can only be called if the CPUID instruction is supported

     private

        ------------------------
        --  EFLAGS bit names  --
        ------------------------

        ID_Flag : constant Num_Bits := 21;
        --  ID flag bit

     end Intel_CPU;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Intel_CPU Package Body,  Prev: Intel_CPU Package Specification,  Up: A Complete Example

24.7.3 `Intel_CPU' Package Body
-------------------------------

     package body Intel_CPU is

        ---------------------------
        --  Detect FPU presence  --
        ---------------------------

        --  There is a FPU present if we can set values to the FPU Status
        --  and Control Words.

        function Has_FPU return Boolean is

           Register : Unsigned_16;
           --  processor register to store a word

        begin

           --  check if we can change the status word
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "finit"              & LF & HT &    --  reset status word
                "movw $0x5A5A, %%ax" & LF & HT &    --  set value status word
                "fnstsw %0"          & LF & HT &    --  save status word
                "movw %%ax, %0",                    --  store status word

                --  output stored in Register
                --  register must be a memory location
                Outputs => Unsigned_16'Asm_output ("=m", Register),

                --  tell compiler that we used eax
                Clobber => "eax");

           --  if the status word is zero, there is no FPU
           if Register = 0 then
              return False;   --  no status word
           end if;  --  check status word value

           --  check if we can get the control word
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "fnstcw %0",   --  save the control word

                --  output into Register
                --  register must be a memory location
                Outputs => Unsigned_16'Asm_output ("=m", Register));

           --  check the relevant bits
           if (Register and 16#103F#) /= 16#003F# then
              return False;   --  no control word
           end if;  --  check control word value

           --  FPU found
           return True;

        end Has_FPU;

        --------------------------------
        --  Detect CPUID instruction  --
        --------------------------------

        --  The processor supports the CPUID instruction if it is possible
        --  to change the value of ID flag bit in the EFLAGS register.

        function Has_CPUID return Boolean is

           Original_Flags, Modified_Flags : Processor_Register;
           --  EFLAG contents before and after changing the ID flag

        begin

           --  try flipping the ID flag in the EFLAGS register
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "pushfl"               & LF & HT &     --  push EFLAGS on stack
                "pop %%eax"            & LF & HT &     --  pop EFLAGS into eax
                "movl %%eax, %0"       & LF & HT &     --  save EFLAGS content
                "xor $0x200000, %%eax" & LF & HT &     --  flip ID flag
                "push %%eax"           & LF & HT &     --  push EFLAGS on stack
                "popfl"                & LF & HT &     --  load EFLAGS register
                "pushfl"               & LF & HT &     --  push EFLAGS on stack
                "pop %1",                              --  save EFLAGS content

                --  output values, may be anything
                --  Original_Flags is %0
                --  Modified_Flags is %1
                Outputs =>
                   (Processor_Register'Asm_output ("=g", Original_Flags),
                    Processor_Register'Asm_output ("=g", Modified_Flags)),

                --  tell compiler eax is destroyed
                Clobber => "eax");

           --  check if CPUID is supported
           if Original_Flags(ID_Flag) /= Modified_Flags(ID_Flag) then
              return True;   --  ID flag was modified
           else
              return False;  --  ID flag unchanged
           end if;  --  check for CPUID

        end Has_CPUID;

        -------------------------------
        --  Get CPUID support level  --
        -------------------------------

        function CPUID_Level return Natural is

           Level : Unsigned_32;
           --  returned support level

        begin

           --  execute CPUID, storing the results in the Level register
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "cpuid",    --  execute CPUID

                --  zero is stored in eax
                --  returning the support level in eax
                Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_input ("a", 0),

                --  eax is stored in Level
                Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_output ("=a", Level),

                --  tell compiler ebx, ecx and edx registers are destroyed
                Clobber => "ebx, ecx, edx");

           --  return the support level
           return Natural (Level);

        end CPUID_Level;

        --------------------------------
        --  Get CPU Vendor ID String  --
        --------------------------------

        --  The vendor ID string is returned in the ebx, ecx and edx register
        --  after executing the CPUID instruction with eax set to zero.
        --  In case of a true Intel processor the string returned is
        --  "GenuineIntel"

        function Vendor_ID return String is

           Ebx, Ecx, Edx : Unsigned_Register;
           --  registers containing the vendor ID string

           Vendor_ID : String (1 .. 12);
           -- the vendor ID string

        begin

           --  execute CPUID, storing the results in the processor registers
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "cpuid",    --  execute CPUID

                --  zero stored in eax
                --  vendor ID string returned in ebx, ecx and edx
                Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_input ("a", 0),

                --  ebx is stored in Ebx
                --  ecx is stored in Ecx
                --  edx is stored in Edx
                Outputs => (Unsigned_Register'Asm_output ("=b", Ebx),
                            Unsigned_Register'Asm_output ("=c", Ecx),
                            Unsigned_Register'Asm_output ("=d", Edx)));

           --  now build the vendor ID string
           Vendor_ID( 1) := Character'Val (Ebx.L1);
           Vendor_ID( 2) := Character'Val (Ebx.H1);
           Vendor_ID( 3) := Character'Val (Ebx.L2);
           Vendor_ID( 4) := Character'Val (Ebx.H2);
           Vendor_ID( 5) := Character'Val (Edx.L1);
           Vendor_ID( 6) := Character'Val (Edx.H1);
           Vendor_ID( 7) := Character'Val (Edx.L2);
           Vendor_ID( 8) := Character'Val (Edx.H2);
           Vendor_ID( 9) := Character'Val (Ecx.L1);
           Vendor_ID(10) := Character'Val (Ecx.H1);
           Vendor_ID(11) := Character'Val (Ecx.L2);
           Vendor_ID(12) := Character'Val (Ecx.H2);

           --  return string
           return Vendor_ID;

        end Vendor_ID;

        -------------------------------
        --  Get processor signature  --
        -------------------------------

        function Signature return Processor_Signature is

           Result : Processor_Signature;
           --  processor signature returned

        begin

           --  execute CPUID, storing the results in the Result variable
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "cpuid",    --  execute CPUID

                --  one is stored in eax
                --  processor signature returned in eax
                Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_input ("a", 1),

                --  eax is stored in Result
                Outputs => Processor_Signature'Asm_output ("=a", Result),

                --  tell compiler that ebx, ecx and edx are also destroyed
                Clobber => "ebx, ecx, edx");

           --  return processor signature
           return Result;

        end Signature;

        ------------------------------
        --  Get processor features  --
        ------------------------------

        function Features return Processor_Features is

           Result : Processor_Features;
           --  processor features returned

        begin

           --  execute CPUID, storing the results in the Result variable
           Asm (

                --  the assembler code
                "cpuid",    --  execute CPUID

                --  one stored in eax
                --  processor features returned in edx
                Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_input ("a", 1),

                --  edx is stored in Result
                Outputs => Processor_Features'Asm_output ("=d", Result),

                --  tell compiler that ebx and ecx are also destroyed
                Clobber => "ebx, ecx");

           --  return processor signature
           return Result;

        end Features;

     end Intel_CPU;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: VxWorks Topics,  Next: LynxOS Topics,  Prev: Inline Assembler,  Up: Top

25 VxWorks Topics
*****************

This chapter describes topics that are specific to the GNAT for VxWorks
configurations.

* Menu:

* Kernel Configuration for VxWorks::
* Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks::
* Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets::
* Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors::
* Interrupt Handling for VxWorks::
* Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks::
* Debugging Issues for VxWorks::
* Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility::
* Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Kernel Configuration for VxWorks,  Next: Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.1 Kernel Configuration for VxWorks
=====================================

When configuring your VxWorks kernel we recommend including the target
shell. If you omit it from the configuration, you may get undefined
symbols at load time, e.g.

     -> ld < hello.exe
     Loading hello.exe
     Undefined symbols:
     mkdir

Generally, such undefined symbols are harmless since these are used by
optional parts of the GNAT run time. However if running your application
generates a VxWorks exception or illegal instruction, you should
reconfigure your kernel to resolve these symbols.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks,  Next: Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets,  Prev: Kernel Configuration for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.2 Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks
==========================================

If you plan to link an Ada module with a Tornado 2 Kernel, follow these
steps.  (Note that these recommendations apply to `cygnus-2.7.2-960126',
shipped with Tornado 2 as the C compiler toolchain.)

   * Compile your Ada module without linking it with the VxWorks
     Library:
          gnatmake foo.adb -largs -nostdlib

   * Edit your makefile and add on the `LIBS' line the exact path and
     name of the GCC library file provided with GNAT.
          LIBS             = $(WIND_BASE)/target/lib/libPPC604gnuvx.a \
          /opt/gnu/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/powerpc-wrs-vxworks/2.8.1/libgcc.a

     To know the exact name and location of this file, type `<arch>-gcc
     -print-libgcc-file-name' in a console. Note that this version of
     GCC is the one provided with GNAT.
          ~ >powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gcc -print-libgcc-file-name
          /opt/gnu/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/powerpc-wrs-vxworks/2.8.1/libgcc.a


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets,  Next: Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors,  Prev: Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.3 Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets
===================================================

Under certain circumstances, loading a program onto a PowerPC board
will fail with the message _Relocation value does not fit in 24 bits_.

   For some background on this issue, please refer to WRS' SPRs 6040,
20257, and 22767.  In summary, VxWorks on the PowerPC follows the
variation of the SVR4 ABI known as the Embedded ABI (_EABI_).  In order
to save space and time in embedded applications, the EABI specifies
that the default for subprogram calls should be the branch instruction
with relative addressing using an immediate operand.  The immediate
operand to this instruction (relative address) is 24 bits wide.  It is
sign extended and 2#00# is appended for the last 2 bits (all
instructions must be on a 4 byte boundary).  The resulting 26 bit
offset means that the target of the branch must be within +/- 32 Mbytes
of the relative branch instruction.  When VxWorks is loading a program
it completes the linking phase by resolving all of the unresolved
references in the object being loaded.  When one of those references is
a relative address in a branch instruction, and the linker determines
that the target is more than 32 Mbytes away from the branch, the error
occurs.

   This only happens when the BSP is configured to use more than 32
MBytes of memory.  The VxWorks kernel is loaded into low memory
addresses, and the error usually occurs when the target loader is used
(because it loads objects into high memory, and thus calls from the
program to the VxWorks kernel can be too far).  

   One way to solve this problem is to use the Tornado host loader;
this will place programs in low memory, close to the kernel.

   Another approach is to make use of the `-mlongcall' option to the
compiler; GNAT has incorporated WRS' gcc modification that implements
this option.  If a subprogram call is compiled with the `-mlongcall'
option, then the generated code constructs an absolute address in a
register and uses a branch instruction with absolute addressing mode.

   Starting with release 3.15, the GNAT runtime libraries that are
distributed are compiled with the `-mlongcall' option.  In many cases
the use of these libraries is sufficient to avoid the relocation
problem, since it is the runtime library that contains calls to the
VxWorks kernel that need to span the address space gap.  If you are
using an earlier GNAT release or a manually-built runtime, you should
recompile the GNAT runtime library with `-mlongcall'; you can use the
`Makefile.adalib' file from the `adalib' directory.

   Application code may need to be compiled with `-mlongcall' if there
are calls directly to the kernel, the application is very large, or in
some specialized linking/loading scenarios.

   You can compile individual files with `-mlongcall' by placing this
option on the `gcc' command line (for brevity we are omitting the
`powerpc-wrs-vxworks-' prefix on the commands shown in this paragraph).
If you provide `-mlongcall' as an option for `gnatmake', it will be
passed to all invocations of `gcc' that `gnatmake' directly performs.
Note that one other compilation is made by `gnatlink', on the file
created by `gnatbind' for the elaboration package body (see *Note
Binding Using gnatbind::).  Passing `-mlongcall' to `gnatlink', either
directly on the `gnatlink' command line or by including `-mlongcall' in
the `-largs' list of `gnatmake', will direct `gnatlink' to compile the
binder file with the `-mlongcall' option.

   To see the effect of `-mlongcall', consider the following small
example:

        procedure Proc is
           procedure Imported_Proc;
           pragma Import (Ada, Imported_Proc);
        begin
           Imported_Proc;
        end;

If you compile `Proc' with the default options (no `-mlongcall'), the
following code is generated:

        _ada_proc:
                ...
                bl imported_proc
                ...

In contrast, here is the result with the `-mlongcall' option:

        _ada_proc:
                ...
                addis 9,0,imported_proc@ha
                addi 0,9,imported_proc@l
                mtlr 0
                blrl
                ...


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors,  Next: Interrupt Handling for VxWorks,  Prev: Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.4 Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors
==============================================================

The PowerPC 860 processor does not have hardware floating-point support.
In order to build and run GNAT modules properly, you need to install and
invoke software-emulated floating-point support as follows:

   * At installation time:
        * Create a file `ada_object_path' under the directory
          `BASE\lib\gcc-lib\powerpc-wrs-vxworks\2.8.1' (by default
          `BASE'=`c:\gnatpro') containing the following line:
               rts-soft-float\adalib

        * Create a file `ada_source_path' under the directory
          `BASE\lib\gcc-lib\powerpc-wrs-vxworks\2.8.1' (by default
          `BASE'=`c:\gnatpro') containing the following line:
               rts-soft-float\adainclude

   * When using the compiler, specify `-msoft-float' as a compiler and
     a linker option, e.g.:
          $powerpc-wrs-vxworks-gnatmake -msoft-float module -largs -msoft-float


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Interrupt Handling for VxWorks,  Next: Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks,  Prev: Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.5 Interrupt Handling for VxWorks
===================================

GNAT offers a range of options for hardware interrupt handling. In rough
order of latency and lack of restrictions:

   * Directly vectored interrupt procedure handlers

   * Directly vectored interrupt procedures that signal a task using a
     suspension object

   * Ada 95 protected procedure handlers for interrupts

   * Ada 83 style interrupt entry handlers for interrupts

In general, the range of possible solutions trades off latency versus
restrictions in the handler code.  Restrictions in direct vectored
interrupt handlers  are documented in the `VxWorks Programmer's Guide'.
Protected procedure handlers have only the restriction that no
potentially blocking operations are performed within the handler.
Interrupt entries have no restrictions.  We recommend the use of the
protected procedure mechanism as providing the best balance of these
considerations for most applications.

   All handler types must explicitly perform any required hardware
cleanups, such as issuing an end-of-interrupt if necessary.

   For VxWorks/AE, applications that handle interrupts must be loaded
into the kernel protection domain.

   * Direct Vectored Interrupt Routines

     This approach provides the lowest interrupt latency, but has the
     most restrictions on what VxWorks and Ada runtime calls can be
     made, as well as on what Ada entities are accessible to the
     handler code.  Such handlers are most useful when there are
     stringent latency requirements, and very little processing is to
     be performed in the handler.   Access to the necessary VxWorks
     routines for setting up such handlers is provided in the package
     `Interfaces.VxWorks'.

     VxWorks restrictions are described in the `VxWorks Programmer's
     Manual'.  Note in particular that floating point context is not
     automatically saved and restored when interrupts are vectored to
     the handler.  If the handler is to execute floating point
     instructions, the statements involved must be bracketed by a pair
     of calls to `fppSave' and `fppRestore' defined in
     `Interfaces.VxWorks'.

     In general, it is a good idea to save and restore the handler that
     was installed prior to application startup.  The routines
     `intVecGet' and `intVecSet' are used for this purpose.  The Ada
     handler code is installed into the vector table using routine
     `intConnect', which generates wrapper code to save and restore
     registers.

     Example:

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          with System;

          package P is

             Count : Natural := 0;
             pragma Atomic (Count);

             --  Interrupt level used by this example
             Level : constant := 1;

             --  Be sure to use a reasonable interrupt number for the target
             --  board!  Refer to the BSP for details.
             Interrupt : constant := 16#14#;

             procedure Handler (Parameter : System.Address);

          end P;

          package body P is

             procedure Handler (parameter : System.Address) is
                S : Status;
             begin
                Count := Count + 1;
                --  Acknowledge interrupt.  Not necessary for all interrupts.
                S := sysBusIntAck (intLevel => Level);
             end Handler;
          end P;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;

          with P; use P;
          procedure Useint is
             task T;

             S : Status;

             task body T is
             begin
                for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                   Put_Line ("Generating an interrupt...");
                   delay 1.0;

                   --  Generate interrupt, using interrupt number
                   S := sysBusIntGen (Level, Interrupt);
                end loop;
             end T;

             --  Save old handler
             Old_Handler : VOIDFUNCPTR := intVecGet (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt));
          begin
             S := intConnect (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt), Handler'Access);
             S := sysIntEnable (intLevel => Level);

             for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                delay 2.0;
                Put_Line ("value of count:" & P.Count'Img);
             end loop;

             --  Restore previous handler
             S := sysIntDisable (intLevel => Level);
             intVecSet (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt), Old_Handler);
          end Useint;

   * Direct Vectored Interrupt Routines

     A variation on the direct vectored routine that allows for less
     restrictive handler code is to separate the interrupt processing
     into two levels.

     The first level is the same as in the previous section.  Here we
     perform simple hardware actions and signal a task pending on a
     Suspension_Object (defined in `Ada.Synchronous_Task_Control') to
     perform the more complex and time-consuming operations.  The
     routine `Set_True' signals a task whose body loops and pends on
     the suspension object using `Suspend_Until_True'.  The suspension
     object is declared in a scope global to both the handler and the
     task. This approach can be thought of as a slightly higher-level
     application of the `C' example using a binary semaphore given in
     the VxWorks Programmer's Manual.  In fact, the implementation of
     `Ada.Synchronous_Task_Control' is a very thin wrapper around a
     VxWorks binary semaphore.

     This approach has a latency between the direct vectored approach
     and the protected procedure approach.  There are no restrictions
     in the Ada task code, while the handler code has the same
     restrictions as any other direct interrupt handler.

     Example:

          with System;
          package Sem_Handler is

             Count : Natural := 0;
             pragma Atomic (Count);

             --  Interrupt level used by this example
             Level : constant := 1;
             Interrupt : constant := 16#14#;

             --  Interrupt handler providing "immediate" handling
             procedure Handler (Param : System.Address);

             --  Task whose body provides "deferred" handling
             task Receiver is
                 pragma Interrupt_Priority
                    (System.Interrupt_Priority'First + Level + 1);
              end Receiver;

          end Sem_Handler;

          with Ada.Synchronous_Task_Control; use Ada.Synchronous_Task_Control;
          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          package body Sema_Handler is

             SO : Suspension_Object;

             task body Receiver is
             begin
                loop
                   --  Wait for notification from immediate handler
                   Suspend_Until_True (SO);

                   --  Interrupt processing
                   Count := Count + 1;
                end loop;
             end Receiver;

             procedure Handler (Param : System.Address) is
                S : STATUS;
             begin
                --  Hardware cleanup, if necessary
                S := sysBusIntAck (Level);

                --  Signal the task
                Set_True (SO);
             end Handler;

          end Sem_Handler;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
          with Sem_Handler; use Sem_Handler;
          procedure Useint is

             S : STATUS;

             task T;

             task body T is
             begin
                for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                   Put_Line ("Generating an interrupt...");
                   delay 1.0;

                   --  Generate interrupt, using interrupt number
                   S := sysBusIntGen (Level, Interrupt);
                end loop;
             end T;

             --  Save old handler
             Old_Handler : VOIDFUNCPTR := intVecGet (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt));
          begin
             S := intConnect (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt), Handler'Access);
             S := sysIntEnable (intLevel => Level);

             for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                delay 2.0;
                Put_Line ("value of Count:" & Sem_Handler.Count'Img);
             end loop;

             --  Restore handler
             S := sysIntDisable (intLevel => Level);
             intVecSet (INUM_TO_IVEC (Interrupt), Old_Handler);
             abort Receiver;
          end Useint;

   * Protected Procedure Handlers for Interrupts

     This is the recommended default mechanism for interrupt handling.
     It essentially wraps the hybrid handler / task mechanism in a
     higher-level abstraction, and provides a good balance between
     latency and capability.

     Vectored interrupts are designated by their interrupt number,
     starting from 0 and ranging to the number of entries in the
     interrupt vector table - 1.

     In the GNAT VxWorks implementation, the following priority
     mappings are used:
        * Normal task priorities are in the range 0 .. 245.

        * Interrupt priority 246 is used by the GNAT `Interrupt_Manager'
          task.

        * Interrupt priority 247 is used for vectored interrupts that
          do not correspond to those generated via an interrupt
          controller.

        * Interrupt priorities 248 .. 255 correspond to PIC interrupt
          levels 0 .. 7.

        * Priority 256 is reserved to the VxWorks kernel.

     Except for reserved priorities, the above are recommendations for
     setting the ceiling priority of a protected object that handles
     interrupts, or the priority of a task with interrupt entries.
     It's a very good idea to follow these recommendations for vectored
     interrupts that come in through the PIC as it will determine the
     priority of execution of the code in the protected procedure or
     interrupt entry.

     No vectored interrupt numbers are reserved in this implementation,
     because dedicated interrupts are determined by the board support
     package. Obviously, careful consideration of the hardware is
     necessary when handling interrupts.  The VxWorks BSP for the board
     is the definitive reference for interrupt assignments.

     Example:

          package PO_Handler is

             --  Interrupt level used by this example
             Level : constant := 1;

             Interrupt : constant := 16#14#;

             protected Protected_Handler is
                procedure Handler;
                pragma Attach_Handler (Handler, Interrupt);

                function Count return Natural;

                pragma Interrupt_Priority (248);
             private
                The_Count : Natural := 0;
             end Protected_Handler;

          end PO_Handler;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          package body PO_Handler is

             protected body Protected_Handler is

                procedure Handler is
                   S : Status;
                begin
                   --  Hardware cleanup if necessary
                   S := sysBusIntAck (Level);

                   --  Interrupt processing
                   The_Count := The_Count + 1;
                end Handler;

                function Count return Natural is
                begin
                   return The_Count;
                end Count;
             end Protected_Handler;

          end PO_Handler;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;

          with PO_Handler; use PO_Handler;
          procedure Useint is

             task T;

             S : STATUS;

             task body T is
             begin
                for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                   Put_Line ("Generating an interrupt...");
                   delay 1.0;

                   --  Generate interrupt, using interrupt number
                   S := sysBusIntGen (Level, Interrupt);
                end loop;
             end T;

          begin
             S := sysIntEnable (intLevel => Level);

             for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                delay 2.0;
                Put_Line ("value of count:" & Protected_Handler.Count'Img);
             end loop;

             S := sysIntDisable (intLevel => Level);
          end Useint;

     This is obviously significantly higher-level and easier to write
     than the previous examples.

   * Ada 83 Style Interrupt Entries

     GNAT provides a full implementation of the Ada 83 interrupt entry
     mechanism for vectored interrupts.  However, due to latency issues,
     we only recommend using these for backward compatibility.  The
     comments in the previous section regarding interrupt priorities
     and reserved interrupts apply here.

     In order to associate an interrupt with an entry, GNAT provides the
     standard Ada convenience routine `Ada.Interrupts.Reference'.  It
     is used as follows:

          Interrupt_Address : constant System.Address :=
             Ada.Interrupts.Reference (Int_Num);

          task Handler_Task is
             pragma Interrupt_Priority (248);  -- For instance
             entry Handler;
             for Handler'Address use Interrupt_Address;
          end Handler_Task;

     Since there is no restriction within an interrupt entry on
     blocking operations, be sure to perform any hardware interrupt
     controller related operations before executing a call that could
     block within the entry's accept statements.  It is assumed that
     interrupt entries are always open alternatives when they appear
     within a selective wait statement.  The presence of a guard gives
     undefined behavior.

     Example:

          with Ada.Interrupts;
          with System;
          package Task_Handler is

             --  Interrupt level used by this example
             Level : constant := 1;

             Interrupt : constant := 16#14#;

             Interrupt_Address : constant System.Address :=
                Ada.Interrupts.Reference (Int_Num);

             task Handler_Task is
                pragma Interrupt_Priority (248);  -- For instance
                entry Handler;
                for Handler'Address use Interrupt_Address;

                entry Count (Value : out Natural);
             end Handler_Task;
          end Task_Handler;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          package body Task_Handler is

             task body Handler_Task is
                The_Count : Natural := 0;
                S : STATUS;
             begin
                loop
                   select
                      accept Handler do
                         --  Hardware cleanup if necessary
                         S := sysBusIntAck (Level);

                         --  Interrupt processing
                         The_Count := The_Count + 1;
                      end Handler;
                   or
                      accept Count (Value : out Natural) do
                         Value := The_Count;
                      end Count;
                   end select;
                end loop;
             end Handler_Task;

          end Handler_Task;

          with Interfaces.VxWorks; use Interfaces.VxWorks;
          with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;

          with Handler_Task; use Handler_Task;
          procedure Useint is

             task T;

             S : STATUS;
             Current_Count : Natural := 0;

             task body T is
             begin
                for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                   Put_Line ("Generating an interrupt...");
                   delay 1.0;

                   --  Generate interrupt, using interrupt number
                   S := sysBusIntGen (Level, Interrupt);
                end loop;
             end T;

          begin
             S := sysIntEnable (intLevel => Level);

             for I in 1 .. 10 loop
                delay 2.0;
                Handler_Task.Count (Current_Count);
                Put_Line ("value of count:" & Current_Count'Img);
             end loop;

             S := sysIntDisable (intLevel => Level);
             abort Handler_Task;
          end Useint;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks,  Next: Debugging Issues for VxWorks,  Prev: Interrupt Handling for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.6 Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks
==================================================

The GNAT implementation of `Ada.Command_Line' relies on the standard C
symbols `argv' and `argc'.  The model for invoking "programs" under
VxWorks does not provide these symbols.  The typical method for
invoking a program under VxWorks is to call the `sp' function in order
to spawn a thread in which to execute a designated function (in GNAT,
this is the implicit main generated by gnatbind. `sp' provides the
capability to push a variable number of arguments onto the stack when
the function is invoked.  But this does not work for the implicit Ada
main, because it has no way of knowing how many arguments might be
required.  This eliminates the possibility to use `Ada.Command_Line'.

   One way to solve this problem is to define symbols in the VxWorks
environment, then import them into the Ada application.  For example,
we could define the following package that imports two symbols, one an
int and the other a string:

     with Interfaces.C.Strings;
     use Interfaces.C.Strings;
     package Args is
        --  Define and import a variable for each argument
        Int_Arg : Interfaces.C.Int;
        String_Arg : Chars_Ptr;
     private
        pragma Import (C, Int_Arg, "intarg");
        pragma Import (C, String_Arg, "stringarg");
     end Args;

An Ada unit could then use the two imported variables `Int_Arg' and
`String_Arg' as follows:

     with Args; use Args;
     with Interfaces.C.Strings;
     use Interfaces.C, Interfaces.C.Strings;
     with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
     procedure Argtest is
     begin
        Put_Line (Int'Image (Int_Arg));
        Put_Line (Value (String_Arg));
     end Argtest;

When invoking the application from the shell, one will then set the
values to be imported, and spawn the application, as follows:

     -> intarg=10
     -> stringarg="Hello"
     -> sp (argtest)


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging Issues for VxWorks,  Next: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility,  Prev: Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.7 Debugging Issues for VxWorks
=================================

The debugger can be launched directly from the Tornado environment or
from `glide' through its graphical interface: `gvd'. It can also be used
directly in text mode as shown below: The command to run `GDB' in text
mode is

     $ target-gdb

where target is the name of target of the cross GNAT compiler. In
contrast with native `gdb', it is not useful to give the name of the
program to debug on the command line. Before starting a debugging
session, one needs to connect to the VxWorks-configured board and load
the relocatable object produced by `gnatlink'. This can be achieved by
the following commands:

     (vxgdb) target wtx myboard
     (vxgdb) load program

where `myboard' is the host name or IP number of the target board, and
`wtx' is the name of debugging protocol used to communicate with the
VxWorks board. Early versions of VxWorks, up tp 5.2, only support the
`<vxworks>' protocol whereas starting with VxWorks 5.3 and Tornado,
another protocol called  `<wtx>' was made available. The choice of the
protocol can be made when configuring the VxWorks kernel itself. When
available, the `<wtx>' is greatly preferable and actually the only
supported protocol with GNAT. When the debugger is  launched directly
from Tornado, the proper `target' command is automatically generated by
the environment.

   The GNAT debugger can be used for debugging multitasking programs in
two different modes and some minimal understanding of these modes is
necessary in order to use the debugger effectively. The two modes are:

   * Monotask mode: attach to, and debug, a single task.  This mode is
     equivalent to the capabilities offered by CrossWind. The debugger
     interacts with a single task, while not affecting other tasks
     (insofar as possible). This is the DEFAULT mode.

   * Multitask mode: The debugger has control over all Ada tasks in an
     application. It is possible to gather information about all
     application tasks, and to switch from one to another within a
     single debugging session.

It is not advised to switch between the two modes within a debugging
session. A third mode called System mode is also available and can be
used in place of the Multitask mode. Consult the Tornado documentation
for this.

   Among the criteria for selecting the appropriate mode is the effect
of task synchronization on the application's behavior. Debugging a
tasking application affects the timing of the application; minimizing
such effects may be critical in certain situations. The two modes have
different effects: monotask mode only affects the attached task: others
will run normally (if possible). Multitask mode stops all tasks at each
breakpoint and restarts them on single-step, next, finish or continue;
this may help avoid deadlocks in the presence of task synchronization
despite the inherent latency of stopping and restarting the tasks.

25.7.1 Using the debugger in monotask mode
------------------------------------------

There are two ways to begin your debugging session:

   * The program is already running on the board.

     The sequence of commands to use this mode is:
        * Launch GVD (possibly from the Tornado menu)

          Verify that the debugger has access to the debug information
          of both your program and the kernel. The Console window
          should have a message "Looking for all loaded modules:"
          followed by the names of the modules on the board and "ok".
          If you have some error messages here instead of "ok", the
          debugging session may not work as expected.

        * Attach to the desired task using
                       File --> Attach...
          This task is stopped by the debugger. Other tasks continue to
          operate normally (unless they are blocked by synchronization
          with the stopped task). The source window should display the
          code on which the task has been stopped, and if the stack
          display is enabled, it should reflect the stack of the task.

   * The program hasn't been loaded yet on the board
        * Launch GVD (possibly from the Tornado menu)

        * Load your program to the board:
               File --> Open Program...

          GVD should display:
               Downloading your_program ...done.
               Reading symbols from your_program...expanding to full symbols...done.

        * Set breakpoints in your program.

          WARNING: they must be set in the main task (if your program
          runs several tasks)

        * Run your program using one of the three methods below:
             * Click on button <run> or <start>

             * Menu
                    Program --> Run/Start

             * Type in GVD's Console window
                    (gdb) run your_program

   * Whichever method you chose to start your debugging session, you
     can use the following commands at this point:
        * Browse sources and set breakpoints

        * Examine the call stack (Data -> call stack)

        * Go "up" and "down" in the call stack ("up" & "down" buttons)

        * Examine data (Data -> Display local variables, or any of the
          other methods for viewing data in GVD)

        * Continue/finish

     Next/step/finish will only work if the top frame in the call stack
     has debug information.  This is almost never the case when first
     attaching to the task since the task is usually stopped by the
     attach operation in the GNAT runtime. You can verify which frames
     of the call stack have debug information by:
          Data --> call stack
          <right Button> (contextual menu inside the call stack window)
           add "file location"

     If the current frame does not have a "file location", then there
     is no debug information for the frame.  We strongly recommended
     that you set breakpoints in the source where debug information can
     be found and "continue" until a breakpoint is reached before using
     "next/step". Another convenient possibility is to use the "continue
     until" capability available from the contextual menu of the Source
     window.

     You can also examine the state of other tasks using
          Data -> tasks

     but you can't "switch" to another task by clicking on the elements
     of the task list. If you try to, you will get an error message in
     GVD's console:
          "Task switching is not allowed when multi-tasks mode is not active"

     Once you have completed your debugging session on the attached
     task, you can detach from the task:
          File --> detach

     The task resumes normal execution at this stage.  WARNING: when you
     detach from a task, be sure that you are in a frame where there is
     debug information. Otherwise, the task won't resume properly. You
     can then start another attach/detach cycle if you wish.

     Note that it is possible to launch several GVD sessions and
     simultaneously attach each to a distinct task in monotask mode:
          File --> New Debugger...  (uncheck the box: Replace Current Debugger)
          File --> Attach...     (in the new window)
          File --> detach

25.7.2 Using the debugger in Multitask mode
-------------------------------------------

The steps are as follows

   * Launch GVD (possibly from the Tornado menu)

     There are two possibilities:
        * If the program is already loaded on the target board, you
          need only verify that debug information has been found by the
          debugger as described above.

        * Otherwise, load the program on the board using
               File --> Open program

   * Set breakpoints in the desired parts of the program

   * Start the program

     The simplest way to start the debugger in multitask mode is to use
     the menu
          Program --> Run/Start

     and check the box "enable vxWorks multi-tasks mode".  You can also
     use the following gdb commands in the console window
                  (gdb) set multi-tasks-mode on
                  (gdb) run your_program

   * Debug the stopped program

     Once stopped at a breakpoint (or if you pressed the "stop"
     button), you can use all the standard commands listed for monotask
     mode + task switching (using Data -> tasks). Using next/step under
     this mode is possible with the same restrictions as for monotask
     mode, but is not recommended because all tasks are restarted,
     leading to the possibility that a different task hits a breakpoint
     before the stepping operation has completed.  Such an occurrence
     can result in a confusing state for both the user and the
     debugger. So we strongly suggest the use of only breakpoints and
     "continue" in this mode.

   A final reminder: whatever the mode, whether you are debugging or
not, the program has to be reloaded before each new execution, so that
data initialized by the loader is set correctly. For instance, if you
wish to restart the same execution of the same program, you can use the
following sequence of gdb commands in the console window:
     (gdb) detach
     (gdb) unload your_program(.exe)
     (gdb) load your_program(.exe)
     (gdb) run your_program


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility,  Next: Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks,  Prev: Debugging Issues for VxWorks,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.8 Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility
===================================================

* Menu:

* The GNAT Toolchain as Used from the Tornado 2 Project Facility::
* Building a Simple Application::
* Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project::
* Compilation Switches::
* Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration::
* Adapting BSPs to GNAT::
* Using GNAT Project Files in a Tornado 2 Project::

This section describes how to add an Ada module in a Tornado project
using the Tornado 2 Project facility described in `Tornado User's
Guide', Chapter 4.  All recommendations apply for both 'Downloadable
Modules' and 'Kernel' project types.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: The GNAT Toolchain as Used from the Tornado 2 Project Facility,  Next: Building a Simple Application,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.1 The GNAT Toolchain as Used from the Tornado 2 Project Facility
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Tornado 2 allows you to integrate third-party C toolchains.  (`Tornado
2 API Programmer's Guide', Chapter 7).  Thus the GNAT toolchain will be
seen as a new C toolchain when used from the Tornado 2 Project
Facility. For each processor you can compile for, you will find a
<proc>gnat toolchain, e.g. PPC604gnat. These toolchains will allow you
to include Ada modules into your projects, and simply build them.

   The name of the so-called C compiler is _cc_gnat_<arch>_, the name
of the 'linker' is _ld_gnat_<arch>_, where <arch> is an architecture;
e.g., PPC. These scripts will call the correct executables during the
compilation or link processes, thus the C compiler, the C linker, or
the GNAT toolchain, depending on the context.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Building a Simple Application,  Next: Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project,  Prev: The GNAT Toolchain as Used from the Tornado 2 Project Facility,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.2 Building a Simple Application
------------------------------------

First, create a new project, using one of the gnat toolchains.

   To add an Ada source file to the current project, just click on
`Project -> Add/Include', browse to the relevant file, and include it.
The Ada source file included should be the Ada entry point. Only one
Ada entry point is allowed in a project. Any other required Ada source
files will be automatically compiled and linked by the underlying tools.

   You can now compile the project, `Build->Rebuild all'.  A log of the
compilation process can be found in the build directory, in
`gnatbuild.log'. It contains all the calls executed by the scripts, and
associated information.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project,  Next: Compilation Switches,  Prev: Building a Simple Application,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.3 Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project
---------------------------------------------------

You can mix C and Ada code in your projects. Your source files and the
build options should comply with the recommendations from the section
`Interfacing to C'.  This means that you can have several or no C
source files, and one or no Ada entry point in your Tornado 2 Project.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Compilation Switches,  Next: Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration,  Prev: Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.4 Compilation Switches
---------------------------

Once you have included all your source files, you may modify some
compilation and linking options.  To pass specific options to the GNAT
toolchain, go to the Project's build settings, on the `C/C++ Compiler'
tab, and add your arguments in the input window.

   You must comply with several rules to pass arguments to GNAT.
Arguments to be passed should be

   * after any arguments passed to the C toolchain.

   * prefixed depending on the tool that uses them, with the following
     syntax

        * `-cargs _gnatmake-options_' to pass arguments to gnatmake

        * `-bargs _gnatbind-options_' to pass arguments to gnatbind

        * `-largs _gnatlink-options_' to pass arguments to gnatlink

You will find more information on the compilation process of Ada source
files in the section `The GNAT Compilation Model'.  For a list of all
available switches, refer to the sections describing `gnatmake',
`gnatbind' and `gnatlink'.

   Here is an example that passes the option `-v' to the GNAT compiler :
     -g -mstrict-align -prjtype $(PRJ_TYPE) -ansi -nostdinc -DRW_MULTI_THREAD -D_REENTRANT
     -fvolatile -fno-builtin -fno-for-scope -I. -I/usr/windppc-2.0/target/h -DCPU=PPC604
     -cargs -v

Here is an example that passes the option `-v' to the GNAT compiler,
binder and linker, and `-v' and `-g' to the compiler :
     -g -mstrict-align -prjtype $(PRJ_TYPE) -ansi -nostdinc -DRW_MULTI_THREAD -D_REENTRANT
     -fvolatile -fno-builtin -fno-for-scope -I. -I/usr/windppc-2.0/target/h -DCPU=PPC604
     -cargs -v -g -O2 -bargs -v -largs -v

In both examples, the following arguments have been automatically added
by the Project Facility, and will be used by the C compiler.
     -g -mstrict-align -prjtype $(PRJ_TYPE) -ansi -nostdinc -DRW_MULTI_THREAD -D_REENTRANT
     -fvolatile -fno-builtin -fno-for-scope -I. -I/usr/windppc-2.0/target/h -DCPU=PPC604

Note: The `-prjtype $(PRJ_TYPE)' option present in a few input boxes is
used by the GNAT toolchain. It is required for the compilation process.
You should not remove it from any input box.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration,  Next: Adapting BSPs to GNAT,  Prev: Compilation Switches,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.5 Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration
-------------------------------------------------

The Autoscale feature, present in the Project Facility  can be used on
your VxWorks Kernel projects to determine the minimum set of components
required for your kernel to work.  (Please refer to the `Tornado II
User's Guide' Section 4.4 for more details.)  This feature is also
available for projects involving Ada code. Just click on
`Project->Autoscale' to launch a check and determine the minimal kernel
configuration.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Adapting BSPs to GNAT,  Next: Using GNAT Project Files in a Tornado 2 Project,  Prev: Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.6 Adapting BSPs to GNAT
----------------------------

To use your Board Support Packages with the GNAT toolchain, you will
have to adapt them, either manually or using the `adaptbsp4gnat' script.
This procedure is described in the `Tornado API Programmer's Guide',
Chapter 7.  Here is a summary of this setup, depending on the context.

   * To do the adaptation manually:

        * Copy your BSP directory contents into a new directory

        * Go to this directory

        * Edit the file `Makefile',

             * Set tool to gnat, `TOOL=gnat'

             * Reverse the order of the following lines
                  * `include $(TGT_DIR)/h/make/make.$(CPU)$(TOOL)'

                  * `include $(TGT_DIR)/h/make/defs.$(WIND_HOST_TYPE)'



   * To do the adaptation automatically, you may use the `adaptbsp4gnat'
     script. Its syntax is `adaptbsp4gnat <path_to_bsp>'.

     This script follows the different steps described above to perform
     the adaptation.  The name of the new bsp is given after the
     modification.  By default, if `<bsp>' is the name of your BSP,
     `<bsp>-gnat', will be the name of the BSP created.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Using GNAT Project Files in a Tornado 2 Project,  Prev: Adapting BSPs to GNAT,  Up: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility

25.8.7 Using GNAT Project Files in a Tornado 2 Project
------------------------------------------------------

You can use GNAT Project files to compile your Ada files.  To do so,
you need to use the `-Pproject_file.gpr' option from `gnatmake'.  The
path to the project file can be either absolute, or relative to the
build directory, i.e. where the executable will be placed (e.g.
`~/myproject/PPC604gnat').  Your project file should set the
`Object_Dir' variable to a specific value.
     project Sample is

        Target := external ("TARGET_DIR");
        for Object_Dir use Target;

     end Sample;


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks,  Prev: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility,  Up: VxWorks Topics

25.9 Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks
===========================================

   * When I run my program twice on the board, it does not work, why?

     Usually, Ada programs require elaboration and finalization, so the
     compiler creates a wrapper procedure whose name is the same as the
     Ada name of the main subprogram, which takes care of calling the
     elaboration and finalization routines before and after your
     program. But the static part of the elaboration is taken care of
     while loading the program itself and thus if you launch it twice
     this part of the elaboration will not be performed. This affects
     the proper elaboration of the GNAT runtime and thus it is
     mandatory to reload your program before relaunching it.

   * Can I load a collection of subprograms rather than a standalone
     program?

     It is possible to write Ada programs with multiple entry points
     which can be called from the VxWorks shell; you just need to
     consider your main program as the VxWorks shell itself and
     generate an Ada subsystem callable from outside *Note Binding with
     Non-Ada Main Programs::. If you use this method, you need to call
     `adainit' manually before calling any Ada entry point.

   * When I use the `break exception' command, I get the message
     `"exception" is not a function', why?

     You are not in the proper language mode. Issue the command:
          (vxgdb) set language ada

   * When I load a large application from the VxWorks shell using the
     "ld" command, the load hangs and never finishes. How can I load
     large executables?

     This is a classic VxWorks problem when using the default "rsh"
     communication method. Using NFS instead should work. Use the
     `nfsShowMount' command to verify that your program is in a NFS
     mounted directory.

   * When I load a large application from the debugger using the wtx
     target connection, the load never finishes, why?

     Make sure that the memory cache size parameter of the target
     server is large enough. (`target -m big_enough_size', or Memory
     cache size box in GUI.)  See `Tornado 1.01 API Programming Guide',
     Section 3.6.2.

   * When I spawn my program under the VxWorks shell, interactive input
     does not work, why?

     Only programs directly launched from the shell can have interactive
     input. For a program spawned with the `sp' or `taskSpawn' command,
     you need to have file redirection for input:
          ->    # here you can have interactive input
          -> main
          ->    # here you cannot
          -> sp main
          ->    # neither here
          -> taskSpawn("ess",100,0,8000000,main)
          ->    # but you can input from a file:
          -> taskSpawn("Bae",100,0,8000000,main) < input_file


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: LynxOS Topics,  Next: Performance Considerations,  Prev: VxWorks Topics,  Up: Top

26 LynxOS Topics
****************

This chapter describes topics that are specific to the GNAT for LynxOS
cross configurations.

* Menu:

* Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS::
* Kernel Configuration for LynxOS::
* Patch Level Issues for LynxOS::
* Debugging Issues for LynxOS::
* An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS,  Next: Kernel Configuration for LynxOS,  Up: LynxOS Topics

26.1 Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS
========================================

This section is a starting point for using GNAT to develop and execute
Ada 95 programs for LynuxWorks' LynxOS target environment from a Unix
host environment.  We assume that you know how to use GNAT in a native
environment and how to start a telnet or other login session to connect
to your LynxOS board.

   To compile code for a LynxOS system running on a PowerPC board, the
basic compiler command is `powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gcc'.

   With GNAT, the easiest way to build the basic `Hello World' program
is with `gnatmake'. For the LynxOS PowerPC target this would look like:

     $ powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatmake hello
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gcc -c hello.adb
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatbind -x hello.ali
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatlink hello.ali

(The first line is the command entered by the user - the subseqent three
are the programs run by `gnatmake'.)

   This creates the executable `hello'" which you then need to load on
the board (using ftp or an NFS directory for example) to run it.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Kernel Configuration for LynxOS,  Next: Patch Level Issues for LynxOS,  Prev: Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS,  Up: LynxOS Topics

26.2 Kernel Configuration for LynxOS
====================================

The appropriate configuration for your LynxOS kernel depends on the
target system and the requirements of your application. GNAT itself
adds no additional demands; however in some situations it may be
appropriate to increase the conservative resource assumptions made by
the default configuration.

   Kernel parameters limiting the maximum number of file descriptors,
kernel and user threads, synchronization objects, etc., may be set in
the file `uparam.h'. You may also wish to modify the file
`/etc/starttab', which places limits on data, stack, and core file
size. See the documentation provided by LynuxWorks for more information.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Patch Level Issues for LynxOS,  Next: Debugging Issues for LynxOS,  Prev: Kernel Configuration for LynxOS,  Up: LynxOS Topics

26.3 Patch Level Issues for LynxOS
==================================

The GNAT runtime requires that your system run at patch level 040 or
later. Please see the file `PatchCompatibility.txt' from the
distribution for more information.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging Issues for LynxOS,  Next: An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS,  Prev: Patch Level Issues for LynxOS,  Up: LynxOS Topics

26.4 Debugging Issues for LynxOS
================================

GNAT's debugger is based on the same GNU gdb technology as the debugger
provided by LynxOS, though with a great number of extensions and
enhancements to support the Ada language and GNAT. The LynxOS
documentation is relevant to understanding how to get the debugger
started if you run into difficulties.

   To demonstrate a debugging session, we will use a slightly more
complex program called `demo1.adb', which can be found in the `examples'
directory of the GNAT distribution. This program is compiled with
debugging information as follows:

     $ powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatmake -g demo1
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gcc -c -g demo1.adb
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gcc -c -g gen_list.adb
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gcc -c -g instr.adb
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatbind -x demo1.ali
     powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gnatlink -g demo1.ali

Once the executable is created, copy it to your working directory on the
board. In this directory, you will have to launch the gdb server and
choose a free port number on your TCP/IP socket. Presuming the Internet
hostname of the board is `myboard' and the port chosen is 2345, issue
the following command:

     myboard> gdbserver myboard:2345 demo1

Then return to your host environment.

   The graphical debugger interface, `gvd', supports both native and
cross environments at the same time. `gvd' can be launched from `Glide'
(see `README.Glide' for more information on customizing `Glide' for
LynxOS) or it can be launched from the command line as follows:

     $ gvd --debugger powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gdb

Then to attach to the target, enter in `gvd''s command line window:

     (gdb) target remote myboard:2345

For more information see the GVD documentation.

   The comments below concern debugging directly from the command line
but they also apply to `gvd', though in most cases an equivalent
graphical command is also available.

   To run the cross debugger from the command line without the visual
interface use the command `powerpc-xcoff-lynxos-gdb'.

   You will see something like:

     GNU gdb 4.17.gnat.3.14a1
     Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are
     welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions.
     Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
     There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty" for details.
     This GDB was configured as "--host=sparc-sun-solaris2.5.1 --target=powerpc-xc
     off-lynxos".
     (gdb)

Where `(gdb)' is the debugger's prompt. The first thing to do at the
prompt from within `gdb' is to load the symbol table from the
executable:

     (gdb) file demo1
     Reading symbols from demo1...done.
     (gdb)

You then have to attach to the server running on the board. Issue the
command:

     (gdb) target remote myboard:2345

After the server has been started and attached from the host, the
program is running on the target but has halted execution at the very
beginning.  The following commands set a breakpoint and continue
execution:

     (gdb) break demo1.adb:37
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x100064d0: file demo1.adb, line 37.
     (gdb) cont
     Continuing.

     Breakpoint 1, demo1 () at demo1.adb:37
     37         Set_Name (Fuel, "Fuel");
     (gdb)

Here the execution has stopped at the breakpoint set above. Now you can
use the standard `gdb' commands to examine the stack and program
variables.

   Note that once execution has completed, the server on the board must
be restarted before a new debugging session may begin.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS,  Prev: Debugging Issues for LynxOS,  Up: LynxOS Topics

26.5 An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS
============================================

Carrying on a little further with the debugging session, the following
example illustrates some of the usual debugging commands for moving
around and seeing where you are:

     (gdb) next
     38         Set_Name (Water, "Water");
     (gdb) bt
     #0  demo1 () at demo1.adb:38
     #1  0x10001218 in main (argc=1, argv=2147483640, envp=2147483520) at
     b~demo1.adb:118
     #2  0x10017538 in runmainthread ()
     #3  0x10001048 in __start ()
     (gdb) up
     #1  0x10001218 in main (argc=1, argv=2147483640, envp=2147483520) at
     b~demo1.adb:118
     118       Ada_Main_Program;
     (gdb) down
     #0  demo1 () at demo1.adb:38
     38         Set_Name (Water, "Water");
     (gdb)

To examine and modify variables (of a tagged type here):

     (gdb) print speed
     $1 = (name => "Speed         ", value => -286331154)
     (gdb) ptype speed
     type = new instr.instrument with record
         value: instr.speed;
     end record
     (gdb) speed.value := 3
     $2 = 3
     (gdb) print speed
     $3 = (name => "Speed         ", value => 3)
     (gdb) info local
     speed = (name => "Speed         ", value => 3)
     fuel = (name => "Fuel          ", value => -286331154)
     oil = (name => ' ' <repeats 14 times>, value => -286331154, size => 20,
       fill => 42 '*', empty => 46 '.')
     water = (name => ' ' <repeats 14 times>, value => -286331154, size => 20,
       fill => 42 '*', empty => 46 '.')
     time = (name => ' ' <repeats 14 times>, seconds => 0, minutes => 0, hours =>
     0)
     chrono = (name => ' ' <repeats 14 times>, seconds => 0, minutes => 0,
       hours => 0)
     db = (access demo1.dash_board.internal) 0x0
     (gdb)

And finally letting the program it run to completion:

     (gdb) c
     Continuing.

     Program exited normally.
     (gdb)


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Performance Considerations,  Next: GNU Free Documentation License,  Prev: LynxOS Topics,  Up: Top

27 Performance Considerations
*****************************

The GNAT system provides a number of options that allow a trade-off
between

   * performance of the generated code

   * speed of compilation

   * minimization of dependences and recompilation

   * the degree of run-time checking.

The defaults (if no options are selected) aim at improving the speed of
compilation and minimizing dependences, at the expense of performance
of the generated code:

   * no optimization

   * no inlining of subprogram calls

   * all run-time checks enabled except overflow and elaboration checks

These options are suitable for most program development purposes. This
chapter describes how you can modify these choices, and also provides
some guidelines on debugging optimized code.

* Menu:

* Controlling Run-Time Checks::
* Optimization Levels::
* Debugging Optimized Code::
* Inlining of Subprograms::


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Controlling Run-Time Checks,  Next: Optimization Levels,  Up: Performance Considerations

27.1 Controlling Run-Time Checks
================================

By default, GNAT generates all run-time checks, except arithmetic
overflow checking for integer operations and checks for access before
elaboration on subprogram calls. The latter are not required in default
mode, because all necessary checking is done at compile time.  Two gnat
switches, `-gnatp' and `-gnato' allow this default to be modified.
*Note Run-Time Checks::.

   Our experience is that the default is suitable for most development
purposes.

   We treat integer overflow specially because these are quite
expensive and in our experience are not as important as other run-time
checks in the development process. Note that division by zero is not
considered an overflow check, and divide by zero checks are generated
where required by default.

   Elaboration checks are off by default, and also not needed by
default, since GNAT uses a static elaboration analysis approach that
avoids the need for run-time checking. This manual contains a full
chapter discussing the issue of elaboration checks, and if the default
is not satisfactory for your use, you should read this chapter.

   For validity checks, the minimal checks required by the Ada Reference
Manual (for case statements and assignments to array elements) are on
by default. These can be suppressed by use of the `-gnatVn' switch.
Note that in Ada 83, there were no validity checks, so if the Ada 83
mode is acceptable (or when comparing GNAT performance with an Ada 83
compiler), it may be reasonable to routinely use `-gnatVn'. Validity
checks are also suppressed entirely if `-gnatp' is used.

   Note that the setting of the switches controls the default setting of
the checks. They may be modified using either `pragma Suppress' (to
remove checks) or `pragma Unsuppress' (to add back suppressed checks)
in the program source.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Optimization Levels,  Next: Debugging Optimized Code,  Prev: Controlling Run-Time Checks,  Up: Performance Considerations

27.2 Optimization Levels
========================

The default is optimization off. This results in the fastest compile
times, but GNAT makes absolutely no attempt to optimize, and the
generated programs are considerably larger and slower than when
optimization is enabled. You can use the `-ON' switch, where N is an
integer from 0 to 3, on the `gcc' command line to control the
optimization level:

`-O0'
     no optimization (the default)

`-O1'
     medium level optimization

`-O2'
     full optimization

`-O3'
     full optimization, and also attempt automatic inlining of small
     subprograms within a unit (*note Inlining of Subprograms::).

   Higher optimization levels perform more global transformations on the
program and apply more expensive analysis algorithms in order to
generate faster and more compact code. The price in compilation time,
and the resulting improvement in execution time, both depend on the
particular application and the hardware environment.  You should
experiment to find the best level for your application.

   Note: Unlike some other compilation systems, `gcc' has been tested
extensively at all optimization levels. There are some bugs which
appear only with optimization turned on, but there have also been bugs
which show up only in _unoptimized_ code. Selecting a lower level of
optimization does not improve the reliability of the code generator,
which in practice is highly reliable at all optimization levels.

   Note regarding the use of `-O3': The use of this optimization level
is generally discouraged with GNAT, since it often results in larger
executables which run more slowly. See further discussion of this point
in *note Inlining of Subprograms::.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Debugging Optimized Code,  Next: Inlining of Subprograms,  Prev: Optimization Levels,  Up: Performance Considerations

27.3 Debugging Optimized Code
=============================

Since the compiler generates debugging tables for a compilation unit
before it performs optimizations, the optimizing transformations may
invalidate some of the debugging data.  You therefore need to
anticipate certain anomalous situations that may arise while debugging
optimized code.  This section describes the most common cases.

  1. The "hopping Program Counter":  Repeated 'step' or 'next' commands
     show the PC bouncing back and forth in the code.  This may result
     from any of the following optimizations:

        * Common subexpression elimination: using a single instance of
          code for a quantity that the source computes several times.
          As a result you may not be able to stop on what looks like a
          statement.

        * Invariant code motion: moving an expression that does not
          change within a loop, to the beginning of the loop.

        * Instruction scheduling: moving instructions so as to overlap
          loads and stores (typically) with other code, or in general
          to move computations of values closer to their uses. Often
          this causes you to pass an assignment statement without the
          assignment happening and then later bounce back to the
          statement when the value is actually needed.  Placing a
          breakpoint on a line of code and then stepping over it may,
          therefore, not always cause all the expected side-effects.

  2. The "big leap": More commonly known as cross-jumping, in which two
     identical pieces of code are merged and the program counter
     suddenly jumps to a statement that is not supposed to be executed,
     simply because it (and the code following) translates to the same
     thing as the code that _was_ supposed to be executed.  This effect
     is typically seen in sequences that end in a jump, such as a
     `goto', a `return', or a `break' in a C `switch' statement.

  3. The "roving variable": The symptom is an unexpected value in a
     variable.  There are various reasons for this effect:

        * In a subprogram prologue, a parameter may not yet have been
          moved to its "home".

        * A variable may be dead, and its register re-used.  This is
          probably the most common cause.

        * As mentioned above, the assignment of a value to a variable
          may have been moved.

        * A variable may be eliminated entirely by value propagation or
          other means.  In this case, GCC may incorrectly generate
          debugging information for the variable

     In general, when an unexpected value appears for a local variable
     or parameter you should first ascertain if that value was actually
     computed by your program, as opposed to being incorrectly reported
     by the debugger.  Record fields or array elements in an object
     designated by an access value are generally less of a problem,
     once you have ascertained that the access value is sensible.
     Typically, this means checking variables in the preceding code and
     in the calling subprogram to verify that the value observed is
     explainable from other values (one must apply the procedure
     recursively to those other values); or re-running the code and
     stopping a little earlier (perhaps before the call) and stepping
     to better see how the variable obtained the value in question; or
     continuing to step _from_ the point of the strange value to see if
     code motion had simply moved the variable's assignments later.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Inlining of Subprograms,  Prev: Debugging Optimized Code,  Up: Performance Considerations

27.4 Inlining of Subprograms
============================

A call to a subprogram in the current unit is inlined if all the
following conditions are met:

   * The optimization level is at least `-O1'.

   * The called subprogram is suitable for inlining: It must be small
     enough and not contain nested subprograms or anything else that
     `gcc' cannot support in inlined subprograms.

   * The call occurs after the definition of the body of the subprogram.

   * Either `pragma Inline' applies to the subprogram or it is small
     and automatic inlining (optimization level `-O3') is specified.

Calls to subprograms in `with''ed units are normally not inlined.  To
achieve this level of inlining, the following conditions must all be
true:

   * The optimization level is at least `-O1'.

   * The called subprogram is suitable for inlining: It must be small
     enough and not contain nested subprograms or anything else `gcc'
     cannot support in inlined subprograms.

   * The call appears in a body (not in a package spec).

   * There is a `pragma Inline' for the subprogram.

   * The `-gnatn' switch is used in the `gcc' command line

   Note that specifying the `-gnatn' switch causes additional
compilation dependencies. Consider the following:

     package R is
        procedure Q;
        pragma Inline (Q);
     end R;
     package body R is
        ...
     end R;

     with R;
     procedure Main is
     begin
        ...
        R.Q;
     end Main;

With the default behavior (no `-gnatn' switch specified), the
compilation of the `Main' procedure depends only on its own source,
`main.adb', and the spec of the package in file `r.ads'. This means
that editing the body of `R' does not require recompiling `Main'.

   On the other hand, the call `R.Q' is not inlined under these
circumstances. If the `-gnatn' switch is present when `Main' is
compiled, the call will be inlined if the body of `Q' is small enough,
but now `Main' depends on the body of `R' in `r.adb' as well as on the
spec. This means that if this body is edited, the main program must be
recompiled. Note that this extra dependency occurs whether or not the
call is in fact inlined by `gcc'.

   The use of front end inlining with `-gnatN' generates similar
additional dependencies.

   Note: The `-fno-inline' switch can be used to prevent all inlining.
This switch overrides all other conditions and ensures that no inlining
occurs. The extra dependences resulting from `-gnatn' will still be
active, even if this switch is used to suppress the resulting inlining
actions.

   Note regarding the use of `-O3': There is no difference in inlining
behavior between `-O2' and `-O3' for subprograms with an explicit
pragma `Inline' assuming the use of `-gnatn' or `-gnatN' (the switches
that activate inlining). If you have used pragma `Inline' in
appropriate cases, then it is usually much better to use `-O2' and
`-gnatn' and avoid the use of `-O3' which in this case only has the
effect of inlining subprograms you did not think should be inlined. We
often find that the use of `-O3' slows down code by performing
excessive inlining, leading to increased instruction cache pressure
from the increased code size. So the bottom line here is that you
should not automatically assume that `-O3' is better than `-O2', and
indeed you should use `-O3' only if tests show that it actually
improves performance.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: GNU Free Documentation License,  Next: Index,  Prev: Performance Considerations,  Up: Top

GNU Free Documentation License
******************************

                      Version 1.2, November 2002

     Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA

     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

  0. PREAMBLE

     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
     functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
     assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
     with or without modifying it, either commercially or
     noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
     author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
     being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

     This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
     works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
     It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
     license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
     free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
     free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
     that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
     software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
     of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
     We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
     instruction or reference.

  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

     This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
     that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
     can be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
     grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
     to use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
     "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member
     of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You
     accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a
     way requiring permission under copyright law.

     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
     Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
     modifications and/or translated into another language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
     of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
     publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
     subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
     fall directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document
     is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
     explain any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of
     historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
     of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
     regarding them.

     The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
     titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
     the notice that says that the Document is released under this
     License.  If a section does not fit the above definition of
     Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
     The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document
     does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.

     The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
     listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
     that says that the Document is released under this License.  A
     Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
     be at most 25 words.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
     represented in a format whose specification is available to the
     general public, that is suitable for revising the document
     straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
     composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
     widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
     text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
     formats suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an
     otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
     markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
     modification by readers is not Transparent.  An image format is
     not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text.  A
     copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

     Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
     ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
     SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
     standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for
     human modification.  Examples of transparent image formats include
     PNG, XCF and JPG.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that
     can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
     XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
     available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF
     produced by some word processors for output purposes only.

     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
     plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
     material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
     works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
     Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
     work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

     A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
     whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
     following text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ
     stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
     "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
     To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
     Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
     to this definition.

     The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
     which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
     Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
     this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
     implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
     has no effect on the meaning of this License.

  2. VERBATIM COPYING

     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
     commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
     copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
     applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
     add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
     may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
     or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
     you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
     distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
     the conditions in section 3.

     You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
     and you may publicly display copies.

  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

     If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
     have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
     the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
     enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
     these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
     Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
     and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
     front cover must present the full title with all words of the
     title equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material
     on the covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the
     covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
     satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
     other respects.

     If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
     legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
     reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
     adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
     numbering more than 100, you must either include a
     machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
     state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from
     which the general network-using public has access to download
     using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
     copy of the Document, free of added material.  If you use the
     latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
     begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
     this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
     location until at least one year after the last time you
     distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
     retailers) of that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
     the Document well before redistributing any large number of
     copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
     version of the Document.

  4. MODIFICATIONS

     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
     under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
     release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
     the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
     licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
     whoever possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these
     things in the Modified Version:

       A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
          distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
          previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
          in the History section of the Document).  You may use the
          same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
          that version gives permission.

       B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
          entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
          the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
          principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
          authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
          from this requirement.

       C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
          Modified Version, as the publisher.

       D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

       E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
          adjacent to the other copyright notices.

       F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
          notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
          Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
          the Addendum below.

       G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
          Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
          license notice.

       H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.

       I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
          and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
          authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
          the Title Page.  If there is no section Entitled "History" in
          the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
          and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
          then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
          the previous sentence.

       J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
          for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
          likewise the network locations given in the Document for
          previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in
          the "History" section.  You may omit a network location for a
          work that was published at least four years before the
          Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
          it refers to gives permission.

       K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
          Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the
          section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
          acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.

       L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
          unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
          or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
          titles.

       M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
          may not be included in the Modified Version.

       N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
          "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
          Section.

       O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

     If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
     appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
     material copied from the Document, you may at your option
     designate some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this,
     add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
     Version's license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any
     other section titles.

     You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
     nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
     parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
     has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
     definition of a standard.

     You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
     and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
     of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one
     passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
     added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the
     Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
     previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
     you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
     replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
     publisher that added the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
     License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
     assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

     You may combine the Document with other documents released under
     this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
     modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
     all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
     unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
     combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
     their Warranty Disclaimers.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
     multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
     copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
     but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
     by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
     original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
     unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
     the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
     combined work.

     In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
     "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
     Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
     "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You
     must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."

  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
     documents released under this License, and replace the individual
     copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
     that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
     rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
     documents in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
     distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
     a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
     this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
     that document.

  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
     separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
     a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
     copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
     legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
     works permit.  When the Document is included an aggregate, this
     License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
     are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

     If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
     copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
     of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
     on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
     electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
     form.  Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
     the whole aggregate.

  8. TRANSLATION

     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
     distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
     4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
     permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
     translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
     original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
     translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
     Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also
     include the original English version of this License and the
     original versions of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a
     disagreement between the translation and the original version of
     this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
     prevail.

     If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
     "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
     Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
     actual title.

  9. TERMINATION

     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
     except as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other
     attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is
     void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
     License.  However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
     from you under this License will not have their licenses
     terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
     the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
     `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.

     Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
     number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
     version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that specified version or of any later version that has been
     published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If
     the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
     you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
     Free Software Foundation.

ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
====================================================

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:

       Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
       or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
       with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
       A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
       Free Documentation License''.

   If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:

         with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
         the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
         being LIST.

   If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.

   If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
permit their use in free software.


File: gnat_ug_vxw.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: GNU Free Documentation License,  Up: Top

Index
*****

[index]
* Menu:

* --GCC= (gnatchop):                     Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  80)
* --GCC=compiler_name (gnatlink):        Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  69)
* --GCC=compiler_name (gnatmake):        Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line   9)
* --GNATBIND=binder_name (gnatmake):     Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  22)
* --GNATLINK=linker_name (gnatmake):     Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  30)
* --LINK= (gnatlink):                    Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  82)
* --RTS (gcc):                           Switches for gcc.    (line  94)
* --RTS (gnatbind):                      Summary of Binder Switches.
                                                              (line  74)
* --RTS (gnatfind):                      gnatfind Switches.   (line  85)
* --RTS (gnatls):                        Switches for gnatls. (line  36)
* --RTS (gnatmake):                      Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 261)
* --RTS (gnatxref):                      gnatxref Switches.   (line  48)
* -83 (gnathtml):                        Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  28)
* -A (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  10)
* -A (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line   9)
* -a (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line   9)
* -A (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 240)
* -a (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  38)
* -aI (gnatmake):                        Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 218)
* -aL (gnatmake):                        Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 223)
* -aO (gnatmake):                        Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 235)
* -b (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  30)
* -B (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  36)
* -b (gnatbind):                         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  17)
* -B (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  62)
* -b (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  57)
* -b (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  55)
* -bargs (gnatmake):                     Mode Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  19)
* -c (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  43)
* -C (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  20)
* -c (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  15)
* -c (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line   9)
* -C (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  12)
* -C (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  72)
* -c (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  64)
* -c (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  11)
* -cargs (gnatmake):                     Mode Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  14)
* -d (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  37)
* -d (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line  13)
* -d (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  18)
* -D (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  31)
* -e (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  24)
* -f (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  48)
* -f (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  18)
* -f (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  84)
* -fno-inline (gcc):                     Inlining of Subprograms.
                                                              (line  70)
* -fstack-check:                         Stack Overflow Checking.
                                                              (line   6)
* -g (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  52)
* -g (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  26)
* -gnat83 (gcc):                         Compiling Ada 83 Programs.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnata (gcc):                          Debugging and Assertion Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatb (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  65)
* -gnatc (gcc):                          Using gcc for Semantic Checking.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatD (gcc):                          Debugging Control.   (line 101)
* -gnatdc switch:                        GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate.
                                                              (line  33)
* -gnatE (gcc) <1>:                      Run-Time Checks.     (line  69)
* -gnatE (gcc):                          Debugging Control.   (line 115)
* -gnatem (gcc):                         Units to Sources Mapping Files.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatf (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  81)
* -gnatG (gcc):                          Debugging Control.   (line  15)
* -gnati (gcc):                          Character Set Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatk (gcc):                          File Naming Control. (line   7)
* -gnatl (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  35)
* -gnatm (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  71)
* -gnatn (gcc):                          Subprogram Inlining Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatN (gcc):                          Subprogram Inlining Control.
                                                              (line  23)
* -gnatn (gcc):                          Inlining of Subprograms.
                                                              (line  34)
* -gnatn switch:                         Source Dependencies. (line  27)
* -gnatN switch:                         Source Dependencies. (line  34)
* -gnato (gcc) <1>:                      Run-Time Checks.     (line  22)
* -gnato (gcc):                          Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line   9)
* -gnatp (gcc) <1>:                      Run-Time Checks.     (line  15)
* -gnatp (gcc):                          Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line   9)
* -gnatq (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 100)
* -gnatR (gcc):                          Debugging Control.   (line 144)
* -gnats (gcc):                          Using gcc for Syntax Checking.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatT (gcc):                          Run-Time Control.    (line   7)
* -gnatt (gcc):                          Auxiliary Output Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* -gnatu (gcc):                          Auxiliary Output Control.
                                                              (line  14)
* -gnatU (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  59)
* -gnatv (gcc):                          Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  19)
* -gnatW (gcc):                          Character Set Control.
                                                              (line  51)
* -gnatwa (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 242)
* -gnatwA (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 250)
* -gnatwb (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 255)
* -gnatwB (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 268)
* -gnatwC (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 277)
* -gnatwc (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 271)
* -gnatwd (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 281)
* -gnatwD (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 291)
* -gnatwe (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 295)
* -gnatwf (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 300)
* -gnatwF (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 305)
* -gnatwH (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 319)
* -gnatwh (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 311)
* -gnatwi (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 322)
* -gnatwI (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 332)
* -gnatwL (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 343)
* -gnatwl (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 336)
* -gnatwo (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 348)
* -gnatwO (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 354)
* -gnatwp (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 359)
* -gnatwP (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 366)
* -gnatwr (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 371)
* -gnatwR (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 386)
* -gnatws (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 389)
* -gnatwU (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 412)
* -gnatwu (gcc):                         Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 395)
* -gnatx (gcc):                          Debugging Control.   (line 161)
* -h (gnatbind) <1>:                     Output Control.      (line  30)
* -h (gnatbind):                         Elaboration Control. (line  10)
* -h (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line  16)
* -h (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  39)
* -I (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  58)
* -I (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  58)
* -I (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 243)
* -i (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  92)
* -I- (gcc):                             Switches for gcc.    (line  63)
* -I- (gnatmake):                        Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 246)
* -j (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 110)
* -K (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  33)
* -k (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  24)
* -k (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 119)
* -l (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  38)
* -l (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  54)
* -l (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 130)
* -L (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 251)
* -largs (gnatmake):                     Mode Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line  24)
* -m (gnatbind):                         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  21)
* -M (gnatbind):                         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  26)
* -M (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 154)
* -m (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 140)
* -mlongcall (gcc):                      Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line  36)
* -n (gnatbind):                         Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs.
                                                              (line  15)
* -n (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  35)
* -n (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 169)
* -nostdinc (gnatmake):                  Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 255)
* -nostdlib (gnatmake):                  Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 258)
* -O (gcc) <1>:                          Optimization Levels. (line   6)
* -O (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  76)
* -o (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  69)
* -O (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  41)
* -o (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  50)
* -o (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  64)
* -o (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  51)
* -o (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line  19)
* -o (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 176)
* -p (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  34)
* -p (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  69)
* -P (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  42)
* -pass-exit-codes (gcc):                Auxiliary Output Control.
                                                              (line  19)
* -q (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  41)
* -q (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 185)
* -r (gnatbind):                         Output Control.      (line  59)
* -r (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  46)
* -S (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line  99)
* -s (gnatbind):                         Consistency-Checking Modes.
                                                              (line  12)
* -s (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line  41)
* -s (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 189)
* -sc (gnathtml):                        Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  80)
* -t (gnatbind):                         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  38)
* -t (gnathtml):                         Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml.
                                                              (line  85)
* -u (gnatls):                           Switches for gnatls. (line  25)
* -u (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 197)
* -V (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line 110)
* -v (gcc):                              Switches for gcc.    (line 105)
* -v (gnatbind):                         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  10)
* -v (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  67)
* -v (gnatlink):                         Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  40)
* -v (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 201)
* -v (gnatname):                         Switches for gnatname.
                                                              (line  49)
* -v -v (gnatlink):                      Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  46)
* -w:                                    Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 426)
* -w (gnatchop):                         Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  72)
* -we (gnatbind):                        Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  35)
* -ws (gnatbind):                        Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  32)
* -x (gnatbind):                         Consistency-Checking Modes.
                                                              (line  19)
* -z (gnatbind):                         Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram.
                                                              (line  14)
* -z (gnatmake):                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 205)
* __gnat_finalize:                       Running gnatbind.    (line 633)
* __gnat_initialize:                     Running gnatbind.    (line 624)
* __gnat_set_globals:                    Running gnatbind.    (line 469)
* _main:                                 The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT.
                                                              (line  37)
* Access before elaboration:             Run-Time Checks.     (line   6)
* Access-to-subprogram:                  Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values.
                                                              (line   6)
* ACVC, Ada 83 tests:                    Compiling Ada 83 Programs.
                                                              (line   7)
* Ada <1>:                               Search Paths for gnatbind.
                                                              (line  38)
* Ada:                                   Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  45)
* Ada 83 compatibility:                  Compiling Ada 83 Programs.
                                                              (line   6)
* Ada 95 Language Reference Manual:      What You Should Know before Reading This Guide.
                                                              (line   6)
* Ada expressions:                       Using Ada Expressions.
                                                              (line   6)
* Ada Library Information files:         The Ada Library Information Files.
                                                              (line   6)
* Ada.Characters.Latin_1:                Latin-1.             (line  13)
* ADA_INCLUDE_PATH:                      Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL).
                                                              (line  22)
* ADA_OBJECTS_PATH:                      Search Paths for gnatbind.
                                                              (line  20)
* adafinal <1>:                          Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs.
                                                              (line  36)
* adafinal:                              Running gnatbind.    (line 598)
* adainit <1>:                           Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs.
                                                              (line  22)
* adainit:                               Running gnatbind.    (line 343)
* Address Clauses, warnings:             Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 348)
* ali files:                             The Ada Library Information Files.
                                                              (line   6)
* Annex A:                               Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  45)
* Annex B:                               Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  48)
* Arbitrary File Naming Conventions:     Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname.
                                                              (line   6)
* Asm:                                   Calling Conventions. (line  44)
* Assert:                                Debugging and Assertion Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* Assertions:                            Debugging and Assertion Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* Biased rounding:                       Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 255)
* Binder consistency checks:             Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  38)
* Binder output file:                    Interfacing to C.    (line  30)
* Binder, multiple input files:          Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs.
                                                              (line  41)
* Breakpoints and tasks:                 Ada Tasks.           (line  25)
* C:                                     Calling Conventions. (line  51)
* C++:                                   Calling Conventions. (line  58)
* Calling Conventions:                   Calling Conventions. (line   6)
* Check, elaboration:                    Run-Time Checks.     (line  69)
* Check, overflow:                       Run-Time Checks.     (line  22)
* Check_CPU procedure:                   Check_CPU Procedure. (line   6)
* Checks, access before elaboration:     Run-Time Checks.     (line   6)
* Checks, division by zero:              Run-Time Checks.     (line   6)
* Checks, elaboration:                   Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  22)
* Checks, overflow:                      Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* Checks, suppressing:                   Run-Time Checks.     (line  15)
* COBOL:                                 Calling Conventions. (line  48)
* code page 437:                         Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  25)
* code page 850:                         Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  33)
* Combining GNAT switches:               Switches for gcc.    (line 265)
* Command line length:                   Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  18)
* Compilation model:                     The GNAT Compilation Model.
                                                              (line   6)
* Conditionals, constant:                Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 271)
* Configuration pragmas:                 Configuration Pragmas.
                                                              (line   6)
* Consistency checks, in binder:         Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  38)
* Convention Ada:                        Calling Conventions. (line  10)
* Convention Asm:                        Calling Conventions. (line  46)
* Convention Assembler:                  Calling Conventions. (line  40)
* Convention C:                          Calling Conventions. (line  51)
* Convention C++:                        Calling Conventions. (line  58)
* Convention COBOL:                      Calling Conventions. (line  48)
* Convention Default:                    Calling Conventions. (line  54)
* Convention DLL:                        Calling Conventions. (line 103)
* Convention External:                   Calling Conventions. (line  56)
* Convention Fortran:                    Calling Conventions. (line  62)
* Convention Stdcall:                    Calling Conventions. (line  98)
* Convention Stubbed:                    Calling Conventions. (line 107)
* Convention Win32:                      Calling Conventions. (line 105)
* Conventions:                           Conventions.         (line   6)
* CR:                                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  20)
* Cyrillic:                              Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  21)
* Debug:                                 Debugging and Assertion Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* Debug Pool:                            Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool.
                                                              (line   6)
* Debugger:                              Running and Debugging Ada Programs.
                                                              (line  38)
* Debugging:                             Running and Debugging Ada Programs.
                                                              (line   6)
* Debugging Generic Units:               Debugging Generic Units.
                                                              (line   6)
* Debugging information, including:      Switches for gnatlink.
                                                              (line  26)
* Debugging options:                     Debugging Control.   (line   6)
* Default:                               Calling Conventions. (line  54)
* Dependencies, producing list:          Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 154)
* Dependency rules:                      The GNAT Make Program gnatmake.
                                                              (line  27)
* Dereferencing, implicit:               Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 291)
* Division by zero:                      Run-Time Checks.     (line   6)
* DLL:                                   Calling Conventions. (line 103)
* EABI (for VxWorks on PowerPc):         Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line  11)
* Elaborate:                             Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  90)
* Elaborate_All:                         Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  97)
* Elaborate_Body:                        Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  47)
* Elaboration checks <1>:                Run-Time Checks.     (line  69)
* Elaboration checks:                    Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  22)
* Elaboration control <1>:               Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
                                                              (line   6)
* Elaboration control:                   Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control.
                                                              (line   6)
* Elaboration of library tasks:          Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks.
                                                              (line   6)
* Elaboration order control:             Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models.
                                                              (line  24)
* Elaboration, warnings:                 Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 336)
* Eliminate:                             Eliminate Pragma.    (line   6)
* Embedded ABI (for VxWorks on PowerPc): Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line  11)
* End of source file:                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  34)
* Error messages, suppressing:           Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  81)
* EUC Coding:                            Wide Character Encodings.
                                                              (line  39)
* Exceptions:                            Ada Exceptions.      (line   6)
* Export:                                The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT.
                                                              (line  21)
* External:                              Calling Conventions. (line  56)
* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License:   GNU Free Documentation License.
                                                              (line   6)
* FF:                                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  26)
* File names <1>:                        Using Other File Names.
                                                              (line   6)
* File names:                            Alternative File Naming Schemes.
                                                              (line   6)
* File naming schemes, alternative:      Alternative File Naming Schemes.
                                                              (line   6)
* Foreign Languages:                     Calling Conventions. (line   6)
* Formals, unreferenced:                 Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 300)
* Fortran:                               Calling Conventions. (line  62)
* gdb:                                   Running and Debugging Ada Programs.
                                                              (line  38)
* Generic formal parameters:             Compiling Ada 83 Programs.
                                                              (line  19)
* Generics <1>:                          Generating Object Files.
                                                              (line  32)
* Generics:                              Debugging Generic Units.
                                                              (line   6)
* Glide:                                 Introduction to Glide and GVD.
                                                              (line   6)
* GNAT <1>:                              Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  54)
* GNAT:                                  Search Paths for gnatbind.
                                                              (line  38)
* GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate: GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate.
                                                              (line   6)
* GNAT compilation model:                The GNAT Compilation Model.
                                                              (line   6)
* GNAT library:                          Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models.
                                                              (line  11)
* gnat.adc <1>:                          The Configuration Pragmas Files.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnat.adc:                              Using Other File Names.
                                                              (line  33)
* gnat1:                                 Compiling Programs.  (line  50)
* gnat_argc:                             Command-Line Access. (line  13)
* gnat_argv:                             Command-Line Access. (line  13)
* GNAT_STACK_LIMIT:                      Stack Overflow Checking.
                                                              (line  36)
* gnatbind:                              Binding Using gnatbind.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatchop:                              Renaming Files Using gnatchop.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatelim:                              Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatfind:                              The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatkr:                                File Name Krunching Using gnatkr.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatlink:                              Linking Using gnatlink.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatls:                                The GNAT Library Browser gnatls.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatmake:                              The GNAT Make Program gnatmake.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatprep:                              Preprocessing Using gnatprep.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatstub:                              Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub.
                                                              (line   6)
* gnatxref:                              The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind.
                                                              (line   6)
* GNU make:                              Using gnatmake in a Makefile.
                                                              (line   6)
* GVD:                                   Introduction to Glide and GVD.
                                                              (line   6)
* Hiding of Declarations:                Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 311)
* HT:                                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  17)
* Implicit dereferencing:                Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 291)
* Inline <1>:                            Source Dependencies. (line  27)
* Inline:                                Inlining of Subprograms.
                                                              (line  17)
* Inlining:                              Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models.
                                                              (line  36)
* Inlining, warnings:                    Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 359)
* Intel_CPU package body:                Intel_CPU Package Body.
                                                              (line   6)
* Intel_CPU package specification:       Intel_CPU Package Specification.
                                                              (line   6)
* Interfaces <1>:                        Search Paths for gnatbind.
                                                              (line  38)
* Interfaces:                            Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  48)
* Interfacing to Ada:                    Calling Conventions. (line  10)
* Interfacing to Assembly:               Calling Conventions. (line  40)
* Interfacing to C:                      Calling Conventions. (line  51)
* Interfacing to C++:                    Calling Conventions. (line  58)
* Interfacing to COBOL:                  Calling Conventions. (line  48)
* Interfacing to Fortran:                Calling Conventions. (line  62)
* Internal trees, writing to file:       Auxiliary Output Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* Latin-1 <1>:                           Source Representation.
                                                              (line   6)
* Latin-1:                               Latin-1.             (line   6)
* Latin-2:                               Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line   8)
* Latin-3:                               Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  13)
* Latin-4:                               Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  17)
* Latin-5:                               Other 8-Bit Codes.   (line  21)
* LF:                                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  23)
* Library browser:                       The GNAT Library Browser gnatls.
                                                              (line   6)
* Library tasks, elaboration issues:     Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks.
                                                              (line   6)
* Library, building, installing:         GNAT and Libraries.  (line   6)
* Linker libraries:                      Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 251)
* Machine_Overflows:                     Run-Time Checks.     (line  44)
* Main Program:                          Running gnatbind.    (line 612)
* make:                                  Using the GNU make Utility.
                                                              (line   6)
* makefile:                              Using gnatmake in a Makefile.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mixed Language Programming:            Mixed Language Programming.
                                                              (line   6)
* Multiple units, syntax checking:       Using gcc for Syntax Checking.
                                                              (line  28)
* No code generated:                     Compiling Programs.  (line  28)
* No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code:    Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks.
                                                              (line 280)
* Object file list:                      Running gnatbind.    (line 696)
* Order of elaboration:                  Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT.
                                                              (line   6)
* Other Ada compilers:                   Calling Conventions. (line  10)
* Overflow checks <1>:                   Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* Overflow checks:                       Run-Time Checks.     (line  22)
* Parallel make:                         Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 110)
* Performance:                           Performance Considerations.
                                                              (line   6)
* PowerPc VxWorks, relocation issues:    Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line   6)
* pragma Elaborate:                      Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  90)
* pragma Elaborate_All:                  Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  97)
* pragma Elaborate_Body:                 Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  47)
* pragma Inline:                         Inlining of Subprograms.
                                                              (line  17)
* pragma Preelaborate:                   Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  41)
* pragma Pure:                           Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  34)
* pragma Suppress:                       Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* pragma Unsuppress:                     Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* Pragmas, configuration:                Configuration Pragmas.
                                                              (line   6)
* Preelaborate:                          Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  41)
* Pure:                                  Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95.
                                                              (line  34)
* Recompilation, by gnatmake:            Notes on the Command Line.
                                                              (line   9)
* Relocation issues for PowerPc VxWorks targets: Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line   6)
* Rounding, biased:                      Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 255)
* RTL:                                   Switches for gcc.    (line  63)
* SDP_Table_Build:                       Running gnatbind.    (line 390)
* Search paths, for gnatmake:            Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 240)
* Shift JIS Coding:                      Wide Character Encodings.
                                                              (line  31)
* Source file, end:                      Source Representation.
                                                              (line  34)
* Source files, suppressing search:      Switches for gnatmake.
                                                              (line 246)
* Source files, use by binder:           Running gnatbind.    (line  30)
* Source_File_Name pragma <1>:           Alternative File Naming Schemes.
                                                              (line  15)
* Source_File_Name pragma:               Using Other File Names.
                                                              (line  16)
* Source_Reference:                      Switches for gnatchop.
                                                              (line  46)
* Stack Overflow Checking:               Stack Overflow Checking.
                                                              (line   6)
* stack traceback:                       Stack Traceback.     (line   6)
* stack unwinding:                       Stack Traceback.     (line   6)
* Stdcall:                               Calling Conventions. (line  98)
* stderr:                                Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  53)
* stdout:                                Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  19)
* storage, pool, memory corruption:      Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool.
                                                              (line   6)
* Stubbed:                               Calling Conventions. (line 107)
* Style checking:                        Style Checking.      (line   6)
* SUB:                                   Source Representation.
                                                              (line  34)
* Subunits:                              Generating Object Files.
                                                              (line  24)
* Suppress <1>:                          Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* Suppress:                              Run-Time Checks.     (line  15)
* Suppressing checks:                    Run-Time Checks.     (line  15)
* System <1>:                            Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files.
                                                              (line  51)
* System:                                Search Paths for gnatbind.
                                                              (line  38)
* System.IO:                             Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL).
                                                              (line  47)
* Task switching:                        Ada Tasks.           (line  42)
* Tasks:                                 Ada Tasks.           (line   6)
* Time Slicing:                          Run-Time Control.    (line   7)
* Time stamp checks, in binder:          Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  38)
* Tornado II Project:                    Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility.
                                                              (line   6)
* traceback:                             Stack Traceback.     (line   6)
* traceback, non-symbolic:               Non-Symbolic Traceback.
                                                              (line   6)
* traceback, symbolic:                   Symbolic Traceback.  (line   6)
* Tree file:                             Tree Files.          (line   6)
* Typographical conventions:             Conventions.         (line   6)
* Unsuppress <1>:                        Run-Time Checks.     (line  73)
* Unsuppress:                            Controlling Run-Time Checks.
                                                              (line  36)
* Upper-Half Coding:                     Wide Character Encodings.
                                                              (line  23)
* Validity Checking:                     Validity Checking.   (line   6)
* Version skew (avoided by gnatmake):    Building a Simple Ada Program.
                                                              (line  64)
* Volatile parameter:                    The Volatile Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* VT:                                    Source Representation.
                                                              (line  14)
* VxWorks kernel (relocation issues on PowerPc): Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line  30)
* VxWorks PowerPc, relocation issues:    Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets.
                                                              (line   6)
* Warning messages:                      Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 133)
* Warnings:                              Binder Error Message Control.
                                                              (line  32)
* Warnings, treat as error:              Output and Error Message Control.
                                                              (line 295)
* Win32:                                 Calling Conventions. (line 105)
* Writing internal trees:                Auxiliary Output Control.
                                                              (line   7)
* Zero Cost Exceptions:                  Running gnatbind.    (line 390)



Tag Table:
Node: Top615
Node: About This Guide9423
Node: What This Guide Contains9948
Node: What You Should Know before Reading This Guide14418
Node: Related Information14826
Node: Conventions15549
Node: Preliminary Note for Cross Platform Users16443
Node: Getting Started with GNAT18237
Node: Running GNAT19144
Node: Building a Simple Ada Program19759
Node: Executing a Program on VxWorks23149
Node: Loading and Running the Program23603
Node: Unloading the Program25348
Node: Running a Program with Multiple Units26909
Node: Using the gnatmake Utility29179
Node: Introduction to Glide and GVD31601
Node: Building a New Program with Glide32351
Node: Simple Debugging with GVD37701
Node: Other Glide Features40750
Node: The GNAT Compilation Model42645
Node: Source Representation43979
Node: Foreign Language Representation45773
Node: Latin-146267
Node: Other 8-Bit Codes47145
Node: Wide Character Encodings49250
Node: File Naming Rules53069
Node: Using Other File Names55366
Node: Alternative File Naming Schemes57729
Node: Generating Object Files62952
Node: Source Dependencies65674
Node: The Ada Library Information Files69205
Node: Binding an Ada Program71346
Node: Mixed Language Programming73202
Node: Interfacing to C73489
Node: Calling Conventions76009
Node: Building Mixed Ada & C++ Programs81948
Node: Interfacing to C++83039
Node: Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program84093
Node: A Simple Example87141
Node: Adapting the Run Time to a New C++ Compiler90098
Node: Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models91128
Node: Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models92867
Node: Compiling Using gcc95528
Node: Compiling Programs96027
Node: Switches for gcc98985
Node: Output and Error Message Control108177
Node: Debugging and Assertion Control126277
Node: Validity Checking127620
Node: Style Checking133779
Node: Run-Time Checks145235
Node: Stack Overflow Checking149231
Node: Run-Time Control151331
Node: Using gcc for Syntax Checking152237
Node: Using gcc for Semantic Checking153748
Node: Compiling Ada 83 Programs155238
Node: Character Set Control156674
Node: File Naming Control159622
Node: Subprogram Inlining Control160144
Node: Auxiliary Output Control161500
Node: Debugging Control162945
Node: Units to Sources Mapping Files170400
Node: Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)171805
Node: Order of Compilation Issues174984
Node: Examples176693
Node: Binding Using gnatbind177269
Node: Running gnatbind179135
Node: Generating the Binder Program in C209459
Node: Consistency-Checking Modes226817
Node: Binder Error Message Control228321
Node: Elaboration Control230595
Node: Output Control231828
Node: Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs234278
Node: Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram237426
Node: Summary of Binder Switches238257
Node: Command-Line Access241589
Node: Search Paths for gnatbind242604
Node: Examples of gnatbind Usage245180
Node: Linking Using gnatlink246961
Node: Running gnatlink247704
Node: Switches for gnatlink249697
Node: Setting Stack Size from gnatlink253979
Node: Setting Heap Size from gnatlink254841
Node: The GNAT Make Program gnatmake255664
Node: Running gnatmake257118
Node: Switches for gnatmake258785
Node: Mode Switches for gnatmake271758
Node: Notes on the Command Line272924
Node: How gnatmake Works275828
Node: Examples of gnatmake Usage278006
Node: Renaming Files Using gnatchop279141
Node: Handling Files with Multiple Units279734
Node: Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode281063
Node: Command Line for gnatchop284394
Node: Switches for gnatchop285862
Node: Examples of gnatchop Usage289651
Node: Configuration Pragmas291018
Node: Handling of Configuration Pragmas292574
Node: The Configuration Pragmas Files293438
Node: Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions Using gnatname294809
Node: Arbitrary File Naming Conventions295223
Node: Running gnatname296494
Node: Switches for gnatname297963
Node: Examples of gnatname Usage301108
Node: GNAT Project Manager301919
Node: Introduction302587
Node: Project Files303693
Node: Examples of Project Files306910
Node: Common Sources with Different Switches and Different Output Directories307394
Node: Source Files310424
Node: Specifying the Object Directory310900
Node: Specifying the Exec Directory311832
Node: Project File Packages312600
Node: Specifying Switch Settings313609
Node: Main Subprograms315577
Node: Source File Naming Conventions316241
Node: Source Language(s)316741
Node: Using External Variables317182
Node: Importing Other Projects319982
Node: Extending a Project323101
Node: Project File Syntax325581
Node: Basic Syntax326953
Node: Packages327970
Node: Expressions329138
Node: String Types331050
Node: Variables332367
Node: Attributes335409
Node: Associative Array Attributes340856
Node: case Constructions341715
Node: Objects and Sources in Project Files343516
Node: Object Directory344106
Node: Exec Directory345111
Node: Source Directories345954
Node: Source File Names347335
Node: Importing Projects349686
Node: Project Extension352475
Node: External References in Project Files354164
Node: Packages in Project Files355917
Node: Variables from Imported Projects358323
Node: Naming Schemes359995
Node: Library Projects363978
Node: Switches Related to Project Files366869
Node: Tools Supporting Project Files368581
Node: gnatmake and Project Files368925
Node: Switches and Project Files369394
Node: Project Files and Main Subprograms375143
Node: The GNAT Driver and Project Files377088
Node: Glide and Project Files380742
Node: An Extended Example381677
Node: Project File Complete Syntax384554
Node: Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT387228
Node: Elaboration Code in Ada 95388254
Node: Checking the Elaboration Order in Ada 95392910
Node: Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada 95396921
Node: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - Internal Calls405248
Node: Controlling Elaboration in GNAT - External Calls410920
Node: Default Behavior in GNAT - Ensuring Safety414639
Node: Elaboration Issues for Library Tasks418727
Node: Mixing Elaboration Models431769
Node: What to Do If the Default Elaboration Behavior Fails434280
Node: Elaboration for Access-to-Subprogram Values444565
Node: Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control446384
Node: Other Elaboration Order Considerations447559
Node: The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind452770
Node: gnatxref Switches454440
Node: gnatfind Switches457891
Node: Project Files for gnatxref and gnatfind463499
Node: Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref466616
Node: Examples of gnatxref Usage469376
Node: Examples of gnatfind Usage473201
Node: File Name Krunching Using gnatkr475415
Node: About gnatkr476035
Node: Using gnatkr477367
Node: Krunching Method478268
Node: Examples of gnatkr Usage481515
Node: Preprocessing Using gnatprep482015
Node: Using gnatprep482532
Node: Switches for gnatprep483394
Node: Form of Definitions File485527
Node: Form of Input Text for gnatprep486276
Node: The GNAT Library Browser gnatls489905
Node: Running gnatls490440
Node: Switches for gnatls492961
Node: Examples of gnatls Usage494868
Node: GNAT and Libraries497042
Node: Creating an Ada Library497576
Node: Installing an Ada Library500406
Node: Using an Ada Library502773
Node: Creating an Ada Library to be Used in a Non-Ada Context503974
Node: Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library509893
Node: Using the GNU make Utility510810
Node: Using gnatmake in a Makefile511670
Node: Automatically Creating a List of Directories515833
Node: Generating the Command Line Switches518946
Node: Overcoming Command Line Length Limits519924
Node: Finding Memory Problems with GNAT Debug Pool522224
Node: Creating Sample Bodies Using gnatstub526891
Node: Running gnatstub527692
Node: Switches for gnatstub528456
Node: Reducing the Size of Ada Executables with gnatelim530599
Node: About gnatelim531138
Node: Eliminate Pragma532236
Node: Tree Files533255
Node: Preparing Tree and Bind Files for gnatelim534154
Node: Running gnatelim536166
Node: Correcting the List of Eliminate Pragmas538171
Node: Making Your Executables Smaller538962
Node: Summary of the gnatelim Usage Cycle539794
Node: Other Utility Programs540613
Node: Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT541147
Node: The gnatpsta Utility Program541845
Node: The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT543149
Node: Ada Mode for Glide545156
Node: Converting Ada Files to html with gnathtml547159
Node: Installing gnathtml550743
Node: Running and Debugging Ada Programs551417
Node: The GNAT Debugger GDB552817
Node: Running GDB555945
Node: Introduction to GDB Commands556250
Node: Using Ada Expressions561126
Node: Calling User-Defined Subprograms562330
Node: Using the Next Command in a Function564760
Node: Ada Exceptions565935
Node: Ada Tasks566899
Node: Debugging Generic Units568972
Node: GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate570360
Node: Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files572951
Node: Getting Internal Debugging Information575554
Node: Stack Traceback576768
Node: Non-Symbolic Traceback577817
Node: Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception578294
Node: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (non-symbolic)582206
Node: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (non-symbolic)583479
Node: Symbolic Traceback585297
Node: Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences (symbolic)586036
Node: Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program (symbolic)587435
Node: Inline Assembler588622
Node: Basic Assembler Syntax590314
Node: A Simple Example of Inline Assembler592101
Node: Output Variables in Inline Assembler595280
Node: Input Variables in Inline Assembler602668
Node: Inlining Inline Assembler Code605171
Node: Other Asm Functionality607100
Node: The Clobber Parameter607545
Node: The Volatile Parameter609557
Node: A Complete Example610763
Node: Check_CPU Procedure611747
Node: Intel_CPU Package Specification626443
Node: Intel_CPU Package Body635700
Node: VxWorks Topics644502
Node: Kernel Configuration for VxWorks645148
Node: Kernel Compilation Issues for VxWorks645868
Node: Handling Relocation Issues for PowerPc Targets647050
Node: Support for Software Floating Point on PowerPC Processors651489
Node: Interrupt Handling for VxWorks652699
Node: Simulating Command Line Arguments for VxWorks669194
Node: Debugging Issues for VxWorks671309
Node: Using GNAT from the Tornado 2 Project Facility680766
Node: The GNAT Toolchain as Used from the Tornado 2 Project Facility681609
Node: Building a Simple Application682674
Node: Mixing C and Ada Code in a Tornado 2 Project683635
Node: Compilation Switches684218
Node: Autoscale and Minimal Kernel Configuration686543
Node: Adapting BSPs to GNAT687256
Node: Using GNAT Project Files in a Tornado 2 Project688623
Node: Frequently Asked Questions for VxWorks689395
Node: LynxOS Topics692370
Node: Getting Started with GNAT on LynxOS692811
Node: Kernel Configuration for LynxOS694029
Node: Patch Level Issues for LynxOS694910
Node: Debugging Issues for LynxOS695307
Node: An Example Debugging Session for LynxOS699108
Node: Performance Considerations701132
Node: Controlling Run-Time Checks702169
Node: Optimization Levels704164
Node: Debugging Optimized Code706031
Node: Inlining of Subprograms709774
Node: GNU Free Documentation License713303
Node: Index735725

End Tag Table
